Home

Fall Solutions Manual

1. 189 y jo peo ejxe uinuiixeuu ss Jo eu jnq peo jegueyod wnwxew y Bunioddns y 99IAJ Seg Je enjrej JnoullA Bunuoddns jo ejqedeo Jo ejqedeo eq eys sje oo ejou 10 Buruedo Jooy liy 6 q IIEUS sejsie pue sAempeo u p9je2o SIBAOD T 1 ZO0S 9Z6I 1S91V Ii 9 Y lenis z uonseioid Z291 6991 uona lo1d x WE MOM UOHONASUOD 1 9 Hed OWM SS1 96z s ydeu 124 N UOISIAIPANS uononasuog g AIG reg SHO 193 bz omg SOSL POS suomua z omg 209 009 970 H4981 D SEM uoba10 eIUJOJIIe 2 Spiepuels uono lo1d 124 VHSO 9181S uononisuo5 40 uonoejoJd 12 9261 HAD 62 VHSO 9t JO zy OBE 0 L ollod O uonoes cv Jo g spiepueis 8121S YM PUE HO Y3 0 pareduiog 184 009 9261 VHSO Ie19pe 2002 eunf qaslAzd Pamasay sluBiti O17 suonnios Ajayeg 124 5113 S002 OU ojuo e Aew qolu sioelqo Aue Aq uonedeued Waad oj pue esdej joo jue eJd o uBnoue Buoys 9q eys uono loid eloo Hule se p sn ueuM saidoued 8 1 0c0S 9C61T bunuoddns y s pue lqe s eq jeus J001 e 1eeu p yoe s 10 p lid eie yorum sjeuejelA UD 2 11 c09 9ZC6T Bp dy Je oe sjlespsenB ssejun e w 87 188 9 UU 5 eq jou IIeus queuudinbe pue sjeuejelA MIMOS 92er DHOM BugooJ jo eoueuuoged e
2. aue syejpjenD ssajun 1001 U JO 199 XIS ui peiois aq jou ILYS sieu eN J eDpe 1001 eur Se Jey se juo see ojduue jo jueuieA oui eui Ileus u p sn ase suu ls s jureseai UEL ueuM 1510 SY o Doug eq jou ileus euy pasn ase suiejs s sseujeu yeq yes ueuM p edid eu jo epis DES uo p yo v eq 25 jreJpyen 4394 inoy Jo vlnulluluu e edid u wny q ye pesn eje sileipien5 ueuM 9 eoe d Dune jou eje suones do Buysioy u uA suoroes 1 y uee eq Buiuedo out ssoJoe peoejd eq eys ejeB 10 ureuo v q peisiou 9Je sjeuejeuu jurod ssaooe y Jo epis uoee uo p yo v eq eus jo JNO Jo LUNWWIUIL e sease Bunsiou je pesn aie sileipien5 ueuM e Bole OU JO pue sepis 1661 pe1oejoudun ile Buoje Bule wos pejo9joJd eq ileus Joa Ol uey fia aves e y m Joo payoyid NO UO ease eBeJojs sjeuejeui Jo Buipueu sjenazew joo e ul Buom seeKojdur3 eBe1ojs sjen yew pue seaue Buljpuey sjeuejeui jooy p DE401S sjeuojaui pue Seale Burpueu sieH yeul joo r SLGpZ SS 1 962 OVM ul9 s S S L B Ile JeuosJed Jo uiejs s waysAs oul Buruue e Aq payoajoid ae s oldul 9J9uM seaie Ul juo paJojs JO pesn aq I
3. e se uons puno4D Jo Jooy Buipunouns v e oqe suosiad Joy Aemabessed e suesw Awun 1S911V 3 lens H uonoe101d Z291 6991 uonoe104d EOS 005 9201 H3O 61 112 340A uonon jsuo L O Wed OVA SS1 962 JaIdeYyD 12 IN uoisiAIpqnS uononaisuo AIG reg SHO Iled pz au 60S1 7091 suoniugea z 3HY uoyulysem EIUJOJIIE 2 spjepuejs uono loid VHSO 911S Domp Deg AO uono loid 12 9261 HAD 62 VHSO 9t JO ZL eBegd 01 ollod O uonoes 2002 eunf 0381 4 Zt Jo 8 abed spiepueis ejeiS YM PUE HO Y3 0 uonoelo4d 184 009 9261 VHSO 8 sluBiti IIV 977 suorinios i yes Wei 5113 5002 gj jo jue e y ul Buipeo o 3oefqns eq pino zey uiejs s uono loid Jo jueuodujoo Aue sueaui Jequieui ulBu ns Jejuozuoyu oj E M A 21 ul uey J9jeaJD edojs e Burney jooJ e sue ui deals 1210021101 96s ull 1815 ped Sit jo sjueuieimbo1 y sjeeui yey spienB Jaujo Jo S413409 sujed jo uononujsuoo Aue sueeui uononnsuoo pue ulBu ns piepuels Suosijed jo Sile jue eJd oj Aewuni 10 uJuojrejd duer Bulu do ew Buruedo 100 e Jo Buoje p lo 1 Joe eorue e sueeui Du prepuejs AEAJIE S JO SITE S SOjsuoo SOSTI 8JOUI Jo eau sBurpue pue sdej
4. uuopeld 10 ool 1001 Aue ul uorsueuip sea s u YOU uey inq seupul ZL uey sse Buunseeui B l do ue sue w lou 100 4 avens BUDHOAVBUD EM Jeujo JO JOOY u uoisu uuip jsee sy Ul JO LUD S Seupui Z Don 10 def e sueaw Hoddns 10j poypuey s oldul epi oJd oj pesn WEI v e3pueH sje Buiws yil uinjnpued snojeBuep Ionuoo o pesn Ajeyuozuuou BUIAOW H UM 9IA D au Jo pie ue 9 e JO jueuluoeje 10 pesn pue seBejououe OM U Ml Q eue d jezuozuoy e Ul pejejsur s 121 ejqeo oneuju s Jo eum Jes e sueaui UH N JejuOZHOH 1Seuy IE3 iureJseu uonoeijo1d Z291 6991 uonoe104d EOS 005 9201 H3O 6L 112 30A uononujsuo 1 2 Wed OVA 951 962 4 1deuoS 12 IN uoisiAIpqnS uononaisuo Ad reg SHO 112 pz au 60S1 7091 suoniugea z uoyulysem 2 spjepuejs uono loid VHSO 0119 Domp Deg AO uono loid 12 9261 HAD 62 VHSO 9 40 6 eBed 071 food 3 uonoes Zt Jo S abeq spiepueis ejeis YM PUR HO Y3 0 p sedulo 184 009 9261 VHSO Ie19pe 2002 eunf 0381 4 Pamasay sluBiti Uu 977 suonnios 112 5113 5002 889IA8p J8ujo pue SUljes E Spniour osje Aew pue pue ue e epnjour Ajjeo1dA sjueuoduioo Jayjo eu 3ueuudinbe Aiess o u Jeu
5. 2002 eunf 0381 4 51461 IIV 017 suonnios Ajayeg 124 5113 5002 Lee ejesun ue u DUNDE si JO pJezeu e e Jo si olduu eu 12 sjeedde 11 y usem eus Joyuoui Aj9jes eu L V AuJZOS 9c l 0 114 206 9261 tspiezeu ile eziuBooai juejeduioo eq Jeus 1ojuoui eu L quxuos 9261 0Sr 991 962 DYM u peuyep se uosi d juejeduuoo e eg e SjueureJmnboJ DUIMO O y YM serjduioo Jojuoui Ajeyes y zey ensue ileus J ojdw ay pue see ojduie Jayjo jo Ayayes eu 1oliuouu o uosjed juejeduuoo e ejeuDisep 245 1e o duue eu L BOET eun 9uo je 9 pesodxe y uey 5 JON J Uoneorunuluioo IOA UIejureui o ejqe eq pue pejonujsqoun e BABY O se os uonoejoud 110 Jepun SJex1o au 0 uoneje u peuonisod eg JOjuoui Ajejes se Bunoe liuA sennp 19470 ou u BeBu3 p Man v JO sjequieui 1340 ejqeusinBunsip Apuejsur eg uonoojoud le 0 S EV L 1 SE l Ajuougne onuoo aney q 118905 pue suiejs4s SOUT DuiuJeM pue Joyuow q yes ay uloq jo uonounj y ui peurej eq eus s iolluouu Ajayes Ayoedeo y ui Bunoe uosied v y spiezeu euonippe suonipuoo JeujeeM U UM pasn eq 101 I EUS
6. do y uonoeuip e ui p lidde si uonoes siy q udeJBeed ul peyroeds peol 1s N 068 punod 002 eu ueuw 0 209 9261 209 92617 Uonoegep jo WINUWIUIL P uj TIET d 3y uo mod Aue je uonoaurp Aue ul padde spunod 002 sea 16 jo peo e Buipuejsuiy ejqedeo eq j eus eunjonuis 94 1euy uononinsuo uons jo eq ileus s d ile jo sue JO Sjequueui jo BurueJj pue sjsod jo Buuououe au rer do 34 ye prewuMop E HH A Jo jejuozuou 1euye peridde joo jeeui Jad spunod l 40 peo e BuipueisuiiM ejqedeo eq ileus ebesoyoue pue suonoeuuoo 1194 Sulpnioul sileipienb liy 4 eDpe do u uoe yulod Aue je uonoeuip pJewjno Aue ul eBpe do ay jo uio seuour Z ululu p rdde N 068 spunod 002 1999 1e jo 39404 e enjrej JNOYYM BuipuejsuiiM ajqedeo eq IIeus suejs s IIe Ipieno texa zos 9261 1S911V Ile uonoeijo1d Z291 6991 uonoe104d SE EEN 112 30A uon ni suoo L O Wed OVA 951 962 4 1deuo 12 IN uoisiAIpqnS 6 AIG reg SHO 1123 pz au 60S1 7091 suoniugea z AHY uojBuiusea 2 sp4epuels 19 10 HE VHSO 2321S uon nusuoo AO UO D9 O1d 12 9261 HAD 62 VHSO 9t JO zz eBed 0 L ollod O uonoes 2002 eunf 0381 4 Zv Jo gi abed spiepuels lels YM Pue HO V o p s
7. au ejejduioo au UB 0 uosew y BuLinb i uoseui y LOL UE eu JO epis eysoddo au uo si pejurof aq o IIEM eui JO eoeuns y jeu uons sun Asuoseul pue syouq Burke JO sseooJud ou sue w 410 p ley l pue Dur epyouq pueuleAQ d sbuluado 1004 aynyo pue skemyoyey ELO sBuluado 100 sBuiuedo sooy eMutejs E O UEL ueo see ojduie uBnoJuy uonnied sepnjoul 3 uorsueuiip E3uOZIOU Se9 auf Ul Jo JO WE Ul BJO JO W0 gp seupur g pue uiu Seuoul Z uuopeld 10 Jooy Aue ul Buruedo uy Buiu do Jo ud 92 seuour og Don Jo e sueeui Buruedo SULJOjjejd jo spue pue sepis pesodxe y mojag Ajeyerpeuuui Jesu 3y jo 3924 au puo eq Buoye sjuBudn eui o peunoes si yey pue Bunosfoid e jo uonuod yeu sueaw Bursou OSON rex do out u wq q A eyeuurxodde jies v Hepi p Suieodoui pue 1deoxe HOM Buyooi Jo pesn jueuudinbe p uA pejedoud ueuunu 10 Jojoui ie sueaw jueuidinbo jeorueu2e y joe1eui suormod JO seidnjonujs jueuidinbe Jeuejeuu syue syd suoneAeoxe sKemuni sduiei suuopeld siooy S A pejuur jou ee nq apnjoul seoeyns Jo seaje yong ile ueo olduu ue Q9IUM O Seoeyns Jo seaJe SOU sueaui S A JAMO 121002
8. e sue w au JUIEJIS9H Dulplihq pue e qeD Su uo asoy se uons seDpe 100 peurpur euy sueeur exe p O0SL 00 2 v 96S Woy 19 si uonugep SIU jepeeJ y jo esea y 103 31ON 19eloud ou Jo yom ay l hul joe qns u o Dune SWajgold 05 JO A OS O 1eu siu imiss ns seu eoueuedxe pue Buluien eBpejwoux eAisuejxe Aq OUM Jo Buipuejs jeuoissajod 10 eyeoynieo paziubooel e jo uoissessod Aq oym euo sueeui uosi d pue smej e20 JO ees JeJopoej UNA eouepJoooe ui pesueoi Auedoud SI uaym pue peubisse Ile Ajayes oy Auto eui pejejsuouuep seu uononujsui JO eoueuedxe Buluien jo uoseas Aq oym 1e o duie y Aq pejeuBisep uosi d y 401e1edQ 40 luepu 11V uosi d uosJeg e eq 1s1lJ jsnui uosyeg peyieno v 9joN SS 43 fold Jo eur o suie qoud eAjosaJ eA os O jlIqe pejensuouiep sey eoueuedxe pue Buluien eBpejwoux A SU X Aq oym Jo Buipuejs euorssejoud Jo ejeoumieo 2 e Jo uoissessod q oym UQ uosJeg p lleno esodind Jey Jo peuBisep sqeJ6 edou pue sous spie Aue pnyoul Aew 3 sseuieujjeq poq s10j euuoo seBeJououe JO sisisuoo 3 Bule Woy ee o duie ue Weed o
9. Buruonisoqd e e eos 9zer ui 6 188 Z uey SIO Ile aal jouueo ue yeu uons eq eys Buluonisoq r e eos 9zet SUOISIAO1d BUIMO O eui O uuojuoo 2 5 esn 1194 pue sulejs s oiA p Buriuonisog suu 1s s Buluonisoq ISUOISIAO1d Duimojo eur O WJOJUOD IlEUS 5 Jan pue suiejs s eoi ep Buruonisoqd Sul s4S Duruonisod OLSvZ SSL 962 OVM c09 9co6t uosijed peyi enb e jo 0151 5 u 1epun q pue OM 1SE 3 JO 10106 Ajayes e surejureul yoM uu ls s jureJjse1 Ile jeuosJed ejejduioo e jo ued se e SOOT Se pesn pue p lle sul paubisap eq Jo payoeye ee o duie d NPI 1 spunod 0006 Puruoddns jo ejqedeo eq eys pue swuopejd puedsns Jo yoddns oj pesn Bureq eBe1ououe Aue jo juepuedepul eq ileus jueuudinbe urens e jeuosJed jo Ju uuuoe1 104 pesn sabesoyouy p sBuu eep epis JO JUOY 080 au je eq ABW sseujeu Apoq aq Apog eui o jurod queuigoege eu c SulgjsAs uresa ile ui pesn eq eg Apog v uondeox3 U RD S SIU Ul JO D PIAO1d se 1deoxe Z09 9Z61 Ul eue uy O Jey sjueuoduioo Lu ls s jsaue UEL aen jsnu sujejs s jureujso1 e4 2 eouejsip Aue Pule uigup1esn oy jueAeJd o pebBu IIEUS suiejs s ule s 1 Ile jeuosieg 1 TSUOISIAOIG eui 0
10. TRS Kiewit Fall Solutions Manual J une 2007 Kiewit MEMORANDUM TO Fall Solutions Manual User DATE June 2007 RE Introduction to the Fall Solutions Manual At Kiewit our goal is to work each day without an injury Falling has always been and will continue to be a safety issue with serious consequences Therefore considerable efforts need to be invested in the planning and implementation of our work to assure that employees are protected from fall exposures This Fall Solutions Manual is a tool in the pursuit of the goal of working each day without an injury A great deal of time and effort has been spent to provide you with the most up to date information regarding fall protection These include regulations guidelines fall protection systems and philosophies Please keep in mind that this Manual is not a catch all Each individual project and operation must carefully consider how to protect our employees from falling The industry is continually providing new and improved methods for providing our workers fall protection systems These systems need to be continually monitored and implemented when it is able to provide a more effective means of protecting our employees In general the Fall Solutions Manual will provide e Policy and Philosophy of Kiewit s Fall Protection Program e Fall Protection Prevention Systems Post Fall and Rescue e Training e Inspection procedures e Applications The Fall Solutions Ma
11. eoejd Dupye jou suomnejedo Bunsiou SOA suoroes IIeJpien6 usemjeq Buiuedo sseooe au sso1oe peoejd eq eys uonoes Jo e seoje Bunsiou ye pesn eje suiejs s re1pjenB ueuM 10 10209 9261 014 209 9261 Uonoepgep unuu O SE OS jne Deals eq ileus edo eu s1ejueo uo JEuejeu AylIgisiA g uey eJoui jou peoeds eq W us sjsogd uonoesqns Sty JO yBiy UNM sjeA19 ul 4004 9 uey jou ye paffe eq A q jo uonoeyep pue ujBueJis Joo o 1u gAinb 1245 11 sites d 104 p sn si j suonejeoe pue y 10 8109 eJqu You Z 1see je eq 245 56 s n JUSAVId o ss uyolu JO jeuruuou uuo 970 ejeipeuuejur pue do y sBuipiey edoJ asim 104 Al youl Jeyenb euo sea je eq eus sjrepiu pue sjes do 6 4 170S 9ZC6T sony lied 9 Yulens z uonseioid 229116991 uona lo1d x 124 MOM UORONNSUOJ 1 9 Hed OWM SS 962 s ydeuo EA N UOISIAIPANS uononasuo9 g AIG reg SHO 193 vz omg SOSL POS SuONIUNad z omg 509 009 970 EER GH uoybulysem uob so eIUJOJIIe 2 Spiepueijs uonoetoid EI VHSO SFIS uononzisuo 40 uono2ejoJd 112 9261 HAD 62 VHSO I 49p94 9t JO Z bed 01 ollod O uonoes Zv 1061 Bed spiepueis ejeiS YM PUE HO V 0 p sedulo 184 009 9261 VHSO
12. olduu uoee ure jjeus pue Burley jo sprezeu y eziuBooai o ee o duie uoee ejqeue jeys 1 spJezeu UEL 0 pesodxe eq 1uBiui oym s ojdw yoes 104 Buluien e apiAoid jjeus 9u L 1 6 609 9ZC6T s Xolduu jo Buiure1j y PululeiL L uieJBoJg Bulurei s lidde 2060 00 2 v uoDeJO ul pejeedei sem cog 92618 31ON e 0S 9Z61 ped siy jo IN Hedqns ur pessejppe spiezey y 1Z 9Z6 Jo slu uu uinb i y Ajuejo pue jueurejddns suoisiaoid Dugem Buiwolo seidde 108 00 2 v uoBeuo ul pejeedei sem 4 209 92618 SALON SIDOT JO S I8 JO SOdAy Jejiuuis jue eJd o seBueuo sou lu uu lduui eys pue Buuren s onoeid mau Deal peBueuo eq o speeu uejd uonoejoJd UEL y ji jueprour JO au jo seouejsuunoJr eui eys JeKojduue y ssi Jeau e 8e sinooo jueprour snoues 19470 euuos JO Sile o duu ue 1u A y ul 01 SIDOT JO S e JO SdM Jejiuuis jue eJd o seBueuo esoui jueujejduii eys pue Buiurea s onoeid Dal peBueuo eq o sp u uejd uonoejoJd UEL y J eutuJejep oj jueprour J1 4 0 JO UEL au JO seouejsuunoJr eu eys JeKojduue an 5510 1eeu e sinooo jueproui snoues
13. 1eujo uuos JO sj ej ue au Ul OTI ANOS 9261 s ndde L0SL 00 Z r uoBeuo ul paje d 1 sem 4 Z0S 9Z6L ALON S UOZ SS 2E pej ojjuoo s oldul ON seuoz sseooe pe joQuoo u o pejeu amp isep si ou enn qof el eeKojduie uoee Jo uoneognuepl JO poujeul Jeujo Jo eureu 3y sepi oJd uoiuw jueuiejejs e epnjoui zsnw uejd uonoejoJd ile eu 6 S UOZ 859006 p llonuoo 1ejue Aew s olduu Jeujo ON seuoz sseooe u x10M O peyeuBisep si oym ee ojduie 10 uoneoynuepi JO poujeui 19470 JO euieu v UoIuM jueuiejejs e epnjoui jsnuu uejd uonoejoJd WEI eu L 6 01 c0S 9ZC6T s ndde 1091 600 2 uoBeuo l ipajeedas sew 1 Z0S 92618 ILON qe 1291 uonoes uim eoueuuojuoo ul l s4S Buuoyuoui A yes e jueuje duir eys y pejueurejduur ueeq sey 039 suuoge d YOM pejunouu sjeppe spjoyeos ol eanseeui ou 8 u Z0S 9Z6l uu eoueuuojuoo ul uiejs s Buuolluotuu Ajejes e jueuie duii eys 1eAojduue y pejueurejduur u q seu eAneuJej e Jeujo ou eJeuM 8 01 yCc0S 9Z6T 8 00z09 9Z61 seidde 1091 200 767 uoBeuo ul pejeede sem 01 Z06 92618 ALON 872 1291 uonoes ur Suen Oy UHA Adwo menu Je ojduue out pue seuoz sseooe p llonuoo SE pay
14. Z 4 ZOS 9ZET 2 4 209 92617 5115 OU jo 3 bl q eur oj fenb junouie ue peseaJoul aq eys i quu ui jue eAmbe Jo jes do ay jo 1uDreu do eui syys Sulsn eje s olduu uSuM peze uopo e lmmsuoo jou seop Bueui Ao yons eJeuw 1deoxe sjsod euius eu Bueuje o jou IIEUS sg y Jo spue eu due Jo uuogeld 100jj 34 pue We do ay u q q Aemjjey aq IIEUS UE eyerpeuuejur eu uonoesqns siy Jo euejJo 19470 2 s uu tu ls s espen ay iuBieu uour Gp u peeoxe Aew do eu 1uBi u y uenem suonipuoo ueuM T A dwe Jo ewuni uuopeld 10044 o WEI do jo eoejns jeddn wouy seuour S 6 uuog seuou snuluu JO snid ut LU seuour zy JO 14610 Eau e ney jeus pue sjsod pue pJeoq a0 pes ejeipeuuejul do 1516400 leus Buire1 prepueys y e pooM JO pejonujsuoo SbuuE 10 p sn aq eus ulB5u ns s Steg yey WO 1J suoniuygep ees jequin p o j s duue1 Jo emuni uuopeljd 100j eui pue ite do ay uUsemjaq Aemyey eq IEUS eu Jreprur e pue due Jo Aemuns uuogeld 100Jj u o EI do au jo eoeuns Jeddn eu wou peunseeuu UD ui seuour Gp uey JO s uoul zy ULY sse jou I amp J do e jo 1515400 ileus pue s euejeui Jeuyo Jeuueui enuejsqns Ajjenba ue UI JO SMOJ OJ SE poom Jo pejonujsuoo eq ileus sBuipes e u
15. 1593 123 8 Eesen uono lo1d 2291 6991 uono l101d 1124 MOM UONON ASUOD L 9 Med OWM 591 962 30102420 Ile3 W uoisiAiIpqns uon onnsuo2 Alq reg SHO 1123 bz l HV 5091 091 suoniulj q 2 ay uojBuiusea uoBe1o eluJoj ED spaepueis uonoeloJd VHSO 1615 uononusuoo 40 uonoajoJd 123 9261 H49 62 VHSO 9t JO 0 Led 01 ollod O uonoes 2002 eunf q3SIA3q v Jo 9z aed spiepuels ALIS YM Pue HO V o p seduloo uon2eloJd 112 0099261 VHSO Ie19p 4 Pamasay 51461 977 suonnios Ajayeg 124 5113 S002 4002 01J0ug PJEPUEIS ISNV epi uio 177 seuput 8 6 suiuBie eAy pue euo sea e q eys syjeq Apog HVSO VO JO 612 99S ze P zos 9ze6t Deeg Z S ADE ueeq ujf amp ueis JO uonoun 1194 jr eor ues aq 25 sjueuoduioo eAnoejep pue uoneJouejep Jayjo pue sewep seam 10 esn uoee o Joud pejoedsur eq eys suiejs s sseujeu Apog IIn3 IAx H S pe ouJeJ eq eys sjueuoduioo eAnoejep pue uoneJouejep 19470 pue sewep seam 10 esn uoee 0 Joud pejoedsur eq 25 suu s s jseure UEL jeuosjed VCAPJZOS 926L 12Y p z0s 92617 0j age ole 5 yeu einsse Jjeys JO e Jo jue e y ui see o duie Jo enosei 1duuo1d 104 epi oud j eus 1e ojduue eu L ozXp eos 9261 asnal 1
16. 2 3 4 29 CFR 1926 502 d states that Horizontal lifelines shall be designed installed and used under the supervision of a qualified person as part of a complete personal fall arrest system which maintains a safety factor of at least two per person connected All horizontal lifeline systems must therefore be designed and stamped by a registered professional engineer The system is designed to accommodate two 2 employees with a combined tool and body weight of 310 pounds each It is very important to communicate this limitation to the crews and to explain the potential of two employees striking each other Total fall distance including cable sag lanyard deployment and free fall must be calculated and any resulting impact hazards addressed Post fall retrieval methods must also be addressed and included as part of the Fall Protection Plan The anchorage point is where a lanyard attaches to the lifeline All anchorage points must be designed under the supervision of a qualified person The OSHA 5 000 pound anchorage requirement does not apply to the location where the aircraft cable is attached Cable attachment points must be designed to support the forces that could be applied and must be equal or greater than the ultimate breaking strength of the cable REVISED June 2007 Section A Policy 6 0 Page 18 of 30 Kiewit Companies Fall Solutions Manual 5 When using wire rope for horizontal
17. Connecting is required when working within 6 feet of any opening in the falsedeck and when stripping deck and diaphragm forms If the opening between the edge of the falsedeck plywood and the bottom flange of the girder exceeds 6 inches then lanyard connection will be required for all operations on the falsedeck Falsedeck installed over public roads sidewalks or railroads requires the plywood to extend to the girder web The length of the falsedeck joists shall not be less than the distance between the faces of the girder webs less two 2 inches All plywood must be nailed to each supporting joist with two 2 8d nails Plywood sheeting shall have independent supports at each end and spacing of joists shall not exceed 32 inches A sign a minimum of 4 feet by 4 feet in size at the entrance to the work area needs to be installed and state DANGER Fall Hazard Area Fall Protection Required Beyond This Point until the work area is completely covered with falsedeck and provides a fall exposure of less than 6 B Structural Steel Applications It is preferable to attach the horizontal lifeline while the girder is on the ground The cable should be placed overhead to minimize free fall distance When a horizontal lifeline is installed at 36 a fall of 6 feet may still be possible If horizontal lifelines can not be installed 36 from the working walking surface it shall be approved by the designer and the Job Sponsor or
18. Each employee have a separate vertical lifeline l y ra Warning Lines Corrective Measures db 5 0 edge When mechanical equipment is used warning lines erected hot iess tran ki ema intervals Warning line is not less than 34 nor higher than 39 from tege RE ponasate o ooe T 4 pounds at 30 inches Material used for warning line has a minimum tensile Warning line rigged to tip stanchion in immediate work area 771777 and not after slack maximum axle load twice the anticipated load All covers secured to prevent accidental displacement y l q All covers color coded or marked with HOLE or COVER Stairtower Scaffolds Has the scaffold been put together properly V Has the competent person inspected and cleared the scaffold Ee for use s the scaffold tagged for serviceability 0000001580 Are access areas free of material buildup and debris 0070080 lis scaffold plumb and level Are handrails in use 0000000088 Are planks properly overlapped and secured 0000185 s there a maximum of 14 inches from the face of the scaffold to the wall Are walking working surfaces 18 or wider and secured Are bases or mudsills being used V l Are scaffold braces and frames in good condition u REVISED June 2007 Section A Policy 7 3 Page 2 of 2 Kiewit Companies Fall Solutions Manual 8 0 8 1 APPENDIX DEFINITIONS AND TERMS
19. MOJ e SUBS pipoq o L ys say IE3 iurejseg uonoe101d Z291 6991 uonoe104d EOS 005 9201 H3O 61 112 30A uononajsuo L O Wed OVA 951 962 4 1deuS 12 IN uoisiAIpqnS uononaisuo2 Ad reg SHO 1123 pz au 60S1 7091 suoniugea z ejna uojBuiusea EIUJOJIIE 2 spjepuejs uono loid ile VHSO 911S uon nusuo2 AO uono loid 12 9261 HAD 62 VHSO IEJoped 9p JO pL eDeg 071 O uonoes v Jo 01 Bed spiepueis ejeiS YM PUE HO Y3 0 uonoelo4d 184 009 9261 VHSO 8 2002 eunf 0381 4 51461 IIV 017 suonnios Ajayeg 124 5113 5002 sjueuieumboei eui o Buipioooe pejueuiejduir pue pejejsur pepi o4d ee suiejs s Buiuonisod Jo suiejs s seve WE uresa UEL yey eunsue ieys eu 3uBreu ur 10 4994 Q uoneoo e wo Buij ej Jo pJezeu e o see ojduie ueuM a RAB 13M0 0 JO 4934 OL jo prezeu e o p sodx sayjdde 0g c00 ev seidde L0GL 00 JEE uoBe1Q ul pajeadai sem q LOS 9261 JO IIV ALON SJopJQ S U JO SUOISIAOId out jepun esiweuo Jou seaeJBep Qy Ue Jedeejs seoeyns padojs 1 4 0 JO ZL uey jedeejs seoeyns Joos p dols sBuiuedo pue sAemyeys seDpe Buripee s bp pue s pis pejoejoudun eunjonjs e jo
20. uoyulysem uobai9 2 sp4epuels 19 10 HE VHSO 2321S uononnsuoo 10 uonoejoJd 2 9261 HAD 62 VHSO Ie19ped 9t JO 82 eBed 01 ollod O uonoes Zt 10 pz aed spiepueis 8121S YM PUE HO V 0 pareduiog 184 009 9261 VHSO 8 2002 eunf 0381 4 51461 IIV 017 suonnios Ajayeg 124 5113 5002 uonisod pepusjxe AUT eui ur pseAue m JO ull J uj UNA 8949P eui o p lldde z zz spunod 000 10 peo lisu LUNWIUIW e Bululeysns jo ajqedeo q Ileus spueAue Buiuuojep pue Buea pue spseAue uoyisdu ssej 10 ul 1970 188 Z o eouejsip Ile 991 WU JOU spie ue pue Bunoeer jjles T P C0S 9C6T Uonisod pepuejxe Aln eui l p1eAue 10 Suel y uj eot ep eui o p lidde Nx 61 spunod 000 Jo peo ejsue LUNWIUIW e Bururejsns jo ejqedeo aq ieys ss l JO LU 1970 199 Z o eoueisip UEL jur Ayjeoyewoyne yoiym spje ue pue s uil ni Bugoener Jjles zT P eos 9zer pepeuqe no Buraq 1sureBe payoajoid eq jeus sote TT P ezos 9zet Jour usaq se udeiBeied siu ul payloads eau 19470 je pue NA t rr p u oene olduu s d spunod 000 41 spunod 000 01 SI ul li u jo ulB5
21. Anchorages for a personal fall arrest system which may also be used to anchor a system for rescue or evacuation e Independent anchorages for a rescue or evacuation system in case those used for a personal fall arrest system are not usable Rest steps or ladders for suspended employees Once these factors are determined selection of primary rescue and evacuation devices and anchorage connectors may be made These devices should not be used unless provided with significant training Selecting the Anchorage and Anchorage Connectors Once the appropriate device or devices for rescue and evacuation are selected the anchorage connectors must be identified Rescue and evacuation will usually take place from designated areas Anchorage connectors for the equipment should be installed at these locations so that emergency operations are not delayed in a search for a suitable anchorage and installing an anchorage connector The choice of anchorage connector is generally made from among the wide range of fixed anchorage connectors that are available and include the anchorage connector strap band anchorage connector installation snaphook installation cable eye bolt tripod davit and mounting bracket REVISED June 2007 Section A Policy 4 0 Page 3 of 5 Kiewit Companies Fall Solutions Manual IV Connecting and Using Rescue and Evacuation Systems V In most situations movement of an incapacitated person should only be attempted
22. T SQ T 1 lQEHEAE aq IlEUS uonejejsui jeu pue jeu uoee 10 pJ028J UOLIA uge jsou eu uoneoumnieo pue uoneuiuuejep eui uosJed y jo eunjeuDis y pue uonoes stu Jo 2 YdesBesed uy eouerduioo u JSA uonejeisul jeu pue jeu peyruepi y ey peuruuejep SEM 11380 ejep eui Bureq si uoneounieo eui U9IUAM 10 UOr e ejsur JOU pue jeu 3y jo uoreorjnuepi ue uoneoynieo eu uejs s uono loid Ile e se pesn Bulag jeu y o solid pJooe1 uoneounieo e Buuedaud Aq uonoes stu 1 7 9 pue 9 sudeJ6eJed JO SUOISIAOJd eui ui eouerduoo ui si uonejejsur jeu pue jeu eui jeu Ate jeus uosjed 31uejeduioo pejeuBisep e 10 1e ojduie eu uonoes siu Jo udeJBeed Aq 15 1 y uuojied o ejqeuoseeJun SI 11 Jey ejejsuouuep ues sa ojdw v u uAA vA9 c0S 9cel TAS JEUY SADE uu UU s uoul zp uey SSB JOU 114 spiezeu 0 p sodx eje s olduu yoiym je svens Bupsom buryjem 1seuiu eui wou jeu eui our peddoup u uio G JO 9 Sayoul z JO Qe pues Beq 081 punod JO SISUOD 25 1se1 doJp eu ad euo ul Y JI S eAJejut ujuoui 9 16 pue redau Jofew Jaye payeoojel Y A U UM uu s s uomoejoJd ile e se pesn Buleq 910Jeq pue uomejejsur jelu Jaye isqol ay je doup eq IIeus suonejejsur jeu Ajoy
23. Train the Trainer program held for your Project contact your District Safety Manager Kiewit Companies Fall Solutions Manual 6 0 TRAINING GUIDE TABLE OF CONTENTS I INTRODUCTION 2 A The Vital Need for Fall Protection B Regulatory Mandates and the Employer s Responsibility II WHAT IS FALL PROTECTION 4 5 III HOW TO START A FALL PROTECTION PROGRAM 6 19 A Hazard Identification 6 9 B Writing the Fall Protection Program 9 10 C Understanding and Calculating Fall Arrest Forces 10 16 D Selecting Proper Anchorage Points 16 19 IV OVERVIEW OF PERSONAL FALL ARREST SYSTEMS PFAS 20 23 Three System Components 20 B Four Functional Equipment Categories 21 22 C General Fall Protection Recommendations 23 V INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE 24 29 Full Body Harnesses 24 25 B Lanyard Inspections 26 27 C Cleaning Maintenance and Storage 28 D Full Body Harness Donning Procedures 28 29 VI REFERENCES 30 REVISED June 2007 Section A Policy 6 0 Page 1 of 30 Kiewit Companies Fall Solutions Manual THE VITAL NEED FOR FALL PROTECTION Each year approximately 100 000 disabling injuries and 700 deaths are attributable to work related falls According to the National Safety Council falls are one of the leading causes of death in the workplace In addition to the lost lives and injuries caused by falls US businesses lose millions of dollars each year from significant increases in insurance premiums workers compensation cl
24. 10 891 S uo pesn s e1B Sos 10 S19 02 e ouueui UO 1582 o Ajdde jou s op uoisi OJd 51 1 ON p piezey eui 0 43AOO 40 3T1OH PJOM Y YIM peyew eq Ileqs u pepoo 40102 IIEUS s1e oo V vYAUCOS 9261 Duie plepueys e q eq 245 ejou 100jj eui eoejd ui jou S 1 AO2 BU lIuAA 1ueuieoe dsip je3uepiooe jsureBe p in s SI yey uononnsuoo pue puepuejs Jo 19409 lou 10044 e 10 sepis pesodxe UE uo pJeoq o piepuejs Buller psepueys e Aq eq ileus EA Aj eueprooe ued suosiad uoluM oiu sejou 100 4 u seeAo duie Jo jueuudinbe pulu y q jueujeoe dsip jejuapiooe jueAe4d O SE os p llE3SUl U UM paunoes eq 25 sJe o9 I v eNOS 926i s nnp jeujo ou uuoped jjeus pue piezeu I u o eunsodxe jue eJd jjeys p1ezeu y Jo Bale eu suosJed S APE Jeus 1olluouu eu peoejde1 SI J9A09 y Inun Buiuedo y je ureuie 25 1olluouu e BU O lesseoeu seulooeq 1111 7 euin euo AUE ye 139465 y uo p sodw eq Aew yeu sjeuejeui pue jueuudinbe seeKojduue jo 1uBIe y 901m JSe9 Je eJnjrej 5 jo ajqedeo eq 25 sje4 oo 1940 Iv cAUCOS 961 OU 550 0 10128J q yes e y m spunod peupunu ow uey 0
25. Holes Holes for permanent mounting and round holes for pins securing base to rail 7 Bottom of base must have a concave recess no less than 125 sq inches 806 sq cm to reduce rocking on uneven surfaces 8 Base plate must provide no less than 5 inches 127 mm of leading edge substrate contact as concentrated load is applied to base 9 Finish Epoxy powder coated safety yellow 10 Finish Hot dipped galvanized 11 Four adhesive pads with directional non skid resistant ridge pattern and minimum 28 sq inches 180 sq cm of substrate contact each shall be adhered to the bottom of base plate to resist slippage on hard surfaces D Securing Pins 1 Material 1038H cold rolled steel 2 Lock Klick pin attached to chain to lock into pin shaft 3 Finish Electroplate and zinc dichromate dipped E Service Cart 1 Cart shall attach to the Garlock Little Giant 4 Wheel Trailer Little Giant Trailer shall have built in wheel brakes 2 Cart shall be able to carry eight base plates and seven rail sections 3 Cart shall have a manual winch to raise and lower base plates 4 Cart shall be able to carry base transport eight short Speed Boards and six long Speed Boards and a cabinet for holding the securing pins F Speed Boards 1 Material 4 inches 102 mm wide zinc plated steel 2 Attachment Boards shall telescope to fit into toe board brackets on base plate and pinned to the base toe board brackets PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 EXAMINAT
26. INSERT PUSH PIN THROUGH HORIZONTAL BOOM AND AND INSTALL HITCH PIN THROUGH PUSH PIN AS SHOWN INSTALL HITCH PIN THROUGH PUSH PIN AS SHOWN LBS15 REV A WARNING DO NOT EXCEED SAFE WORK ZONE FAILURE TO FOLLOW MANUFACTURER S INSTRUCTIONS MAY RESULT IN SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH WARNING BE SURE THE HITCH PIN HAS BEEN INSTALLED WARNING BE SURE THE HITCH PIN HAS BEEN INSTALLED FAILURE TO DO SO MAY RESULT IN SERIOUS INJURY FAILURE TO DO SO MAY RESULT IN SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH OR DEATH LB517 REV A 18516 REV A ee waw rc rr r f WARNING 1 LIFTING RINGS ENGAGED BRAKES BEFORE EACH BOTH LIFTING RINGS MUST BE USED TO LIFT THE DEVICE USE FAILURE TO DO 50 MAY WARNING RESULT IN SERIOUS INJURY DO NOT USE FOR FALL PROTECTION OR DEATH USING ONLY ONE LIFTING RING MAY CAUSE THE DEVICE TO BRAKE ENGAGEMENT BECOME UNSTABLE OR UNBALANCED WHILE LIFTING ROTATE BRAKE HANDLE CLOCK FAILURE TO FOLLOW MANUFACTURER S INSTRUCTIONS SEH MAY RESULT IN SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH ES ao 15518 REV A BRAKE DISENGAGEMENT REVERSE ABOVE PROCEDURES LBS20 REV A REVISED June 2007 Section C Policy 4 0 Page 10 of 11 LB523 LB522 MILLER nad PUNCH GRID ON DATE OF FIRST USE rotection J FMAM JJ AS np FALL PROTECTION SYSTEM 926502 Y WARNING Manufacturer s instructions supplied with this product at Y2 the time of shipment must be followed Failure to do so may result in serious injury or death Y3 SYS
27. REVISED June 2007 Section A Policy 6 0 Page 25 of 30 Kiewit Companies Fall Solutions Manual B LANYARD INSPECTIONS When inspecting lanyards begin at one end and work to the opposite end Slowly rotate the lanyard so that the entire circumference is checked Spliced ends require particular attention Hardware i e snaps D rings and thimbles should be examined under the following procedures 1 HARDWARE a Snaps Visually inspect the hook and eye for distortions cracks corrosion or pitted surfaces The keeper latch should seat into the nose without binding and should not be distorted or obstructed The keeper spring should exert sufficient force to firmly close the keeper Keeper locks must prevent the keeper from opening when the keeper lock is not depressed 2 STEEL LANYARD While rotating the steel lanyard watch for cuts frayed areas or unusual wearing patterns on the wire Broken strands will separate from the body of the lanyard With a gloved hand slide a piece of cotton swabbing along the length of the lanyard Cotton tufts will indicate the presence of broken wire strands REVISED June 2007 Section A Policy 6 0 Page 26 of 30 Kiewit Companies Fall Solutions Manual 3 WEB LANYARD While bending the webbing over a pipe or mandrel observe each side of the webbed lanyard This will reveal any cuts or breaks Examine the web for swelling discoloration cracks and charring These are signs of chemic
28. SeDpe Buipe 1 sju uu uinb iu Buiwojio v o Buipioooe p lu uu lduu pue pejejsur papiaoid ee S l S4S Buruonisod Jo suiejs s 159 WE uresa UEL yey eunsue eys y 3uBreu ur 10 OL uoneoo e wouy Buje Jo pJezeu e o p sodx aJe see ojduie ueuM 209 9261 Ul EL Y y Buipioooe p lu uu lduui pue 6 papiAoid suiejs s uoroejoJd ile yev eunsue 1226 jeAojduie au e 9 JAMO e O JO OL Bule JO pJezeu e o pesodxe ase s s ojdw ueuM uonoes Siu JO p uBnouui sydesBesed asi laun se deox3 uonoejoJg 2 LOS L C00 7 v 6 asou JO suoisi oJd out Jepun Ajejenbepe esiweuo JOU seeJBep Qy Ue jedeejs seoeyns padojs Jeujo JO z 7 uey jedeejs seoeyns Joo padojs sBuiuedo pue sAEMHEUS uBnolu s Bp Buripee pue s pis pejoejoudun eunjonujs e jo Jomuued Y WO 793 ZIL 2 10 sseoxe ui 0 Way sesodxe yom esouw s ojdw asou Aq Wom aq eus suiejs s Buiuonisod JO IIIe jeuosJed sawe ej jeuosied pe ouddy e sulejs s 159 UEL jeuos1ed Jo suiejs s jeu Ajayes suiejs s sn eui Aq Buijjej Woy pej29jo4d eq 25 J349 e AOQE JO w 9 1 188 9 S qolu 10 epis pejoejoudun ue YM eoeyins Elan pue jejuoziuou eoeuns B
29. The following fall protection definitions are common terms associated with fall protection as noted from OSHA Standards Subpart M Fall Protection 1926 500 b Definitions and ANSI Z359 1 1992 R1999 Activation Distance distance traveled by the fall arrester or the amount of line deployed by a self retracting lifeline SRL from the point of onset of the fall to the activation point where the fall arrester begins to apply a braking or stopping force This activation point may occur where the fall arrester engages the lifeline or in the case of an SRL where the internal brake engages Anchorage a secure point of attachment for lifelines lanyards or deceleration devices Anchorages used for attachment of personal fall arrest equipment shall be independent of any anchorage being used to support or suspend platforms and capable of supporting at least 5 000 pounds per employee attached or shall be designed installed and used in accordance with the requirements Authorized Person a person approved or assigned by the employer to perform a specific type of duty or duties For the purpose of the Fall Solutions Manual the word user should be considered synonymous with Authorized Person Body Belt Safety Belt a strap with means both for securing it about the waist and for attachment to a lanyard or lifeline A body belt cannot be used for fall arrest Body Harness full straps that are secured about a body in a manner that distribu
30. The following is based on a 220 pound man free falling 6 feet into a nylon rope lanyard We must first calculate the velocity This is done using the above equation factoring in our 6 foot free fall and the pull of gravity Velocity 2 32 2 ft s2 6 ft 19 65ft s Now utilizing our average FAF equation we calculate the force generated in the above example For our example we have estimated the stopping time associated with a 6 foot nylon rope lanyard to be 05 seconds This estimate is based on actual lab tests Average FAF 220 lbs 19 65 ft s 32 2 ft s 05s 2 685 pounds The average fall arresting force in this example is 2 685 pounds which exceeds OSHA s allowable Maximum Arresting Force of 1 800 pounds This is why Kiewit does NOT allow rope lanyards Guardrails Primary Issues Complete System Full coverage Accessways Ladderways Material Handling Areas Proper construction Strength Deflection Maintenance Custody amp Control REVISED June 2007 Section A Policy 6 1 Page 9 of 19 Guardrails Top Rail Mid Rail Toeboard Top rails between 42 inches tall 3 inches Toeboards at least 4 inches high Miller Personal Fall Arrest System compenents of Peroann Fat Arest ege mast be ia puce niy eed i provide maximum worker pro Anchorage Anchorage Connector Anchorage Commonly referred to as a tie off point Ex l beam to Body We
31. This movement permits leg muscles to flex stimulating blood flow and eliminating the cause of orthostatic intolerance suspension trauma The Relief Step Device should in no way be considered an alternative to developing an aggressive Rescue Plan Employees who have fallen still need to be rescued as soon and efficiently as possible primarily because they may be unconscious Regulatory agencies require employers to train workers to use fall arrest systems correctly while performing their tasks Individuals who wear fall arrest devices while working and those who may perform rescue activities should also be trained in 1 How suspension trauma may occur 2 The factors that may increase a worker s risk 3 How to recognize the signs and symptoms of suspension trauma and 4 The appropriate rescue procedures and methods to diminish risk while suspended Rescue procedures must provide for prompt rescue of employees in the event of a fall or shall assure employees are able to rescue themselves Rescue procedures should also address how the rescued worker will be handled to avoid any post rescue injuries Rescue procedures should include the following contingencies based on actions 1 If self rescue is impossible or if rescue cannot be performed promptly the worker should be trained to pump his her legs frequently to activate the muscles and reduce the risk of venous pooling Relief Step Safety Devices or a rescue ladder can be used to
32. WARNING Attempting to lift raise or hoist the unit by using only one lifting ring or by using other areas of the unit is prohibited and may cause the unit to become unstable unbalanced and cause the unit to fall or tip over causing serious or fatal injury Never use Anchor Points to lift raise or hoist the unit Warning Do not use lifting rings for fall protection Installation Distance Once the unit has been installed at the desired location ensure the unit has been placed at a minimum of 2 feet from the front of the unit to the leading edge of the work surface and 3 feet from either side of the unit to the side edge of the work surface Ref fig 10 WARNING Do not use the system if installed less than the required distance from the edge Failure to do so may cause serious or fatal injury should a fall occur Fig 10 4 5 Va II i Working Distance The working distance is the maximum distance a user can work away from the system while anchored to the unit The maximum working distance forward measuring from the vertical boom is 26 ft The maximum working distance from the side of the unit measuring from the vertical boom is 12 ft Ref fig 10 WARNING DO NOT EXCEED WORKING DISTANCE REQUIREMENTS REVISED June 2007 Section C Policy 4 0 Page 8 of 11 Unit Inspection After installation is complete a final inspection of the system is required Using a hand punch designate the appropriate
33. Z 8 EOS 926r suejd uoroejoJd ile u see Aojduie jo ao eu IAXCAE EOS 9261 X pue uonoejoud Jo uonoeJe eui pue sjeuiejeui pue jueuudinbe qo eBe1ojs pue Buipueu eui 104 seunpeooJd 198 000 z e eos 9261 Sjoo1 pedojs o uo jo eoueuuojied y Duunp jueuudinbe jeoiueuoeuu jo esn eu uo suorneilull eu L A C 6 60S 9Z61T A zXe eos 9261 Deen SI uu s s S14 ueuM uiejsAs Buuojiuoui Ayayes y ui ee o duie uoee Jo eu L UN 2 2 EOS 9261 D p sn oj uonoejoJd Te pue seuoz sseooe p llonuo2o suiejs s Buuojuoui Ajajes suiejsAs oul Bulusem suu ls s jeu Ajajes suiejs s soe Ile jeuosJed suiejs s jrepyenB uone1 do pue esn y CH ZY 2 EOS 926r o swajsAs uonoejoud ile y Bunoedsur pue Bulj qwessesip Bururejureuu B5uno i 10 seunpeooJd 291109 oul cX amp 0S 9261 p Teale Ou Ul SpJeZEU le JO enjeu eu Z Xe 0S 9Z6I Se 1e BUIMO O eui ui peyijenb uosaed 1uejeduuoo e Aq uesseoeu se peure u q seu uoee ey einsse eys 9u L 1212 606 9261 sony led 9 1WeNSeu uonseioid 229116991 uonaslo1d m WE MOM uononisuo9 1 9 Hed OWM SSI 962 Je deu2 EA W UOISIAIPgns uononasuog g AIG reg SHO 193 bz omg SOSL POS suon
34. a lifeline installed at foot level may be considered but requires a Fall Protection Plan and written approval by the Job Sponsor or other manager as designated by the District Manager Individual lanyard anchorage points may also be utilized in lieu of a lifeline with a priority on an elevated anchorage Transport Vehicle Connecting rigging while the girder is on the transportation vehicle may expose employees to a potential fall greater than 6 feet Ladders that are sized for the application and secured to the girder prior to performing the connection work are a common method to provide access for this activity REVISED June 2007 Section B Policy 9 0 Page 2 of 5 Kiewit Companies Fall Solutions Manual For heavy rigging this may require two 2 ladders and additional manpower or forklift with taglines to help guide the rigging into position If access to the top surface of the girder is required a horizontal lifeline or lanyard anchorage point shall be provided When girder delivery and staging allows a lifeline system as described previously should be installed prior to rigging the girder and used to provide fall protection for this activity 3 Setting Girders Setting the girder into its final location requires workers to be positioned at each end of the girder and at strategic positions to control its movement by taglines Fall protection for this step shall be the same as outlined in 1 above At no time while the crane su
35. cover Pile driving operations Fabrication and erection of towers Setting of caps blocking and stringers Falsework stripping Pile Driving Operations 1 When climbing leads a Ladder Climbing Safety Device LCSD shall be used 2 Primary and Secondary anchorages will be required once the worker has reached the work location 3 If it becomes necessary to unhook from the LCSD to perform work then a system where primary and secondary if needed anchorages will be used 4 Do not jump off the leads or tracks of a crane Fabrication and Erection of Towers High capacity falsework systems have fall prevention and protection designed as an integral component The vertical ladder provided with the shoring towers shall be used only after a LCSD is installed Each tower section has a 20 inch minimum width platform four 4 feet from the top of the tower provided for access to the work A 3 8 inch horizontal lifeline designed by a registered Professional Engineer must be installed and used when working from the platform 1 Persons climbing towers and using platforms are required to wear a full body harness with a 2 legged shock absorbing lanyard and be connected at all times 2 Ladder Climbing Safety Devices LCSD will be used when climbing towers 3 The ladder scaffold and horizontal vertical lifelines must be inspected at the start of each shift and maintained free of recognizable defects Any deficiencies will be c
36. he will be exposed to a free fall of approximately 5 feet D ring Height 5 Feet From working surface Lanyard Length 6 Feet Anchor Point Height 6 Feet From working surface Total FREE FALL Distance 5 Feet Complies with OSHA Law REVISED June 2007 Section A Policy 6 0 Page 13 of 30 Kiewit Companies Fall Solutions Manual To minimize the free fall distance the employee should 1 Secure the lanyard to an anchor point at or above the height of the D ring anything lower than 36 inches must be approved by the Job Sponsor whenever possible 2 Use a shorter lanyard or use a retractable lanyard when the first option is not feasible But NEVER allow for a free fall of more than 6 feet In addition to limiting the free fall distance to not more than 6 feet we must also calculate the TOTAL fall clearance to avoid hitting the ground or the next lower level This is especially important when utilizing shock absorber type lanyards These lanyards may elongate as much as 42 inches maximum permitted by OSHA during the deceleration process An employee of average height 6 feet using a 6 foot shock absorbing lanyard and a full body harness must attach to an anchor point at least 1512 feet from the ground or next lower level In addition you should also factor in D ring slide and the possibility of an improperly fit harness Due to these things it is often recommended adding a safety factor to your fall clearance calculation A safety fa
37. inspection and disassembly of system identify individuals responsible for each item Assembly Responsible Maintenance Responsible Inspection Responsible Disassembly Responsible Describe procedure for handling and securing tools and equipment and over head protection for work areas below Barricade Canopy Protection Watch name person Other specify Describe method for prompt safe rescue of injured worker Relief Step Rescue Device Sketch of system use additional paper if needed NOTE If applicable attach a copy of PE stamped designs for fall protection systems used in the operation Ensure employees assigned to the tasks have received training and instruction on the items described above A copy of the training record shall be available at the work location REVISED June 2007 Section A Policy 5 0 Page 6 of 6 Kiewit MEMORANDUM TO Fall Solutions Manual User Section A Policy 6 0 Training Guide DATE June 2007 RE Purpose of the Training Guide The Training Guide portion of the Fall Solutions Manual accompanies the Fall Protection Train the Trainer program It is intended for supervisors who will educate employees on the basics of fall protection While reading the manual will be very helpful it is intended to be part of a one or two day classroom type setting The training has both a classroom session and a hands on session If you wish to have a Fall Protection
38. jeys suu ls s eui BurueM L TSUOISIAOIG BUIAO IOJ au uim Ajduoo iieys asn ep pue 0 q LoS 9261 eec suiejsAs oul Burue M stuu l1s s eut Burue M Sul s4S au Burusem 2 51592 591 962 OYM 440M Buyooy 40 suieis S eur BuluseM ZOS 1 600 2 i 7208 9261 Su Ied 9 1urensog uono3101d 2291 6991 uono lo1d m WE ue uononisuo9 1 9 Hed OWM SSI 962 je deu2 124 N UOISIAIPANS uononasuog g AIG reg SHO med vz omg SOSL POS suoniuned z omg 509 009 970 H4981 uoybulysem uob so eIUJOJIIe 2 Spiepueis uonoetoid WEI VHSO 9121S uononzisuo 40 uonoejoJd 112 9261 HAD 62 VHSO 9t JO GE abe 01 ollod O uonoes Zv 1o Le abed spiepueis ejeis YM PUE HO Y3 0 p sedulo uono loud 124 009 9261 VHSO 8 2002 eunf Q3SI A38 penieseg sluBiti IIV O17 suonnios Ajayeg 124 5113 S002 7 DP uuojeld JO 001 1001 34 jo uono uip y u pue au Bulwem y Jejnoipuedied avens BUDLHOAVBUD EA eur AOQE Ul g seuoui oe uoiuouejs y 1sureBe Apjejuozuou padde N 12 spunod 9 sea 1e jo 3910 e 1 AO Buiddn jnoyym Bunsis l jo ajqedeo eq eys suoiuouejs peuoegme ureuo Jo asm ados eui ui payee Bureq Jay mtce yu eos 9zer 1 5 JOOJ Y WOM au Bu
39. lengths of 3 8 inch cable with 12 cable clamps Horizontal Lifelines require Registered Professional Engineer design 3 Procedures a Identify the specific manufacturer part number to be installed along with each components load rating b Install first safety cable six 6 feet back from leading edge Place a 12 inch eye on both ends of the 3 8 inch cable This eye requires three 3 domestic drop forged fist grips or cable clamps spaced three 3 inches apart c Use this cable as a tie off to place 8 more feet of bottom deck d Secure the second cable on the anchorage points 6 feet back from the leading edge of the plywood repeating as in Step 1 e Move your tie off up to that cable while maintaining 100 tie off As the bottom deck is placed leap frog the cable forward f Upon decking the full bridge width for the 16 foot span bore 1 1 8 inch diameter holes in the joists at the deck s edge and erect the guardrail g At the end of shift install a warning line at least 6 feet back from the leading edge or fully guardrail across the leading edge of the bottom deck C Sponsor written approval is required for all foot level tie off D Alternatively for leading edge tie off work a manufactured system such as the Miller Edge system may prove to be more versatile and will limit the fall distance as compared to a foot level tie off system described above REVISED June 2007 Section B Policy 3 0 Page 1 of 2
40. ollod O uonoes 2002 eunf 0381 4 Zv 10 SI 16 le S YM PUP HO VO o uor2ejoJd 124 009 9Z61 VHSO IE4 p 4 Siy IIV 977 suonnios Ajajes 12 silia 5002 suogeoyioeds piepuejs M Ped VA TSUOISIAOI BUIMO O OU YIM 248 GG1 96z 1e1deuo ui pequosep se sjleipsenB asn Jay pue suu ls s rep1ene suu ls s 12 ded OYM S81 962 1106 4 205 9261 UonoejoJd Ile OU sejejsseoeu yey 410 v suiBeq ee ojduie zey uedqns siy Jo slu uu uinb u jueunjed 1euyo WE ulu 0 ileus pue eeKojduie ue 104 yedqns siy Aq p uinb i suiejs s uomnoejoud e 18 1 pue epiwoJd ileus si oldulz zXe cos 926r 101995 SIU JO suoisi oJd lqeolidde eui UNA jduuoo 245 Wed sity Aq suiejs s uomnoejoud je 4 r e eos 9zer 1800 27206 9261 peoejdsip Ajjeyuapiooe Z q ji bp auf Je o O jou sio qo esou zey os f q l 1941y e jo y Woy Aeme ufnoue Jey WIEL Aew zey sio lqo d y pue ease p peonseq ay Buuejue Wo s o duu yqiyoud lle pinoa sjoefqo yoium O ease ay peoluueg 0 710S9 9Z6T 7 10 peoe dsip AjEjuepiooe 919 Kay J ay OB jou pjnom si o qo SOU jeu os jo e 1euBiu v
41. uono loid ZZ91 6991 uonoe104d k 14 MOM uononaisuo L O Med IVM 551 962 JeYdeu2 Jie N uoisiAipqns uononnsuoo AIG reg SHO Hej ve G091 7091 suoniuieq z GLE WRC ECL uolbuluse A eIuJ0JIje 2 Sp Epue1S uono loid 23 VHSO 2121S uononnsuoo 10 401091014 2 9c61 H49 62 VHSO Ie19ped 9t JO 62 eBed 01 ollod O uonoes 2002 eunf 0381 4 Zp Jo Gz spiepuels lels YM Pue HO V o p seduloo uon2eloJd 112 0099261 VHSO Ie19p 4 51461 977 suonnios Ajayeg 124 5113 5002 SS9 SI Ul9 s s ay Aq eouejsip Ile 824 eu 10 uu g sei 9 Jo eouejsip e Bule ee ojduue ue jo ABsous edw enuejod y 801M pue sullA oj ulBu ms juerouns eAeu AX9LXbpJzos 9260 pue ul 2071 189 G g 0 sjane BaXo dwa ue eouejsip uoneejeoep wnwxew Mu pue dos ejejduioo e oj olduu ue Huq TAGE NP ZOS 9261 AU 91 p 20S 9Z261 SIEM S ZO UL eui ULY JOMO JOU A P ye peunoes avens BUDHOAVBUD IEM u jo aq ieys pye ue eui jo pue Jououe aU ejqeonoeud pue sepis y se Jey se juo s olduu jo pue A 1 MO ue j9ejuoo JOU ULY J8 e Jamo Aue 19ejuoo JOU w 9 4394 9 uey eJouu eu MOIS o eq eys uonoejoud jur
42. 06 spunod 002 Jo ujBueuis ejsue LUNWIUIW e jeus eui uoce3 s rdde Z0SZ 00 Ler uoBeJQ ul u pue B zOS 92618 3LON pue uo peioyoue jeunoes Jo em Jo prepuejs O epis YORE uo pejoeuuoo aq ileus aul jojuoo BUY s Jem Jo uu ls s e O epis uoee uo p lo uuoo eys oui jouoo eu L AD 1 b zos 9261 AU D B 20S 9261 eoepns Bubyow Bubjew y 019 77901 s uoul Zy uey jou s 1100 1s uBiu s pue avens Bupyom Buryjem y woy sayu 9e uey ssa jou 5 Bes Buipee Jo pejoejoudun y o jejeJed Buipnjour au ay jurod ysamo eu zey uons eq eys seijdde zosz e00 v Ajayeuixoidde eq ileus pue Buipee Jo payoajoidun au eut uoddns pue suoiuouejs y jo Buloeds ayy p uoB uo uj u pue 6 Z0S 9Z6L 3LON y Jo uBue eugue y pu yx j eus ou onuoo eu L unm 1 8 ZOS 9ZET abpe Buipee y WO SS SI Dee uonoejoud juejeanbe UOlUM poujaui e JO suoluouejs uo peuoddns uleyo Jo ao JO jsisuoo 25 uiejs s eui Burujew eu s rdde Z0SZ 00 Ler uoBeJQ ul u pue B zOS 92618 3LON Bulag jequieui u jo ujbue y jeu JO W 1 199 09 UY JOU ui 07 1 9 uey SSB JOU Deele eq jjeus eu 0 009 eu
43. 13 General Inspection of Connectors 14 Cracks 14 Heat Damage 14 Distortion 14 Corrosion and Fitting 15 Excessive Wear 15 Sharp Edges 15 Specific Equipment inspection 16 Inspecting and Maintaining Snaphooks 16 Inspecting Carabiners 16 Inspecting Buckles 16 Inspecting a Full Body Harness 17 Care Maintenance Storage and Inspection of a Pullover Harness 18 Inspecting Lanyards 18 How to Inspect Lanyards 19 Maintenance of Lanyards 20 Inspecting Energy Absorbers 20 INSPECTING COMPONENTS OF PERSONNEL RIDING SYSTEMS 22 Inspecting the Tripod 22 Inspecting the Davit 22 Inspecting and Maintaining the Hoist 22 Inspecting the Fall Arrester and Lifeline 23 INSPECTING AND MAINTAINING SELF RETRACTING LANYARDS SRLs 25 Inspecting the Function of an SRL 25 REVISED June 2007 Section C Policy 3 0 Page 3 of 34 Competent Person Equipment Inspection Inspection of Housing and Installation Bracket 26 Inspection of Line 26 Broken Wires 26 Worn or Abraded Wires 27 Corrosion 28 Heat Damage 28 Birdcaging and Unlaying of Wire Rope 28 INSPECTING AND MAINTAINING FIXED PERMANENT CLIMBING SYSTEMS 29 APPENDIX A 33 INDEX 34 REVISED June 2007 Section C Policy 3 0 Page 4 of 34 Competent Person Equipment Inspection INTRODUCTION AND INSPECTION INTRODUCTION Technical Briefs and the MSA FP Competent Person Course text This material is used in support of classroom training and does not by itself constitute inspection t
44. 199J 9 uone eoxe ue au je ee o duie uoe3 DUX Los 9261 SUORnEAE2X3 y SUONBACOX UXq 099c61 A 1001 JO puno b AOQE BJOW JO 199J U UM S UI EL piepue s y m pepi oJd eq eys s emyjem pouljoul pue SAemuns sdwey sDuijre1 prepuejs sduies 919 991 967 OYM U BAB 0j BJOW JO 399 OL Buij ej jo prezeu e o p sodx sayjdde 1091 600 2 seidde 091 600 JEE uoBeiQ ul pejeedei sem q LOS 926 JO V ALON SUU SAS jIepjenD Aq ST A Y NO O JO Uu 87 189 9 Buje WoL pejoejoud q eys sXemyjem Joo pue sAemuni sdwes uo ojdw uoe3 sAemyjem 1940 pue sAemuns sdwey seijdde 10S1 00 JEE uoBeiQ ul pejeedei sem q LOS 9261 JO IIV ALON 9 4 TOS 9Z6T el O BOW JO 3994 OL Bule Jo prezey e o p sodx sayjdde 1091 600 2 serdde L0GL 00 JEE uoB iO ul pejeedei sem q LOS 926 JO IIV ALON SulejsAs IA p Duiuonisod Jo suiejs s jeu Ajayes suiejs s 18 ie 2405 Aq S A 190 O BOW JO W g 399 9 Buet Woy eq eus ees Buro1ojure1 JO YJOMULIOJ JO eu uo eeKo duie 062 ees Buroyojure1 pue yuowuuod SXa Los 926r ys say 1lE4 3 iurejseH uonoe101d Z291 6991 uonoe104d 209 0099701 H49 6l 112 30A uononajsuo 1 2 Hed OVA 9591 962 4 1deuo 12 IN uoisiAIpqnS uononi
45. 1ejeuuued at 1 ZIL 2 10 Sseoxe ul Way sesodxe esouM see o duie asou Aq wom eq ieys suiejs s Buruonisod JO 1ulens 1 euosJed jseue ej jeuosied pe ouddy e DP Dupes ou SjejEJed yey eBpe eu Buoje e jo nal ul pesn eq Aew eui ojuoo eui Jom eBpe Buipee 40 peusi qejse ueeq peeJ e seu euoz sseooe pe oJjuoo e pue uorejoud eui O uesouo si tuu s s IeJpjen e Ulejs s sae jeuosJed 10 5 5 jeu Ales uiejs s respuenB e Aq wo pej293oud eq ieys yom Buipee y ul peBeBue jou si oym nq uononnsuoo jepun ale Duipee ajaym Buet e AOQE 40 81 199J 9 eoeuns Bulyiom Bulyjem e uo eeKo duie 1112101106 926r seidde L0GL 00 JEE uoB iO ul pejeedei sem q LOS 9261 JO IIV 3LON SUV SAS OSOU jo Aue bunueuiejdui jo Nol Ul uonenjs eoe d Jow 1ejnonied e 104 3 Z0S 9261 UM seiduioo uejd uonoejoJd ile e jueuie duui o ejeuidoudde S13 yeu Butusi qejse jo uaping au seu je o duie y A Burp1oooy suiejs s uonoejoid UEL pejsij eAoqe eur JO euo sea Je jueuue duii piezeu e ejeoJo jou JIM pue lqise s 3 1201 uondunseJd e si ey3oN sjueuieumboei Buiwojo eui o Buipioooe pejueuiejduir pue pejejsur pepi o4d ee suiejs s Buiuonisod Jo suiejs s 159 WE ur
46. 23 VHSO 2281S uononnsuoo 10 uonoejoJd 2 9261 62 VHSO Ie19ped 9t JO yz 0 L ollod O uonoes 2002 eunf qas lAzd v Jo 02 Bed spiepuels ALIS YM Pue HO V o uon2eloJd 1124 0099261 VHSO Ie19p 4 Pamasay sluBiti O17 suonnios Ajayeg 124 5113 S002 6861 LL LV ISNV 40 suonejedo uonilouu q pue Jredes uononnsuoo Bung pesn SION SJES 6 61 11 01 ISNV JO Sjueuieuinbe u Buneeui se pejeqe eq leys 966 Menuer eJojeq peseyoind sjeu Aj9jegs suonejedo uonioure pue eday S N suq q pue jeuuosieg suonejedo uonjouieq pue uononnsuoo JO piepue1S IPeuoneN ueoueuly 6861 VVOLV ISNV eininsui spiepueis jeuoneN ueoueuiv sjueuieumbei eui se pajaqe eq eys 9661 Avenue Jaye 10 uo peseuound sau Ajayes o 00101 15000 Jo eys s u Jo ane euo luo q pue sbulpilnq Dale ul uoro9Je 5 sjeu pue sjueuieJinboJ Duuooyj 104 pue p 01 uonoes ees NOILd39X3 UJ ISAS jeu AJ JES u Aju6ejur au Jaye pinoo uoluM eoueunooo Aue eye p yo dsul eq osje W s sjeu Ajejes 0 eq jeus sjueuoduioo eAnoejeq uoneiouejep 19470 pue eDeuiep seam 10 399 e e2uo 1seo je pejoedsul eq IIEUS sjeu Ajejeg Deen eq jou eus sjeu s 2 2Z0s 9261 UOT J8USUTI JUJ
47. 501 b 10 501 b 11 A series of reasonable steps taken to 2003 Subpart M 1926 500 503 Fall Protection Fall protection Unprotected sides amp edges Fall protection for residential construction noa Fall hazards training program s 4 Fall protection for low slope roofs 606 Fall protection for steep roofs Eus 0 500 1000 1500 2000 What Is Fall Protection cause elimination or control of the injurious effects of an unintentional fall while accessing or working at height 2500 Section A Policy 6 1 Page 3 of 19 The Steps of Fall Protection Fall Prevention Positioning Retrieval 1171 4 Is this the correct order Controlling Fall Exposures e Select fall protection systems appropriate for given situations Use proper construction and installation of safety systems e Supervise employees properly Use safe work procedures Train workers in the proper selection use and maintenance of fall protection systems REVISED June 2007 Section A Policy 6 1 Page 4 of 19 Fall Protection Plan Prepared by qualified person Specific to site Changes made by qualified person Plan kept at site Fall Protection Plan e Implemented by competent person Documents why conventional fall protection is infeasible Discuss measures used to protect workers REVISED June 2007 Section A Policy 6 1 Page 5 of 19 REVISED June 2007 Training Fo
48. 8 14122159 uono loid Z291 6991 uonoe104d w Hj MOM UOIJONAYSUOD L Med DVM 951 962 491deuO 23 W uoisiAIpqns uononnsuoo AI reg SHO We pz G091 7091 suoniulj dq z l9IHV Ble WRU CER EL uolbuluse A uobai9 eIuJ0JIje 2 Sp4epue1S uonoejoJd 1124 VHSO 9381S uononnsuoo 40 uono9joJd Il 3 9261 4 62 VHSO 8 9t JO 92 bed 01 ollod O uonoes 2002 eunf 0381 4 Zv 22 abed spiepuels ALIS YM PUE HO V o uon2eloJd 112 0099261 VHSO 8 S Iy IY 011 suonnios S 12 5113 5002 C661 169 Z ISNV JO Uess eui jo sued DUDU oj L66L 7L OLV ISNV JO slu ui iinb i jueuudinbe lu A 1d o yjoows eq eys pue seo euns o SJ9J91 114 Siy Aes Jou seop piepue S oul UE pue ystu 3uejsisa uoisoJ109 E EUS 5 2 z p zos 9zet 2 0 209 92617 661 L 6S Z ISNV 10 1661 0 ISNV JO slu ui uinb i jueuidinbe Sjeuejeui zuajeanb Jo pew Jo 0 S19j91 114 siu Aes jou seop oul 1 s 10 passed doup eq eys siojo uuoo I P zOos 9261 spunod 000 Buipueisuim ejqedeo eq eys seBeJououe y OM O Ile WI U9IUM p sn ase Seet uoneJejooep Jeujo JO s ull ji Bunoen i q s ueuM 1d 5x old l Jed spunod
49. B B E 1 EYE BOLTS Q FIG2 REVISED June 2007 Section B Policy 7 0 Page 4 of 4 Kiewit Companies Fall Solutions Manual 8 0 CROSSBEAMS Crossbeam Falsework Stripping Operation The following sequence of alternatives will be used when selecting methods of fall prevention and protection for working on top of crossbeams Walkway access surrounding caps may be separated into two possible scenarios A Deck and guardrail from crossbeam falsework left in place for work on top of the crossbeam Falsework Stays in Place for Cap Work TIE OFF NOT REQUIRED 26 or Greater OPTION 1 REVISED June 2007 Section B Policy 8 0 Page 1 of 3 Ki ewit Companies Fall Solutions Manual B Deck and guardrail from crossbeam falsework stripped and moved ahead prior to work on top of the beam Deck amp Guardrail from Crossbeam Falsework Falsework stripped and moved ahead prior to work on top of beam C During the planning stage for falsework left in place the preferred method of fall prevention and protection for work on top of a cap less than 6 feet in height is to construct an access surrounding the cap on the falsework which provides a 6 foot walkway surrounding the cap Option A 1 The 6 foot walkway will eliminate the circumstances that would allow a fall from the top of the cap over the work deck guardrail as shown in Option A 2 If a 6 foot walkway is not f
50. Distance the additional vertical distance a falling employee travels excluding lifeline elongation and free fall distance before stopping from the point at which the deceleration device begins to operate It is measured as the distance between the location of an employee s body harness attachment point at the moment of activation at the onset of fall arrest forces of the deceleration device during a fall and the location of that attachment point after the employee comes to a full stop REVISED June 2007 Section A Policy 8 0 Page 1 of 3 Kiewit Companies Fall Solutions Manual Elongation 1 energy absorber the maximum elongation of the energy absorber when tested to design capacity can be no greater than 42 2 Dynamic elongation of components when subjected to a load many materials will undergo plastic deformation The extent of plastic deformation in lengths of rope metal or synthetic will vary based on the properties of the material and must be accounted for in determining total fall distance when used as a part of a personal fall arrest system Note that some materials may have elastic properties and could cause a rebound after reaching the point of maximum arresting force Free Fall is the act of falling before a personal fall arrest system begins to apply resistance to arrest the fall Free Fall Distance the vertical displacement of the fall arrest attachment point on the employee s body harness betwee
51. Hazard identification associated with fall exposures should be identified in the pre planning stages It is important to reemphasize that this should also include travel to and from the work location REVISED June 2007 Section A Policy 6 0 Page 6 of 30 Kiewit Companies Fall Solutions Manual Workers at an elevated work location who may become trapped in an emergency situation tower cranes etc should not be overlooked An emergency escape system may be necessary as a primary or secondary means to automatically control descent for emergency egress As a minimum hazardous work tasks should be identified by name and location prior to any work being done so a comprehensive review can be accomplished APPRAISING RISK After identifying the individual elevated work tasks appraising each exposure against a specific set of criteria enables the assessment of the relative risk The appraisal should include An assessment of vertical and horizontal movement number of workers involved How often the task is performed The length of time typically spent on the task A general description of the work area with particular attention to potential obstruction in the fall path A post fall analysis to review expected self recovery or the possible need for retrieval and rescue Identification of influential environmental conditions such as icy or wet surfaces high winds etc Overall the objective is to pinpoint the
52. Ie19pe 2002 eunf 0381 4 51461 Uu 977 suonnios Ajayeg 124 5113 5002 MENOS 92617 uonoes SIU JO 1 p 9 udeuBejed ur payloads een doJp y Aq peonpoud yeu o jenbe 9010 1060 11 ue Buigiosqe Jo ejqedeo eq jeys suonejeisul 1194 pue sjeu Ajajes 97209 9261 Buyse joeduur Aq eq eys seoueJeejo yong mojaq Simone Jo seoeyins u uy 1061400 su sn jue eJd o eoueJeep jueroyins YM Bunu eq jeus S N uonoes Siu JO p 9 ydesBesed ui payloads s doup eui o 9010 joedui ue oj peyoe qns ueuw wo Jeq seinjonujs JO e2eyins 3y uj DEIUOO jue eJd O WAY jepun eoueJeej JUSIOYINS ui pejjejsul eq 25 sjeu Ajejes 12707206 9261 993 CL jejuozuou DL lt ell Je9n19A 1984 OL in jeyuozuou uinullullW DL 5 S lt Tei 949A 1 8 16 jejuozuou uunullulyy 399 4 S 01 dn 1siq e9nieA O YTTS DUDHOM SU JO 9DD9 SU WO FSU JO DP eouejsip ejuozuou wnwuiy amp yeu Jo uejd je3uozuou oj sje e Buom Woy eouejsip E9IJdeA TSMO O SE DE DS YOM OU jo uonoeroud jsouuejno y WO pie wjno puejxe eus sjeu z O z0S 9Z6T SCOUTS YOM Sf JO VOPI JSOUNSINO SY WOT DIENTIO pu lx ijeus sjou Ayayes pepi oud uonoejoud yuajeainbs Jo Jsixo sp
53. Is there a written fall protection plan available Q 2 Is there a designated fall protection competent person O 3 Have safe methods to retrieve fallen workers been planned and documented O 4 Do work methods maximize the use of primary fall protection systems such as standard guardrail systems scaffolding elevated work platforms etc where feasible Yes No GUARDRAIL SYSTEMS O Q 1 Do guardrail systems meet height and strength requirements Top rail 42 inches 3 inches California 42 inches 3 inches Mid rail midway between top rail and walking working surface Withstand 200 lbs applied in outward direction along top edge Top rail cannot deflect downwards to a height less than 39 inches California 42 inches Q Q 2 Are guardrail systems surfaced smoothly to prevent puncture laceration or snagging hazards O 3 Are top rails and mid rails terminated so as not to overhang terminal posts and present a projection hazard Q 4 If wire rope is used for top rail is it at least 3 8 ineh diameter Is it flagged at 6 foot intervals with high visibility material Yes No ANCHORAGE POINTS O O 1 Do workers know appropriate anchorage points for each task that requires a fall arrest or restraint system Q Q 2 Are all anchorage points stable substantial and have sufficient strength to withstand 5 000 lbs OR twice the potential impact energy of the free fall REVISED June 2007 Section A Policy 7 2 Page 1 of
54. JO OL Buij ej jo puezey saldde 1 091 600 6 seudde 10S1 00 e o p sodx JEE uoB iO ul p le d sem q LOS 926 JO IIV ALON SUl SAS JOU Ayes 10 suiejs s sae euosJed suiejs s Aq spiezeu wou payajoid eq eys 1ueudinbe snojeBuep Aoqe 10 w g 3 9 ee Aojduie uoe3 WN 8 4 TOS 9ZET Spsenb jueuudinbe 10 sSuu s Ss repenB sujiejs s jeu 5 suuaysAs julesjsol Ile 2405 suiejs s sae UEL euosuad Aq 1ueuidinbe snoJeBuep ojuo olul SEL pejoejoJd eq ileus ojdw uoe3 3ueuudinb3 snojeBueq s 1091 600 2 7 6 jueuudinbe Aq 10 suiejs s re4pjenB Aq jueuidinbe snojeBuep au ojuo JO ou Bule WO pe329joud eq jeus jueuudinbe snojeBuep e oqe w 9 1 199 9 uey sse 0 uoe3 a 8 a ros 926r jueuidinbe snojeBueq 8 d TOS 9Z6T qv 1091 600 2 10 sepeouJeq seouej suiejs s jreupjen6 Aq Bule wo pejoejoud aq iieys uidep ul eJouu JO uu 9 4294 9 uorje eoxe Jejus pue yeys yd jam e jo eu je oldul uoe3 ZKA LOS 9c l MAOHI 2 7 091 200 2 7 PnSIA Jeujo Jo Uw0JD juejd jo esneoeq uees j pe jou ae SUONEABOX y u uA sepeouJeq 10 seouej suiejs s Aq ul le wou payoajod eq jjeus uydep ul JO uu 811
55. Kiewit Companies Fall Solutions Manual Miller Edge Fall Protection System for Leading Edge E A sign shall be placed at the entrance to the work area and state DANGER Fall Hazard Area Fall Arrest Equipment Required Beyond This Point REVISED June 2007 Section B Policy 3 0 Page 2 of 2 Kiewit Companies Fall Solutions Manual 4 0 PLACING BRIDGE OVERHANG FORMS A Box Girder Overhangs Typically the horses supporting the overhang for a box girder bridge are placed from the bottom deck area which should have a full guardrail helping to eliminate the fall hazard for this portion of the operation This is also true during placement of joists and all but the outside row of plywood decking if the bottom deck width allows This work may be completed well inside the edge of the guardrail The fall hazard presented during placement of the outside sheet of plywood and the overhang guardrail can be mitigated by using a motion restraint system or a personal fall arrest system 1 The procedure for placing the motion restraint is as follows a Attach motion restraint to an engineered anchorage at the outside stem b Pull cable hand tight and attach at end of run c Connect to motion restraint 2 A sign at the entrance to the work area should be installed and state DANGER Fall Hazard Area Fall Arrest Restraint Equipment Required Beyond This Point B Girder Overhangs The figure below shows a horizontal
56. a fall by jerking the worker off balance e Excessive lifeline abrasion on work platforms and or surfaces e Lifeline contact to sharp edges should be avoided e Lifeline may be pinched between two surfaces causing excessive lifeline wear and weakness During flat roofing leading edge or similar applications a suitable anchorage connector such as a temporary horizontal lifeline should be used to keep the SRL at or above the workers back D ring and away from obstructions Care should be taken when rigging the SRL so as not to impede the free movement of the lifeline If the cable of the SRL has the potential to travel over the edge of a flat surface the potential for cable sheer may exist This is due to a 90 bend in the lifeline the sharp edge of a platform and fall arrest forces created by the fallen worker For this application we would recommend a rubber bumper or padding around the sharp edge and the use of a Miller SofStop shock absorber U S part no 928LS between the workers harness and the snap at the end of the Miller SRL This will help protect the lifeline and reduce the impact forces in the event of a fall Additional fall arrest clearance must be calculated to compensate for the deceleration distance 42 inches that will occur when the shock absorber is deployed REVISED June 2007 Section C Policy 7 0 Page 1 of 4 Kiewit Companies Fall Solutions Manual Please note that we do not normally recommend the use of a separ
57. alleviate pressure delay symptoms and provide support for muscle pumping 2 Continuous monitoring of suspended worker for signs and symptoms of suspension trauma REVISED June 2007 Section A Policy 4 0 Page 1 of 5 Kiewit Companies Fall Solutions Manual 3 Ensuring that a worker has standard trauma resuscitation once rescued 4 If the worker is unconscious keeping the worker s air passages open and obtain first aid 5 Monitoring the worker after rescue and ensuring the worker is evaluated by a health care professional NOTE f determined during the planning stages that an employee may be suspended for an extended period of time the use of Relief Step Safety Devices should be seriously considered and added to the user s harness and made a critical element of the fall protection plan procedures In the event of a fall or if some other related serious incident occurs e g a near miss a full investigation into the circumstances shall be made to determine if the Fall Protection Plan needs to be modified e g new improved practices procedures or training Those changes shall be implemented to prevent similar types of falls or incidents Requires immediate notification to the District Manager District Safety Manager and Sponsor All personal fall protection equipment used in the arrest of the fall shall be tagged out and may be sent to the District Safety Manager The anchorage shall be evaluated by a qualified
58. and mild laundry detergent Dry hardware with a clean cloth and hang harness to air dry Do not speed dry with heat Excessive accumulation of dirt paint or other foreign matter may prevent proper function of the Pullover harness and in severe cases weaken the webbing Questions concerning harness conditions and cleaning should be directed to MSA FP Manufacturing Company Maintenance and Service Equipment which is damaged or in need of maintenance must be tagged as UNUSABLE and removed from service Corrective maintenance other than cleaning and repair such as replacement of elements must be performed by the MSA FP factory Do not attempt field repairs Storage Store the harness in a cool dry and clean place out of direct sunlight Avoid areas where heat moisture light oil and chemicals or their vapors or other degrading elements may be present Equipment which is damaged or in need of maintenance should not be stored in the same area as usable equipment Heavily soiled wet or otherwise contaminated equipment should be properly maintained e g dried and cleaned prior to storage Prior to using equipment which has been stored for long periods of time a Formal Inspection should be performed by a competent person Inspecting Lanyards As with other components for safety at heights inspection is a two stage process This means that inspection is performed 1 by the user before each use and 2 by a competent person in a formal
59. and not bo De Installation under attach the carabiner to the pulley sheave and connect to the anchorage Hole point Eyebolts Ref fig 1 Disassembly Reverse above procedures Bottom Warning Both pins must only be installed at location shown Failure to install Installation pins at these locations could result in serious injury or death Hole Note Ensure the unit retaining pin is installed before using the system REVISED June 2007 Section C Policy 4 0 Page 6 of 11 Installing the ManHandler Hoist Fig 7 When standing behind Edge system the ManHandler can only Manhandler R ss Unit be installed on the left side of the 9081MRMB unit x Step 1 Place the ManHandler to the 9081MRMB at the location NC N Top shown and align the top holes Ref fig 7 ac Installation 57 Hole Step 2 Insert the both pins completely through both the bracket and e 2 the tubing of the 9081MRMB Step 3 Open the pulley sheave by rotating half of the sheave Place Frontof Edge System the cable on to the wheel of the pulley and close the pulley sheave Step 4 Ensure that cable is over the steering handles of the Edge d Bottom unit and not under attach the carabiner to the pulley sheave and get Installation connect to the anchorage point Eyebolts Ref fig 1 Za Hole Disassembly Reverse above procedures 9081MRMB Warning Both pins must only be installed at location shown Failure to install pins at these locations could result
60. any point on the infill 2 Infill includes panels intermediate rails posts and other elements 3 Design need not provide for infill loads to be applied concurrently with top rail loading 2 3 MATERIALS A Railing Sections Rails 1 5 8 inch 41 mm O D by 0 065 inch 2 7 mm wall HREW tubing Length 5 feet 1524 mm Length 7 feet 6 inches 2286 mm Length 10 feet 3048 mm Height 42 inches 1067 mm Mid rail weld to posts at 21 inches 533 mm below top rail Finish Epoxy powder coated safety yellow Finish Hot dipped galvanized SONORAN Gate System 1 Rails 1 5 8 inch 41 mm O D by 0 120 inch 2 7 mm wall HREW tubing 2 Length 4 feet 1219 mm 3 Length 5 feet 1524 mm 4 Length 10 feet 3048 mm 5 Height 42 inches 1067 mm 6 Mid rail weld to posts at 21 inches 533 mm below top rail 7 Finish Epoxy powder coated safety yellow 8 Finish Hot dipped galvanized 05520 2 REVISED June 2007 Section C Policy 6 0 Page 2 of 5 9 Support wheel positive locking mechanism with ability to swing right or left Base Plates 1 Material cast iron class 20B 2 Size 1 foot 9 1 2 inches by 1 foot 9 1 2 inches 546 by 546 mm 3 Carrying handles built in with a center carrying hook for base transporter 4 Toeboard receptacles two built in 5 Capacity two railing sections and be able to accommodate adapter to support three or four intersecting rails on the same base 6
61. as designated by the District Manager Falsework Stripped and Secondary Access for Cap Work OPTION A OPTION B Foot Tie Off 6 0 or greater 36 OR Option 2 Tie Off Not GREATER Required Option 1 Less than 6 Access on one Horizontal Lifeline installed less or both sides than 36 requires Job Sponsor written approval REVISED June 2007 Section B Policy 8 0 Page 3 of 3 Kiewit Companies Fall Solutions Manual 9 0 PRECAST AND STEEL GIRDER WORK Prestressed girder bridgework presents fall hazards associated with each phase of girder installation and deck forming This section addresses the following e Horizontal lifeline procedures o Lifelines affixed to the girder web o Elevated lifelines suspended above girders e Prestressed girder erection e Placing precast panels e Placing and stripping prestressed girder deck formwork Precast Girder Cable Anchorage Designated system using a 3 8 inch diameter cable anchored to lifting eyes A Horizontal Lifelines A common denominator in all Fall Protection Plans for precast and steel girder work is the use of a horizontal lifeline attached to the girder This lifeline is used for Girder erection Falsedeck installation and removal if falsedeck is used Deck formwork installation Precast panel erection Deck formwork stripping Dry finishing work The horizontal lifeline should be attached to the girder web and or elevated horizontal lifelin
62. back to its self with six 6 3 8 inch malleable cable clamps or fist grip clamps Do not run the cable through the eyebolts as this will prevent proper removal of the eyebolts The cable is to be attached to each of the interior diaphragm eyebolts with a self locking carabiner rated at 5 000 pounds When fully installed the line should have a maximum of one 1 foot of deflection when pulled down at the center of any single span While forming the interior diaphragms a piece of 12 inch PVC pipe split in half is to be placed over the 3 8 inch cable against the girder Any time after the diaphragms have cured but prior to stripping the deck formwork the carabineers are removed and the eye bolts and all threads are removed from the interior girders Do not remove the exterior girder eyebolt as this increases the cable span on the outside of the exterior girder After all deckwork falsedeck and overhangs are stripped and all required dry finish work is complete the horizontal lifeline is no longer needed The cable clips can be removed and the horizontal lifeline can be pulled through as a single cable Horizontal Lifeline Installation 1 Diameter Hole w Eye Bolt Typical at Interior Diaphram 6 each Wire Rope Clamps 3 8 Diameter Cable 4 A Diameter PVC b Split in Half Williams Neb 50 Malleable E 1 Eye Bolt JE 4 1 Diameter PVC Typical Pipe wi 3 4 All Thread Rod Interior Diaphram SECTION
63. by trained rescuers acting on competent medical advice Rescuers must be trained to evaluate the extent of injury while working at heights and decide if movement of an incapacitated person should be attempted All members of the work team must receive hands on training in all aspects of installation rigging use and inspection of rescue and evacuation systems under the guidance of a qualified person Refresher training should be provided at regular intervals Equipment on hand for potential rescues shall be inspected in accordance with the manufacturer requirements A log of this equipment should be included in the fall protection work plan Any component used in rescue or evacuation must be immediately removed from service and the District Safety Manager called NOTICE Purchasing rescue equipment is not as easy as a one size fits all rescue kit Each option should be evaluated to make sure that the selected rescue equipment is compatible with the worksite demands The best way to appraise rescue equipment demands is to elicit the help of Project Safety Managers the District Safety Manager and or equipment manufacturers Summary A Rescue Considerations 1 Develop a post fall recovery plan Post fire rescue phone numbers and plan an easy access route for outside response teams Communicate with the designated rescue teams to ensure they are familiar with the project and site layout 2 Inventory useful tools ladders scaf
64. cracks corrosion or pitted surfaces The keeper latch should seat into the nose without binding and should not be distorted or obstructed The keeper spring should exert sufficient force to firmly close the keeper Keeper locks must prevent the keeper from opening when the keeper closes REVISED June 2007 Section A Policy 6 1 Page 15 of 19 Inspection and Maintenance of a Personal Fall Arrest System continued Cleaning Basic care of all safety equipment will prolong the durable life of the unit and will contribute toward the performance of its vital safety function Proper storage and maintenance after use are as important as cleansing the equipment of dirt corrosives or contaminants Storage areas should be clean dry and free of exposure to fumes or corrosive elements 1 Nylon or Polyester Remove all surface dirt with a sponge dampened in plain water Squeeze the sponge dry Dip the sponge in a mild solution of water and commercial soap or detergent Work up a thick lather with a vigorous back and forth motion then wipe with a clean cloth Hang freely to dry but away from excessive heat 2 Drying Equipment should dry thoroughly without close exposure to heat steam or long periods of sunlight Positioning Systems Positioning Devices Provide Hands free Work Additional Fall Protection tie off is required to move or access Positioning Devices are NOT a fall prevention arrest sy
65. e O se os uono loid y JO eouejsip Bunufis jensi utu pue eoeuns v JOPUN SJB4JOM BU 0 uoneje ui peuonisod eg Buppowy Burjew ewes y uo eq eys iolluouu Ajsjes eu L Xu Z0S 926 ys say IlPd 3 iureJseu uono loid 2194 6994 uono loid 09 0099701 EEN 14 YOM uollonalsuo2 L O Med IVM 5591 962 491deuO IIe3 W uoisiAIpqns uononnsuoo AI reg SHO Hej pz G091 7091 suoniulj dq z l9IHV uol5uluse A eIuJ0JIje 2 Sp Epue1S 19 10 23 VHSO 91e1S uononnsuoo 10 401091014 12 9261 H49 62 VHSO Ie19ped 9t JO Ly a6ed 01 ollod O uonoes 2002 eunf 0381 4 ev Jo Bed spiepuels ALIS YM PUE HO V o p seduloo uon2eloJd 112 0099261 VHSO Ie19p 4 p m s y 51461 IIV 017 suonnios Ajayeg 124 5113 S002 au Buoje juiod Aue je uonoaurp pieno pjewuMop Aue ul p ildde N 222 spunod gg 1see je JO 39104 e eJnjrej ynoyym Buipuejsuiiw ejqedeo eq eys sp1eoqeo 2 0 062 9261 zXTzos 9261 MoJeq seeAojduie joo OId o jueroyins eouejsip e JO soeyns Bubpiow Buryew eui jo ay pejoeJe eq ieys uonoejoud 1o qo Buijjej se pesn spieoq o 11700c0S 9C61 TSUOISIAOI BUIMO O OU ui Adwo 245 eloo Due 4 sy efqo Bue uono loiq 0205 926i
66. e pejoujuoo eu op Bung ee suonejedo pue Buipee Seale O SS OE onuo2 oj pesn ueuM L SS929e sjoujseJ Jey sueeui Jeujo Aue Aq JO aul Ionuoo e Aq eq IIeus euoz sseooe eui eoejd Dune ee suonejedo 1eujo pue Buipee L UM Seale O sseooe oJjuoo o pesn ueuM Seuoz ssoooe p llou02 1100 C0S 9C6T SjueureumnbeJ DUIMO O OU oi peusi qeise eq euoz 1402 e jeu eunsue 5 J ojdw eui x10 Buipee ueuM L s rdde Z0SZ 00 Ler uoBeJQ ul pajeadas u pue B zO0S 92618 3LON SJu ul 1Inb 1 DUIMO O OU oi BuipJoooe peusi qeise eq euoz 1402 e jeu eunsue ileus J ojdw eui x10 Buipee Buruuojied ueuM L SUOISIAOIA BuIWol o OU 0 eys esn jeu pue r z0S 9261 pue 6 q 0S 9Z6 S seuoz sseooe p llonuo2 seuoz sseooe pejjojuo2 s rdde Z0SZ 00 Ler suiejsAs Duo ou euoz jojuoo Duipee 0zstz SSI 96z OVM uoB uo ul pejeedei u pue 5 z09 92618 ALON 5 pue seuoz sseooy pejouo z L2918 5 z09 9261 Ise1iy Iled Sg Y lens q uono loid Z291 6991 uonoe104d Na Hj HOM UOIJONAYSUOD L O Med IVM 5591 962 491deuO IIe3 N uoisiAIpqns uononnsuoo AIG reg SHO Ie pz I9 HV S091 7091 suoniugeg z l9 HV EE uoyulysem uob so BIUIONIED Spiepue s uono loi
67. fig 5 Step 4 Install retaining strap flat washer and hex nut Tighten until snug then add 1 2 turn Ref fig 5 Caution Over tightening will cause damage to retaining strap Warning All bolts must be installed to the above procedures prior to use Failure to install all hardware supplied could result in serious injury or death Note Inspect for loose or damaged components prior to use If any damage or loose hardware is detected do not use system 9081MRMB 7 16 x 9 Bolt gt Installation 7 16 Flat Washer gt m n Marks CD Front of Unit 9081MRMB Bracket gt Frame nm 7 16 Flat Washer Retaining Strap x 7 16 Hex Nut Installing the MightEvac Retrieval Units to the 90814 RMB Fig 6 Step 1 Place the MightEvac with attached bracket to the 9081MRMB at the location shown and align the bottom holes Ref fig 6 Unit Front of Ed Step 2 Insert the bottom pin completely through both the bracket and Retaining Pin System the tubing of the 9081MRMB Step 3 Insert the second pin through the top installation hole of the bracket passing under the 9081MRMB bracket ensuring the pin is completely through 9081MRMB both sides of the MightEvac bracket Ref fig 6 Step 4 Open the pulley sheave by rotating half of the sheave Place the cable on to the wheel of the pulley and close the pulley sheave Top Step 5 Ensure that cable is over the steering handles of the Edge unit
68. horizontal lifeline design specifications O QO 6 Have the workers been warned about potential falls O O 7 Have the clearances been checked REVISED June 2007 Section A Policy 7 2 Page 2 of 4 Yes No HORIZONTAL LIFELINES continued s Is the hardware riding on the horizontal lifeline made of steel Aluminum is not permitted because it wears excessively Yes No LANYARDS 1 2 3 4 Q O 5 Is the lanyard length as short as necessary and in no case greater than 6 feet 1 8 meters Does the lanyard have a shock absorbing feature Ifthe lanyard has a shock absorber does the user know how to recognize that the shock absorber has been deployed warning label broken pouch etc Have you prohibited tying knots in the lanyard Are positioning lanyards connected to anchorages capable of holding at least 3 000 lbs Yes No SELF RETRACTABLE LIFELINE SRL 1 2 3 4 O 5 Are workers properly trained to use and inspect the SRL prior to use Is the SRL under a regular maintenance and inspection program Are users familiar with the warning device indicating the SRL has been shock loaded Are SRL s installed in such a way that they are not side loaded Are SRL s set up to prevent abrasive wear on the cable Yes No SNAP HOOKS O Q 1 Have double locking snap hooks been used and are they compatible with other components Q Q 2 Isthe snap
69. immediately remove the component from use and turn it in to your supervisor The connecting loops should be inspected to make sure there is no damage or alteration All stitching must be intact The thread is of a contrasting color to facilitate this inspection The webbing should be free of cuts tears abrasions undue stretching or excessive wear The wear pads which cover the webbing loops should be present and in good condition The energy absorber should be cleaned with a damp sponge wiped dry with a clean cloth and hung in a clean dry place indoors to dry No harsh abrasives or solvents should ever be used nor should the energy absorber ever be immersed in water While the cover is water resistant it will not repel water if submerged Once the internal webbing is soaked it will not dry out completely inside the protective cover Water damage can result in a substantial reduction in strength If the energy absorber is so dirty as to require this type of cleaning it should be removed from use and destroyed REVISED June 2007 Section C Policy 3 0 Page 21 of 34 Competent Person Equipment Inspection INSPECTING COMPONENTS OF PERSONNEL RIDING SYSTEMS INSPECTING COMPONENTS OF PERSONNEL RIDING SYSTEMS A competent person other than the user must inspect each component of the personnel riding hoist system before each use and at regular intervals Inspecting the Tripod To inspect the tripod check for cracks bends and deep n
70. in serious injury or death Note For operation and maintenance to the ManHandler follow instructions supplied with the unit at the time of shipment 9081WT 300LB Counter Weight Installation Step 1 Locate the installation holes in the gussets in front of the l beam Ref fig 8 Step 2 Install the plates with 4 spacers on each side between the bottom plate and gusset Ref fig 8 Step 3 Install a flat washer on the bolt feed the bolt through the holes of each plate and through the gusset as shown in fig 8 Step 4 Install flat washer and hex nut Tighten until snug then add 1 2 turn Ref fig 8 Warning All 4 counter weights must be installed Failure to install all counter weights may result in serious injury or death Warning Counter weights must be used for units with anchorage points higher than 8 ft To determine anchorage height reference fig 9 Note Inspect for loose or damaged components prior to use If any damage or loose hardware is detected do not use system d 7 16 x 6 Bolt d 76 Flat Washer UN T Counter Weights S 7 U EH D K Fy 7 16 Flat Washer wiel ccn Front of Unit go REVISED June 2007 Section C Policy 4 0 Page 7 of 11 Lifting the unit Before attempting to lift the unit inspect to ensure the hitch pins are securely installed to the push pins Lifting the unit is accomplished by using the Lifting Rings provided Ref fig 1
71. include an illustration of the system including the worst case scenario of a fall event Selection and Use Horizontal lifeline components shall be protected against being cut or abraded Additionally when subject to damage from operations such as welding or sandblasting horizontal lifelines should be protected Seasonal weather and other environmental conditions should also be considered Wire rope shall not be used where an electrical hazard is anticipated Component Compatibility Since some components of the system wear out before others it is common practice to replace components as needed Not all components are interchangeable Any substitution or change to a personal fall arrest system should be fully evaluated by a Qualified person to ensure established requirements are met Elongation and Deceleration Distance During fall arrest a lanyard will experience stretching or elongation Additionally the activation of a deceleration device will result in a certain stopping distance These distances must be added to the free fall distance to arrive at the total distance a person will fall prior to stopping Sufficient distance to allow for each of these factors must be maintained to prevent injury from impacts to objects below Obstructions The location of the horizontal lifeline should also consider the hazard of obstructions below that may potentially be in the path of a fall Systems should be designed in such a way the user cannot come i
72. installed at the top of a vertical lifeline Refer to specific manufacturer s requirements or the system design requirements E Use of self retracting lifelines 1 May need to be equipped with a Miller SofStop see Section C Policy 7 0 2 Requires swing hazards be evaluated for each application and users be trained and cognizant of the swing potential 3 As a restraining device must not allow the employee to reach the leading edge when fully deployed unless permitted by manufacturer 4 Shall limit free fall distance to two 2 feet or less and be capable of sustaining a minimum tensile load of 5 000 pounds F Ifa LCSD is not yet in place or is not practical and use of a retractable lifeline is not possible then a system where two lanyards used alternatively to positively connect to a suitable anchorage point will be used OSHA stipulates the following anchorage point requirements 1 OSHA 29 CFR 1926 502 d 15 states that REVISED October 2010 Section A Policy 3 0 Page 12 of 13 Kiewit Companies Fall Solutions Manual 2 Anchorages used for attachment of personal fall arrest equipment shall be independent of any anchorage being used to support or suspend platforms and capable of supporting at least 5 000 pounds per employee attached or shall be designed installed and used as follows i As part of a complete personal fall arrest system which maintains a safety factor of at least two and ii Unde
73. jasy eseejo1 pue yooudeus y sseJdep o ejqe Bureq lqo pejoeuuoo eu Aq 1nooo pjnoo 1ueuieBeBuesip jeuonuejuiun yeu uons yooydeus y o uoneja1 ui peuorsueuiip Jo pedeus jqneduuooui 51 yoiym yoalgo Aue A 9 Pp Z0S 9Z6I C661 1 69 Z ISNV Jo L66L FL OLV ISNV JO 51 Bun ui jueuudinbe O SJ9J91 nq Sy Aes jou seop piepuejg eu Jo eu EIUOZUOU e o AI 9 P ZOS 9ZET C661 1 69 Z ISNV 10 L pL FU DL ISNV JO slu uu uinb i Buneeui jueudinbe peyoeye SI 10j2euuoo 0 SJ9J91 nq Siy Aes Jou s op piepuejg Su Jayjo 10 yooudeus Jeujoue ylym oj e o 1 9 P ZOS 9ZET 209 9261 C661 1 69 Z ISNV V661 Y170VV ISNV JO slu uu uinb i Buneeui vldinb 0 SJ9J91 nq siu Aes jou s op piepuejg oul Lieu uoee 1 9 p zos 9z6r C661 1 69 Z ISNV 10 L pL FU DL ISNV JO slu uu uinb i Buneeui jueudinbe 0 9 114 an Aes jou s op piepuejg 9u tadou eJiw 10 edoi Buiqqem 9 p zos 9zer 2661 16962 ISNV 40 p bebu V661 Y170VV ISNV JO slu uu uinb i 6un ui jueuudinbe 9q jou 2 5 syooudeus suonoeuuoo BuIAol oJ eui o 9 114 siu Aes jou seop piepuejlg 9u do pue od Burjoo e s yooydeus y ss lun 9Xpyzos 9261 y pesn oq eus Syooydeus ed A Supyool Auo 8661 1 2 Jequieui p yo uuo y Aq s d y yooydeus eui
74. life threatening areas shall be avoided It should be located so that in the event of a fall the employee does not swing into other objects REVISED June 2007 Section A Policy 6 0 Page 17 of 30 Kiewit Companies Fall Solutions Manual The anchor point should not be located on structures supporting personnel total fall distance should be considered when selecting anchor points to ensure adequate clearance in the event of a fall Anchor points should be selected by someone capable of determining the anchor s ability to withstand the 5 000 Ib requirement qualified person If you are engineering use a minimum safety factor of 2 per the number of people to be attached When practical anchorage points should be color coded or identified in such a manner that employees can easily determine if the point is acceptable Anchorage point should be placed in such a spot to allow for easy rescue should a fall event occur or add an anchorage for rescue personnel IMPROPER ANCHOR POINTS There are a number of fatalities each year where employees are connected to inadequate or improper anchor points The following are areas that should never be used as anchor points Standard guardrails Ladders ladder rungs Scaffolding Conduit Another lanyard Another retractable Rebar Unless structurally designed Any point that does not meet the structural requirements HORIZONTAL LIFELINE FALL ARREST SYSTEMS
75. maximum recommended Working Distance on each type of surface mentioned above Simulates two users falling simultaneously but independent of each other JI lt E Approved By Chuck Ziegler Date 07 14 04 Chuck Ziegler Manager Technical Support REVISED June 2007 Section C Policy 5 0 Page 1 of 1 EQUIPMENT OMPA Nr SECTION 05520 PORTABLE RAILING SYSTEM Display hidden notes to specifier by using Tools Options View Hidden Text PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 SECTION INCLUDES A Portable free standing guardrail system for 1 Roof Railings Industrial Safety Loading Dock Safety Construction Safety Public Safety Skylight Safety Roof Hatches Crowd Control 0 M9 OY P 00 1 2 REFERENCES A OSHA 29 CFR 1926 500 503 B OSHA 29 CFR 1910 23 13 SUBMITTALS A Submit under provisions of Section 01300 B Product Data Manufacturer s data sheets on each product to be used including 1 Preparation instructions and recommendations 2 Storage and handling requirements and recommendations 3 Installation methods C Shop Drawings Complete details of entire railing layout showing member sizes and part identification fasteners anchors fittings and evidence of compliance with structural performance requirements 1 4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A Manufacturer Qualifications minimum of 15 years experience manufacturing portable railing systems B Installer Qualifications 1 2 person crew c
76. other manager as designated by the District Manager REVISED June 2007 Section B Policy 7 0 Page 2 of 4 Kiewit Companies Fall Solutions Manual Structural Steel Applications Joists to be no shorter than L 2 inches A END ELEVATION Independent supports are required at each end of the plywood sheet However it is acceptable to overlap plywood at the diaphragms Below is a chart for falsedeck installed in an access only configuration 25 PSF Chart Joist Spacing Material 12 OC 16 OC 18 OC 24 OC DF 2 4x4 C Prestressed Girder Application The following is one option for installation of horizontal lifelines for pre stressed girders 1 Horizontal Lifeline Installation and Removal a Identify the specific manufacturer part number to be installed with each components load rating b One inch diameter holes need to be cast into the girders on each exterior girder and on alternate interior girders These holes should be cast two 2 feet from each end of the REVISED June 2007 Section B Policy 7 0 Page 3 of 4 Kiewit Companies Fall Solutions Manual girders and one foot six inches 172 feet from one side of each interior diaphragm All holes should be four 4 inches below the bottom of the top flange Two 2 eyebolts are to be attached with a 34 inch all thread rod at each hole at the interior diaphragms A 3 8 inch cable is run through the end holes of the girder and tied
77. other related expenses REVISED June 2007 Section A Policy 6 0 Page 2 of 30 Kiewit Companies Fall Solutions Manual Resources for Regulation Advisement s and other Materials Pertaining to Fall Protection General Industry OSHA ANSI Standards Fall Protection Systems Guarding Floor and Wall Openings amp Holes 1910 23 Fixed Industrial Stairs 1910 24 Portable Wood Ladders 1910 25 Portable Metal Ladders 1910 26 Fixed Ladders 1910 27 Ladder Safety Devices 1910 27 d 5 Safety Requirements for Scaffolding 1910 28 Manually propelled Mobile Ladder Stands amp Scaffolds 1910 29 Vehicle Mounted Elevating amp Rotating Work Platforms 1910 67 Manlifts 1910 68 Permit Required Confined Spaces 1910 146 Overhead amp Gantry Cranes 1910 179 Construction OSHA Safety Training amp Education 1926 21 Personal Protective Equipment 1926 28 Safety Belts Lifelines amp Lanyards 1926 104 Working Over or Near Water 1926 106 Scaffolds 1926 450 Aerial Lifts 1926 453 Fall Protection 1926 500 Specific Excavation Requirements 1926 651 1 Stairways amp Ladders 1926 1050 A10 32 amp Z359 Ladder Safety Devices A14 3 Personnel and Debris Nets A10 11 Confined Space Z117 1 Definitions 7359 1 REVISED June 2007 Section A Policy 6 0 Page 3 of 30 Kiewit Companies Fall Solutions Manual WHAT IS FALL PROTECTION Fall protection is the backup system planned for an employee who could slip trip or fall at a height its purpose is t
78. p sn ujejs s y uiejs S 11124159 UE jeuosJad Buruee enu 391 Spuey ujoq uj pue 2 2 em e se uons eoeyns Elan pejeA eje ue uo peuoddns 9q o oldul ue moje o uiejs s ssausey Apoq 10 3jeq poq e sueaw uiejs s lA p eau je 8 1urerseg uonoe101d 2194 6994 uonoejo1d E 124 HOM uononaisuo L O Med IVM 551 962 JeYdeu2 Jie IN uoisiAIpqns uononnsuoo AIG reg SHO We FE G091 70S1 suoniuneq z ap 209 009 970 EES GH uoyulysem uob 10 euopep Spjepuejs uono loid VHSO 911S Domp neu AO uono loid 123 9261 HAD 62 VHSO IEJoped 9t JO LL Beg 01 ollod O uonoes Zv Jo fed spiepueis 8121S YM PUE HO Y3 0 p sedulo uonoelo4d 184 009 9261 VHSO 8 2002 eunf 0381 4 Pamasay 51461 Uu 017 suonnios Ajayeg 124 5113 5002 JO JUOROSUUOOSSID 10 001290000 40 uedo p ss Jd pue pexoojun Inun pe xoo pue pasojo suwa UO Jedee Buryooj Jes Bursojo jjes e uy ed Bupjoo eu L peuedo aq ued eje y e1ojeq 1edeeyejeD e uo uoroe puooes e yey syoou deus uonoe pue 51 Jadsayayeb y ueuw uedo zey syoou deus uonoe ejBurs sapnjoul siu1 peuedo Ajjenuew pun pesojo ureuie1 JIM ey 1u tu Bue Jue Jejus JO uoje jedeexoejeb e YIM olA p Bunoeuuoo Bursojo jjes e sue ui 4oou deus eloo au UE o sasojo Ajjeonew
79. prevented Prior to selecting the fall prevention systems to be utilized a workplace assessment of the hazards and conditions where the equipment is required must be completed This assessment must at a minimum identify the presence of Abrasive Surfaces Heat Producing Operations Unguarded Openings Chemicals Impalement Hazards Unstable Surfaces Climatic Factors Moving Equipment Weather Factors Confined Space Hazards Moving Materials Or Any Other Identified Hazard Electrical Hazards Sharp Objects Environmental Contaminants Slippery Surfaces Flames and Sparks Uneven Surfaces Foreseeable changes in any of these conditions taken individually or collectively must be identified evaluated and controlled The materials and construction of the harnesses and associated equipment must be considered in the selection process such that these workplace conditions are adequately addressed REVISED June 2007 Section A Policy 2 0 Page 2 of 7 Kiewit Companies Fall Solutions Manual The workplace assessment must identify all paths of intended user movement and all hazards along such paths The qualified person must identify the required range of mobility in each hazard zone and note the location and distance to all obstructions in potential fall paths Lateral obstructions which could be contacted in pendulum type fall arrest must be noted An assembly connecting the harness to an anchorage must be selected that will satisfactorily limit total fa
80. pue uono dsul JedoJd o uonezuouine seu oym pue see o duie o snojeBuep y 40 SUOHONSU pue sjeJnjoejnueul snopsezey ase uoruMw suoripuoo Buom sBurpunouns eu Buipnjour juawdinbs uonoejoud ile jo ejqeeBpejwoux au Ul spyezeu ejqejoipeud pue Bunsixe Bu jnu pi JenpiAipul ue sue uu uos4ed 1u l duuo2o JO ejqedeo si oym euo sueeui uos4ed 1uejeduio z e eos 926 ees uosaed 1uejeduio euijgji IeJuozuou ees ull A1eu le2 Apog s SeAojduie y punoJe pesoj sseujeu Apoq yaq poq eui Burpjou 104 eoiep Aue sueeui epyong OVM SS1 96c 1940219 jo 5 015 5 9 qeoiidde v u payloads se210J v Jo ejqedeo s eBesoyoue ue o peinoes lu doid SI U9IUM UH H E H A JO JEJUOZHOY e peupepe JO 1 2 Hed OVM 5991 962 4e1deuo jo slu uu uinb i y Buneeui aBesoyoue ue oj peuoege SI peue pue sseuJeu Apog in III SSEVO e sueeui waysAs ssausey Apog iln DA UI8 sAS 1S LTE E EUOSJed JO sjueuoduioo s oIA p uone1 2 p 10 pe ue e Jeuyo 0 ji Bulyoeye 104 sueaui uy sjepinous pue UBR 10 SUOISIAOId ui SIAJ d pue sjepinous sufiu ysayo siAJed suBiu eu 1se9 je S9104 S L B y 1se9 Je 9210J Bunsaue ile e ejnquisip o sdeus UEL au eynquisip IIIA 121 Jeuueui e l y 1noqe p y uuo uogeunDijuoo e sueaui sseuJeu Apog IIn3 paunoes eq A
81. puen Jo SI AO suiejs s 159 UEL Iguosi d Aq S A Jamo e oqe ui 07 1 9 Uey SOW s y6i Ays Buipnjour sejou Bute peyoejoud eq Ileus seoeuns uo eeKo duie uoe3 106 9261 VOST 600 26 a S9JOH 7 q 1099c61 seijdde 091 600 JEE uoBeiQ ul p lp d i sem q LOS 9261 JO IIV 3LON 4 109 9261 sju uu unb i eut o Buipioooe pejueuiejduir pue pejejsur pepi o4d suiejs s Buruonisod Jo suiejs s 159 WE urenseiJ ie yey eunsue ieys y 3uBreu ur 10 4994 OL uoneoo e wo Bulle Jo pJezeu e o ase see ojduie ueuM Bel 13M0 0 JO 199 OL jo prezeu e o p sodx sayjdde 1091 600 2 serdde L0GL 00 JEE uoBeiQ ul pejeedei sem q LOS 926 JO IIV ALON S1 piO s u JO suoisi oJd y JapUN SIAM U 0 jou seaeJBep Qy Ue jedeejs seoeyns padojs J u o Jo ZL Ue Jedeejs seoeyns Joos p dols sBuiuedo pue sAemyeys uBnolu seDpe Buripee s bp pue s pis pejoejoudun eunjonugs e jo 1ejeuuued at 7994 ZIL 2 10 sseoxe ui Bulle Way sesodxe esouw see o duie asou Aq wom eq ieys suiejs s Buiuonisod JO 1ul ens 1 euosJed sawe ej jeuosied pe ouddy e CIV UIS SAS TS TTE TIE TEUOST C e Aq Sp
82. si seidde L0GL 00 JEE uoBeiQ ul pejeedei sem q LOS 9261 JO IIV 3LON COS OC ET JO UI VIEJDETEU JO SJUSUTGIITIDSI y sjeeui uoiuM uejd uoroejoud ile e jueurejduur pue doje ep eys 1e o duie out suiejs s esau aen o p ezey JojeoJD e saat 10 e qiseaJul si 1 jeu ueo s oldul ay ueuM uondeox3 enseeui uono loid UEL AREUL NE ue 10 sepi oJd uomoes siu Jo q udeu6eJed Ul uoisi oJd ssejun sujejs s 159 jeuos1ed Jo suiejs s jeu Ajayes suiejs s Aq Duer woy payajoid eq eus sje e JOMO AOQE JO W 871 9 SI oym 9 1seoeJd jo se uons suorne1edo pue s 4O01 pue J00 j pue sweeq suuunjoo sjeued jem JO Del JOU inq Sulpnioul sjequueui 19uoo 1se5 1d Jo uonoeJe eu ui peBeBue oldul uoe3 U09919 9j919u09 JSE29Jd c1X4 1099z61 1se41y ez s 14122159 24 MOM uononujsuo L O Hed OVA SS1 962 JaIdeyD u01 99 01q Ile IN uoisiAIpqnSs uononajsuo AIG Feg SHO 2291 6991 uonoejo1d He pz G091 7091 suoniuieq z 0S 0089201 HAD 61 uoyulysem uob 10 2 sp4epuels 19 10 23 VHSO l uon nusuoo 40 uonoejoJd 12 9261 HAD 62 VHSO 9t 1061 eBegd 01
83. si quu uu 19uoo seo ld Bunoeje u uAA H T P ZOS 9Z6I uu s s eui BuluJew e JO uonoeJe au Aq eoeuns z001 payd wo eu JO se se peje1edes eq eys euoz 0 1400 eu q s rdde zosz e00 Z v uoBeiQ ul u pue B zoS 92618 ILON 5002 SS SE P llOnuoo 9u JO ejs o see ojduie 2 Wem peisod aq 25 suBis sseooe sjoujseJ jeu sueeui Jeujo Aue Aq JO aul jo guoo e Aq eq IIeus euoz sseoo e eui op Dune ee suonejedo 1eujo pue Buipee e19uM seaie O 55900 1400 oj pesn ueuM L 6 jseoeJd u uA 1deoxe 10 ayy wold uu 7 7 189 GZ uey JOU uu 871 188 9 uey ssal jou eq ileus p sn ase saul jojjuoo ueuM Gr zos 926r sulejs s 16 WSL ile Aq pejoejoud Jou eue s ojdw Aq eunsodxe 1ue eJd o Burpee ay Woy 199 9 jo uinuiruiu e ulb q eys euoz onuoo eu e seidde Z0SZ 00 Ler uoBeJQ ul eje u pue 6 z0e 92618 3LON uoZ ssa23e pejjouoo au Jo no eis o see ojduie pezuouineun uJeM peisod eq jjeus suBig 55000 51011150 jeu sueeui 1eujo Aue Aq JO aul jo guoo e Aq eq IIeus euoz sseoo
84. sufficient force to return the lock and gate to their original positions Examine the snaphook for any sign of alteration such as a locking mechanism that has been tampered with or removed Snaphooks will not usually require any user maintenance other than removing foreign matter such as grease In no case should you attempt to dismantle a snaphook to clean it Inspecting Carabiners Press on the carabiner gate face to make sure that it remains closed Manipulate the locking mechanism to open and release the gate The gate must close firmly and lock twist with no evidence of binding or obstruction The twist lock must return to the fully locked position If necessary lubricate the twist lock mechanism and gate pin hinge with a silicone based lubricant This is the only maintenance you are permitted to perform Carabiners should be stored together with the other components with which they are used Since they are easily misplaced they may be stored attached to a mating connector such as a D ring Inspecting Buckles Check the operation of buckles by fastening and unfastening the straps Tongue buckles should have a roller around the frame end Grommets should be securely fastened on both the top and underside of the webbing with no sign of coming free or distortion The tongue should not be bent and should rest evenly against the frame REVISED June 2007 Section C Policy 3 0 Page 16 of 34 Competent Person Equipment Inspection
85. suoniuneq z ejna 809 0089201 H49 61 uoyulysem 2 Sp Epue1S 19 10 23 VHSO 2121S Domp Deg AO uono loid 12 9261 HAD 62 VHSO 9 40 2 Bed 071 food 3 uonoes ev Jo afed spiepueis yelS YM PUE HO Y3 0 p sedulo uonoelo4d 184 009 9261 VHSO Ie19pe 2002 eunf 0341 4 51461 IIV 017 suonnios Ajayeg 124 5113 5002 JOU OHO uiejs As uonoejoJd e jo sjueuoduioo y u ene oj pesn eue zey sul O siejsn pe sjeuiqeieo siepionq suu q syooy deus sueaui 94eMpJEeH uoddns 104 pjoupueu e UM seeKo duie oj pesn WEI e sueaui IieJpueH Suuoneld jo spue pue Sepis p sodx aui Buoje pue sjuBudn oj peunoes S A O WO see ojduie e pue pies do e jo Bunsisuoo jerueq v Burley 1u A 1d payee e sueeui uiejs s repens p 1050 8210 TS TTE TIET pue 9 EJ8dO ASU T y q UOISUS XO pie Auej eujeji BunoegjeJ Jjes JO eouejsip epis 9A P uoneJojeoep Aue s pnioul yng uoneBuoje pJe ue eut pue eouejsip uoneJe eoep sepnjoxe eouejsip SIUL 34 189 o 8910 idde o suiBeq uiejs s v 3sn pue ile eui Jo jesuo u wq q sseuJeu Apog Jo n q poq s ee ojduie au uo Jul
86. that makes it so dangerous Many people are quick to point out It s not the fall that hurts you it s the sudden stop That sudden stop at the end actually the lack of adequate shock absorption at impact is one of the three main elements of a fall hazard REVISED June 2007 Section A Policy 6 0 Page 10 of 30 Kiewit Companies Fall Solutions Manual The following elements combine to make a fall hazardous Free fall Distance Shock absorption at impact Body weight Free fall Distance If falls on the same level can produce injury certainly each foot above the working level increases that likelihood substantially Therefore the free fall distance becomes a critical element of the hazard Free fall distance refers to the uncontrolled distance of travel before the person either reaches grade level or the fall arrest equipment is activated Free fall and deceleration with fall equipment is also most easily measured from foot level before the fall to foot level after the fall A 6 foot lanyard for instance attached at foot level or below could result in a free fall of 12 feet before the equipment is activated Since free falling is a transfer from potential energy to kinetic energy the longer the free fall distance the higher the forces generated on impact Free fall Distance The distance of the fall from the point of the attachment to the activation of the deceleration device This distance should not be more than 6 f
87. the climbing system you are inspecting for fall arrest use a portable temporary climbing system Pay particular attention to inspecting for types of deficiency which develop slowly such as corrosion or loosening of nuts This type of problem damage is very easily overlooked by frequent users of the system because they see no obvious change from day to day Additionally always remember that frequent climbers may become lax in inspection over time and are likely to omit certain key inspection points They may not continually inspect areas of the system that are difficult to access REMEMBER Use a portable temporary climbing system when formally inspecting a fixed permanent climbing system Do not rely on the system you are inspecting Fixed permanent climbing systems are fairly durable Any serious deficiency is therefore cause for serious concern If any deficiency is noticed during the formal inspection immediate steps should be taken to identify the cause of the deficiency This is best done by examining the area around the damaged component while aloft Take all appropriate steps to ensure that the same conditions giving rise to the deficiency do not recur Once your inspection is complete you must complete the inspection and maintenance logs Carefully fill out the logs to provide a complete description of any deficient condition Do not permit the system to be used until all required maintenance has been performed and you have reins
88. uoluM y spye ue seulje BunoeJjai jjes oneuiojne spie ue Buruuojep Jo Buea pyeAue UdAOM Ajjeloeds pue Aue uoyns du ados e se yons uisiueuoeui Aue sueau yu uudinb YONS l r Jo ojuo e OUM s ojdw oj snopuezeu eq Aew uorounj JO qo jjnseJ e se uoiuM sio eAuoo pue sjeddoyu se uons jueuudinbe uononujsuoo 194 0 pue qu uidinb Ig91no l Aueutuoeuu spun Burseejbep sue BuiziueA eB Jo Buipjoid se uons jueuudinb3 jueuidinb3 sn s bueq penjoQuoo SI uoz oul O sseooe pue suiejs s jeu Aj9Jes 10 suiejs s ysoue 2 jeuosJed suu ls s jo esn eui Dol eoel d aye Aew Buikepjouq pueuje o D al yom ulead U9IUM Ul ue sueau Zy2 euoz sseo2e pejomnuo2 eoeuns DOIUOMWDOINIEM s bp pue sepis pej ejoudun au pue au Duuupw ay y sueaui 9uoz 04102 8 10 uonuoe eid jo uoreutquioo e 10 ulejs s uoroejoJd Ile euo uey Aew siy sinooo pJezeu Ile ue o eunsodxe ou 12 uons uu ls s uonoejoJd ile e JO asn pue uBis p v sueaui uomoojoJd ile snonunuoo 1S 44V ez s 14122159 Hezi 30A uorjonujsuo L 9 Hed OWM SSL 962 Jeideu u01 99 01q 124 IN uoisiAIpqnS uononajsuo AIG v59 SHO 2194 6994 uonoejo1d We pz 9091 091
89. uu s s Joyuoui Ales ay c uols pqns siy Jo v xipueddy ees ur ul gz sl Jee OG ugy asou 5 uo peyuued jou si uiejs s au Buruue eui InoullA ail euoje uiejs s Buuojuoui AjSjes e jo esn 2 eui SIE sjueuieJinibel DUIMO O Ou Jeu ensue ieys pue suiejsAs oul Bulusem pue 1ojuoui Ajgjes eui yoq ul Buuren 1194 jo 3uejxe out pue s iolluouu Kjejes eu Jo eureu y pnioul uejd 10 uonoejoud WEI au ur pesseuppe eq 25 uu s s 10juoui Ajejes y 1Eu ensue jeus out ueuM 2 ss JO IE UOZLOU oj IEOHH A Z l Z Jo Sadojs uo JOM uoo uey Aue 10 ulejs s uono loid ile e se pesn aq jou eus uiejs s Buuojiuoui Ajajes v Ajuo eBpe Buipee pue 001 peuoiid moj uo Buunp sile 3sureBe JO poujeui e se ujejs s ou Bulusem e YIM uonounfuoo ui p sn eq Aew SWS uu s s iolluoui Ajayes y SuoISIAO1d uy Ajduioo ieys esn s v pue yom Buyoo4 10 suiejs s Buuoyuoui Ayayes suiejsAs Duuoyuou 5 z0S2 00 t suoisiAo4d Buiwojo au uy Ajduioo meys esn eum pue 6r zos zer pue 01 q L0g 9zel ees suiejs s Buuojuoui Ajayes suiejs s Buuojuouil ueis s 10juoui Ajejes 12972 961 962 suiejs s Buoyuow 3 z 12918 u eos 9zet ys say TE 3 iurejseg uonoe1o1d ZZ
90. walking working surface shall be protected from tripping in or stepping into or through holes greater than or equal to 2 inches by covers REVISED June 2007 Section C Policy 2 0 Page 1 of 2 Kiewit Companies Fall Solutions Manual Each employee working on at above or near wall openings including those with chutes attached where the outside bottom edge of the wall openings are 6 feet or more above lower levels and the inside bottom edge of the wall opening is less than 42 inches above the walking working surface shall be protected from falling by the use of a guardrail system a safety net system or a personal fall arrest system employer shall provide a training program for each employee who is exposed to fall hazards All anchorage points must be designed by a Registered Professional Engineer to meet the 5 000 pound requirement with a safety factor of 2 e Six foot lanyards will not be used unless approved by the Project Sponsor and the District Safety Manager A qualified person must evaluate all anchorage points Stairway s Ladders A Stairway or ladder shall be provided at all personnel points of access where there is a break in elevation of 19 inches or more and no ramp runway sloped embankment or personnel hoist is provided e Stairways having four or more risers or rising more than 30 inches whichever is less shall be equipped with at least one handrail and one stair rail system along each unpro
91. was performed at any time The first entry in the log is the formal inspection that is performed after installation and before the first use of the system The system is not ready for use until this inspection has been completed Thereafter the logs should be used to document semi annual formal inspections and any major deficiency found during inspection by users Inspection logs are an official record that may be required in the event of an incident The logs should be kept in a secure place that is accessible to users of the system Logs should be available for inspection upon request by authorized personnel Users of the system should be authorized to review the logs under controlled conditions as they must be aware of conditions that may need special attention It is a good idea to have the manufacturer s instructions stored at the same location so they may be used as a reference when completing and reviewing log entries Log entries should only be made by designated personnel to ensure that entries are complete accurate and follow a standard format Diligent effort must be made to capture complete information At a minimum this includes the date of inspection the inspector the location of the system part number and description of each deficient component of the system descriptive information on the nature and location of any deficiency identified descriptive information on the nature of corrective action taken the date corrective actio
92. xooudeus out jueuieBeBuesip jeuonuejuiun deus u jo jueujeBeBuesip jue aJd o pesn pue p uBis p 9661 Auenuerf saye yuaraid oj pejoeuuoo ase Adu UOlUM O yoou deus d4 Bunjoo e eq eus syoou deus 5 peiqiuoud eq ileus syooudeus Burjoo uou Jo sn eu L au ui e qneduuoo aq oj pezis eq jjeus sqooudeus 1119 206 9261 D 2661 V 6S Z ISNV Jo uoneuuojep jueueuijed Dun JO Bupjeeuq DOE L66L 7L OLV ISNV JO slu uui iuinb i jueuudinbe noy m NJ 91 spunod 009 Jo peoj ejsue LUNWIUIW O 114 situ Aes Jou seop pjepuejg oul 2 e O pejse jooJd eq eys syooudeus pue sBuu eeq 9 c0S 9Z6T 2 2 C661 1 6S Z ISNV 10 L66L VL OLV ISNV JO Sjueuieuinbe jueuudinbe NY 222 spunod g00 G Jo ujBues O S19J91 nq silu Aes jou seop piepuejg Su llSU LUNWIUILU e eAeu jeus seijquiesse 6uno guuoo s 9 e0s 9261 C661 1 69 Z ISNV Uess SIG jo sued oy 1661 9 L OLV ISNV JO slu uu uinb i jueuidinbe aBewep jueA eJd o ujoouis eq eys pue seoeyins o SJ9J91 114 Siy Aes Jou seop pjepuejg oul 2 UE pue usiuy 3uejsisa uoisoJ109 e EUS sioJo uuoO v 9 eos 92er NENOS 92617 C66L L 6SEZ ISNV JO L66L VL OLV ISNV JO slu uu uinb i jueuidinbe s euejeui 1u eAInb apew Jo O S19J91 nq silu Aes jou seop piepuejg Su s Jo pesseud aq IIeu
93. 0 ejqeyns pue pebewepun oj uosjed 1uejeduioo e Aq peuruuejep pue pejoeds un uono loid oldul 104 ureBe pesn aq jou eus pue wou Ajejerpeuuuur eq eys Sulpeol pedu p y lqns sjueuoduioo pue sujejs s S L B UEL jeuosieg 6LXP COS 9c61 SIEH YEUI 1510 0 jou pue uu ls s eoi ep Buiuonisod Jo uu s s jsaue euosued e jo ued se uogoejoud olduu 104 AjUO pesn eq 245 sjueuoduuoo pue sesseujeu si q Apog 81 P c0S 9ZC6T S HB N Y JO A Jep nous EAU x2eq 5 y JO 1 u 2 eu ui peyeoo eq eys sseuJeu Apoq eur Jo julod uswyoeye ay xoeq 5 JO eui Ul eq 25 1124 Apog eu jo Julod jueugoege eu L 1 10 206 9261 aouel duw0o ul 9q o peuieep aq jou IIIA ulejs s eu 10 epeui 9q snw seouewojre ejeudoudde spunod 0 uey SI juBie peurquioo j spunod OLE uey ou jo s oo pue ee ojduie 1uBIe peulquioo e 0 e uo peseq ale Suel eui ui speeu uijBuens uiejs s v 1 3 ON uorp s SF jo TOTP UGEJDETEQ Jo sjuatueuinbas y y m eoueijduioo ui eq oj jou wa s s ou 10 s1uBI A 1er eeu uons 104 uoroejoud Jedoud o xipu ddy v jo s ooojoud pue u JIpouu Ajejeudoudde snw y ueuj JO 64 071 spunod
94. 002 pepeeoxe si ibu zis ejeuinin y 100 eu si jesnjeJ peo syed jueuoduioo Jo uonejedes Jo Beye uq jesnyos peo sueeui enjIe J pyepuejs OU ur peyioeds subisep JO 6 spoujeui eui uey see o duue 104 j9jes Jo ue epi oJd Ui eje1suouep ue Je ojduue eui uoiuM pjezeu e jsureBe 129joJd spoujeui Jo sjeuayew suDisep eAneujeye sueeui jue eAmmb3 S IA D Jo pie ue e Duupeug esodund y 104 aBesoyoue Jeddn ue o peunoes ull ji eomieA e sueeui au 4010 pexyje SI pjeAue IUM O Soens YOM y jo juepuedeput eBejououe pexy e wouy ul eonie V ur1 A19jes eur dog ye COTS TI OT sowo gelos y Jaye Julod jueuigoege Jey jo uoneoo eui pue ej e Buunp lA p au jo se210J 159 Jo jesuo 94 3e uoneAnoe jo zjuawow 3y Je Julod jueuugoege sseujeu poq Jo 1l q poq s oldul ue jo uoneoo y U AV Q eouejsip eu se peJnseaui si 1 eje1edo o suiBeq lA p uonejej eoep au YDYM 3e Julod y woy Buiddojs eJ0jeq eouejsip UEL pue uoneBuojs Buipnjoxe sang olduu Bulle e eouejsip IEN jeuonippe y sueeui eauejsip uomnejo o2eg TS TTE j buunp ojdw ue uo pesoduui KBueue eu jui Jo s d ile e Buunp jo yunowe enuejsqns e ejedissip oj S AH S
95. 007 Section C Policy 3 0 Page 24 of 34 Competent Person Equipment Inspection INSPECTING AND MAINTAINING SELF RETRACTING LIFELINES INSPECTING AND MAINTAINING SELF RETRACTING LANYARDS SRLS Figure 11 Inspection of an Self Retracting Lanyard SRL figure 11 must be done before each use and at intervals of no more than six months by a competent person other than the user Note that the interval between formal inspections by a competent person is reduced to six months maximum whereas it is once a year for some other components The reason for this is that it is extremely difficult to perform adequate pre use inspection on an SRL that is installed permanently at a height For example damage can occur to sections of the line which cannot be seen by a user at any normal work elevation Given this possibility many manufacturers specify that inspection by a competent person be performed more frequently than once a year An SRL must be inspected by a competent person other than the user at least every six months During pre use inspection check as many of the inspection items listed below as possible The semi annual inspection should be logged and must include all items below Inspecting the Function of an SRL Before each use check the function of the SRL First check lifeline extraction and retraction using the tag line Grasp the snaphook at the end of the line firmly in both hands and pull sharply downward with a
96. 10011 JO peoejd ase suonoes JO JOOJ 10011 Jeuonippe se uoreoo seBueuo yoiym y se uons euonippe se uoneoo seBueuo x10MuuoJ JO JOOJ eoeyuns Bupuow Bubi ew 19470 10 JOO xO0MUlJOJ ool e Buloueape y sueaui Duipee JO JOO1 100jJ e JO oun sue w Duipee eDeJououe 10 Ulja lA p uomneJej eoep Duo 199 9 10 p Z Ajjensn julod eBeJououe ue e o sseuieu poq Apoq eu Bunoeuuoo Jo ll Hi e o sseuJeu 10 q poq e eJnoes o pesn lqe eDeJououe pexy 10 au doJp e oj sseujeu Jo 10 pue upee e seu Aje1eueD uorum Jo edoi Sulqq M Jo aul ajqixey e sueaui p1e ue 1194 Ajayes e Jo 1 1e A e eJnoes O lli lqix li v p1e ue deas 10 li edoi jo ou ajqixey e sue w pae ue 1 Uonosjold SL pIAO1d suiejs s asou jo euo ue esn o ejqissoduur AIEO BOTOUU s 1 yey 10 uejs s ysouse UEL jeuos1ed Jo uiejs s jeu Ales uiejs s reprenB e uiejs s uonoejoud ile jeuonueAuoo e 15 uo uononi suoo au uuoped o lqissoduli si yey sueeui Tey Aew Suosied yorum uBnoju woed JO 001 1004 Aue ui uorsueuulp SB9 511 u Jo seuour z Buunseeui Sulu do ue sueauu Buiuedo 100 4 Buiuedo 1o s Jo Buruedo edid ajoy 1l q e se uons jez Aew suosJed jou nq sjeuejeui yorym
97. 104 oj E9ren Z ui p O enba Jo uey ssa adojs e Bui eu joo e sue uujoo1 edojs Mo1 1se41y ez s 14122159 Hezi 340A UONONAYSUOD L 9 Hed OWM SSL 962 Jeideu u01 99 01q 124 IN uoisiAIpqnS uononajsuo AIG Feg SHO 2194 6994 uonoejo1d We ve G091 7091 suomua z l9IHV 0S 0089201 HAD 61 uoyulysem uob 10 2 Sp Epue1S 19 10 23 VHSO 2121S uon nusuoo AO uono loid 123 9261 4 62 VHSO IEJoped 9t JO OL 36ed 01 ollod O uonoes ev Jo 9 abeq spiepueis yelS YM PUE HO V 0 pareduiog uonoelo4d 184 009 9261 VHSO Ie19pe 2002 eunf q3SIA3q Pamasay sluBiti IIV O17 suonnios Ajayeg 124 5113 5002 MHOM Buipee pue xoep Joos eui 4oep Jo uononulsuo2 y Buipnjour jou yng YOM ool y JO uononujsuoo y Burpnjour JOU 114 Yom JeuJeq pue jeeus uone nsur Buipniou 3ueuidinbe Jodea pue eJaw jeeus uone nsul Buipniour pue s euejeuu Buyoo JO jeaowa pue uoneoidde b pue sjeuejeui uoo jo jeAowss pue Bunsiou ay sueeu yom Duuoou S 00S1 00 2 t uoneordde eBeiojs Bunsiou y sueeui yom Buyooy Bulpling e jo e eyns do eu uuoo q AjueJoduuej pejejduioo ueeq jou sey e sneo q uoIuM XJ0MUlJO JO 5 pnioul jou s op siu Buipying
98. 12edsu q uonoes siy Jo J uBnouu e z uogoesqns u pequosep sue y ui pejonujsur pue paulesy s olduu zey eunsu3 e t C1 ZOS 9Z6T eys ot 3SIX spuezeu UEL alain Seale OU s olduu Dumuued oj JOU jueunjedep au Aq uonoedsulr 104 as qol ay uo ejqejre e eg 5 EL E00 v uoBe1o ul pejeedei sem D Zoe 92618 ALON ee qol eui 1e peurgjureui eq jeys seBueuo pe oudde jje y m uejd uonoejoJd ile eu jo Adoo v eys qol eui 1e peurejureui eq jeys seBueuo pe oudde IIE uy ued uonoejoJd ile eu jo Adoo v 127 04 20579261 s lldde L0SL g 00 Z r uoBeuo ul pejeedei sem Z0S 92618 31ON pejueuinoop leys uosied peyijenb au Anuepi uosi d p lulenb e Aq aq eys uejd uonoejoud ile eu o seBueuo Auy 2 uosjed peyijenb e Aq pe oudde eq jjeus uejd uonoejoud ile out o seBueuo Auy IONOS ZGT 193J0M peunfui JO ejes 10 poyyow y equoseq 4 ESIE SU UUTIUIqE SSEU TO ur Sq NEU UqW 10 uonoejoud pe uu Ao B old jo poujeui y equoseq z 0 z09 92617 s euejeui pue sjoo jo Buunoes pue abe0 s Buipueu y 104 31284109 v equoseq p Ajeruesse ose suogejedo uononjjsuoo BY 9J8euM sejis JO uejd uonoejo d UEL 93s ejBuis e d y A p Ajuo peeu 1e ojduie eu J LON pesn o
99. 1345 157 Street Franklin PA 16323 June 20 2006 Rick Zellen Kievvit Subject Use of External SofStop with Self Retracting LIfelines Dear Rick As stated in our Technical Brief 102 the use of a Miller 928 SofStop will increase worker safety when using self retracting lifelines in horizontal applications Employee training should include all of the considerations mentioned in the brief including the importance of padding over any sharp edges We have tested the FL11 Scorpion Black Rhino and Falcon self retracting lifelines in horizontal applications Testing shows consistent results no matter which SRL is used so based on the results our recommendation covers all Miller self retracting lifelines Additionally we have tested our MightyLite and Titan series of self retracting lifelines in vertical applications with an attached 928 SofStop and this use is acceptable Because of the dynamics in a fall situation and the type of edge radius of edge and the material and hardness of an edge we cannot predict the force required to break a cable going over an edge When using a 928 SofStop with a self retracting lifeline the fall arrest force may exceed the ANSI requirement of 900 pounds but will not exceed the OSHA requirement of 1800 pounds lt VA Jee g Ea Chuck Ziegler Manager Technical Support 1 800 873 5242 ext 1082 REVISED June 2007 Section C Policy 7 0 Page 3 of 4 Kiewit Companies Fall Solut
100. 19pe 2002 eunf 0381 4 Pamasay 51461 017 suonnios Ajayeg 124 5113 5002 ui g Seuour 6 UEL 9JOW Jey Uess y ul sBuiuedo ou eje 181 uons p lle sul eq ileus sjeued pue jeuonippe se uons s1equieui e4njonas Jon a z a zos 926r ede wo gy s uoul uey jou eq eus Sisod u w q p sn siejsnjeq se uons si qui ui am 2 4 20S gert Suoddns Tez do Usemjoq Buiuedo eunue y Buoje pue je e Bupyom Bupyjem eui o WEI do eu Woy pus xe ileus p sn ueuM useui pue su 10S ance a zos 9zet poo jo pejonujsuoo sBui e1 JO pesn oq 245 sil sjooye yey woy 3944 suoniuyep ees 4 qu n p l o j s dues jo emun 100 y pue jies do y ueewjeq Aemyjey eq eus repr eu 1 e e BULMOABUD IEAN y pue ujiejs s repyenB out jo do ay u wq q Dau e je pejejsur eq IIeus pasn ueuw spreJpr Z2X9 20S 9261 Ublu W9 G seuour LZ 1SE TE jem deed JO WE OU SI svens BUDLOAVBUD EM y pue uiejs s y do ay ueewjeq pel ejsur aq IIeus siequieui e3njonjs ejeipeuuejul juejeAmbe JO sjequieui EOH A ejeipeuuejur useui sueeiJos s PIDIA
101. 4 Yes No ANCHORAGE POINTS continued Q O 53 Q O 4 O O 5 Are all anchorage points for body harnesses located at shoulder height Are anchorage points for self retracting lifeline systems located overhead Are connections to anchorage points appropriate i e softeners are used around sharp edges Yes No VERTICAL LIFELINES O O 1 2 3 4 O 5 6 Does the lifeline have a minimum breaking strength of 5 000 pounds Is the lifeline protected from abrasive or cutting edges Does the system provide fall protection as the worker connects to and releases from the lifeline Is the lifeline arranged so workers never have to hold it for balance A lifeline should never be used for balance Is the vertical segment integrated with the horizontal segment to provide continuous fall protection Can a worker move from one station to another or climb up and down without exposure to a fall Yes No HORIZONTAL LIFELINES Q Q 1 Has the entire horizontal lifeline system been designated and approved by a qualified person Q Q 2 Have the anchorages to which the lifeline is attached been designed and evaluated specifically for a horizontal lifeline 3 Has the designer of the system approved the number of workers who will be using it 4 Isthe rope or cable free from signs of wear or abrasion O Q 5 Does the rope or cable have the required sag as determined in the engineers
102. 47T0S 9C61 1S 44V ez s 14122159 uono loid Z291 6991 uono loid 2 14 HOM UOIJONAYSUOD L O Med OVM 551 962 491deuO 2 W uoisiAIpqns uononnsuoo AI reg SHO Hej pz G091 7091 suoniulj dq Z s uoyulysem uob 10 EIUJOJIIE 2 Sp4epue1S uonoejoJd 112 VHSO 2381S uononnsuoo 40 uonoejoJd 112 9261 HAD 62 VHSO 9t 1081 36ed 01 ollod O uonoes Zv 40 v Bed spiepueis ejeis YM PUE HO Y3 0 pareduiog uono loud 184 009 9261 VHSO Ie19pe 2002 eunf 0381 4 Pamasay 51461 Uu O17 suonnios Ajayeg 124 5113 5002 2 V091 00 2 2 Hemes JSOME TE TEUOST Q P TO uI SAS Jou AJ JES E 6 5 e jo aen eu Aq Woy payoajoid eq 1245 eoeyuns Bupuow Buryew ay e oqe w OU seuour GC uey sse si Buruedo jem y jo woyoq pisul eui pue S A AOQE JO W g 1 9 si Buluado UE eui jo woyoq pisino eui payoeye Sejnuo uy sou Buipnjour sBuiuedo jem 10 AOQE ye uo ee oj duie uoe3 sBuiuedo YLXQ L09 9261 seidde 109 600 JEE uoB iO ul p lp d i sem q LOS 926 JO IIV ALON SUV SAS OSOU jo Aue bunueuiejdui jo n l Ul uonenjs eoe dyJow 1ejnonied e 104 3 Z0S 926 uM seiduioo UOlUA uejd uornoejoJd ile e jueuie duui o ejeuidoudde SI jeu Bulusilqe s uepunq
103. 55 24510 2 a WAC 296 155 24510 3 Safety belt harness Safety nets WAC 296 155 24510 1 b WAC 296 155 24510 2 b Vertical walls columns and poles Warning line system only Catch platforms WAC 296 185 24510 1Yo WAC 296 155 24510 2 c Safety bell harness OR 2 ft max free fall VVarning line system distance and Safety monitor WAC 296 155 24510 1 c amp d Figure 1 Washington State OSHA breaks the type of fall protection used out in an easy to read flow chart Assessments Engineering Training Litigation Support REVISED June 2007 Section C Policy 1 0 Page 3 of 46 Preface Page 4 of 4 Federal OSHA 1926 500 Subpart M Fall Protection Regulations Compared to CA OR amp WA State Standards Additional Comments California split the Federal Standard into smaller segments requiring a Company to find the specific Standard that applied to the specific work being performed Oregon State is the easiest to compare to Federal OSHA because they follow Fed OSHA to the letter except where they comment on specific differences We have tried to ensure that this comparison is as accurate as possible but holes do appear due to the fact that a State could have applied a work type under a separate guideline outside the scope of this comparison Additionally it is important to note the recent changes to the American National Standards Institute ANSI Standards relevant to fall protection Some Federal and State OSHA guidelin
104. 7 Section C Policy 3 0 Page 6 of 34 Competent Person Equipment Inspection MSA FP suggests that the user s organization may consider increasing the maximum formal inspection interval from 6 months to an interval of up to one year provided the following conditions are met 1 The equipment is not used in operations covered by the A10 14 standard and or OSHA final or proposed rules under 29 CFR 1926 or counterpart rules under state plans and 2 A written opinion of a competent person is kept on file by the user s organization stating that the equipment is not exposed to conditions which would suggest that formal inspection be performed at intervals of 6 months or less and 3 The equipment is inspected before each use and is otherwise selected inspected rigged used stored and maintained strictly in accordance with Z359 1 and MSA FP s instructions It should be noted that not all fall protection equipment in a company s facility would experience the same rate of wear and deterioration Some equipment may be exposed to operations that are more harsh than others and some equipment may be used with greater regularity Lastly equipment that is being used for non construction operations may be exposed to conditions that are of equal or greater severity to those addressed by A10 14 Accordingly care should be taken to set up your inspection program to control against oversight of these factors In some cases the environment and work per
105. 91 6991 uonoe104d 209 0099701 H49 6l 112 uononJjsuo 1 2 Hed OVA 951 962 014240 12 IN uoisiAIpqnS uononnisuo2 AIG reg SHO 112 pz au 60S1 7091 suoniugea z APY uoyulysem EIUJOJIIE 2 sp4epuels uono loid HE WHSO 91e1S uon nusuo2 AO uono loid 12 9261 4 62 VHSO IEs p q 9t JO Op eBed 01 ollod O uonoes Zt Jo 9 Bed spiepueis 8121S YM PUE HO Y3 0 pareduiog 184 009 9261 VHSO Ie19pe 2002 eunf 0381 4 Pamasay sluBiti O17 suonnios Ajayeg 112 5113 5002 sjueujeumnboJ Buiwojo eui jeeui eus seoeuns Buppow Bunjew JOJO pue sjooi SJOOY u S JOY 10 SI A0O SISA0O9 c09 9z61 MZOS IZEL suiejsAg PIEND OPIS 2096 200 167 SIO NUOUU WOJ al sBulusem piezey Ile ui Aidulo o p lo uip eq 1206 euoz sseooe pejjoguoo e ui olduu uoe3 v u zos 9zer ulejsAs ulejs s ulejs s Ajayes e Aq Bureq si ee ojduie Buuoyuoui Dags e Aq payoajoid Dueg si eeKojduie Buuojuoui q yes e q s Zold l l ue ejeuw eeie ue ui pamoye eq 245 uejd uonoejoud le ue ue ui pewojje eq 25 yom Buyoos Ue 9JeuM ease ue u pewoy e eq eys ue d uonoejoJd ei
106. 990 g Sunuoddns jo lqede seBejououe o peunoes aq eys suiejs s ss usey Apog n4 x JAMO Aue 1ogluoo jou IIIA olduu eui zey uons pue 399J 9 Je eouejsip Ile WNWIXeW e uim eouejsip e o eq 245 suiejs s sseuueu Apog A peay 5 au 9 0qe JO T A L Jepinous Jeau yoeq 5 y Jo Jejueo a ui pejeoo 9q IlEus sseuieu Apog ay jo jurod yuawyoeye eu Al sony led 9 uonseioid Z291 6991 uonaslo1d m WE MOM uononisuo9 1 9 Hed OWM SS1 96z Je deu2 EA W UOISIAIPgns uononasuog g AIG reg SHO 193 vz omg SOSL POS suomua z omg 209 009 970 EER GH uoybulysem uoba10 eIUJOJIIe 2 Spiepueijs uonostoid EI VHSO SFIS uononzisuo 40 uono2ejoJd 14 9261 HAD 62 VHSO 9v JO 2 Bed 01 ollod O uonoes Zv J0 z aed spiepueis ejeiS YM PUE HO Y3 0 pareduiog suoneinbeg uono loud 184 009 9261 VHSO Ie19pe 2002 eunf 0381 4 Pamasay 51461 Uu 017 suonnios Ajayeg 124 5113 5002 piehue au ye perdde 2 22 spunod 000 JO pedu e uinuu e Bunuoddns jo ejqedeo eq 125 uono sqns si u payloads esiweujo jou si ul65u ns 9SOUM suu ls s sseuJeu Apog jo sjueuoduuoo IV 1X Z p ezos 9zet
107. Dejououe pue S Ull H eonJeA JO pue ejuoziuou uiejs s epis 10 uiejs s seuidoJp uoneje ooep spue ue sesseujeu eui BurujeA uu ls s jeu Ajayes uiejs s uejs s Apoq se uons sjueuoduioo jueuudinbe Ajayes eoiep Buruonisod wajsAs Jules Bj uu l s s 1seue UEL ejdnjnuu jo esn ay sueaui waysAs Jsaue e4 jeuosjed sue uuuu ls s uomoejoud UE z 0061 00 t ys diy 128 jurejjsog 2291 6991 uon2ejo4d xem Hj HOM 1 9 Med DVM GS1 96z JeYdeu2 2 y uoisiAIpqns uononnsuoo AIG reg SHO We pz G091 7091 suomua z ejna GLAD WERE CL uoyulysem BIUOWIED sp4epuels uono loid HE VHSO l Domp neu AO uono loid 12 9261 HAD 62 VHSO 9 Jo g eBed 071 food 3 uonoes ev Jo p fed spiepueis 8121S YM PUE HO Y3 0 p sedulo uonoelo4d 184 009 9261 VHSO Ie19pe 2002 eunf Q3SI 38 Pamasay 51461 977 suonnios Ajayeg 124 5113 5002 ETU P P E JO jno pesn peseeje1 ueuM sesojo Ajeoneuiojne uoluM ay uedo pue sseJdep o puooes e pue 1edeeyejeD v o euo ejeD out uedo o se2J0J eje1edes Om s uinb i yey yoou deus Bunoeuuoo e sueaui 400u deus Buy207 SDEJOQS
108. EM A O IIE UB s o duu uBnouu uonmed Jo Wem e Ul Jo SOYU gL pue uiu eoui Jo seuoul Qe pIoA 10 deb y Guruado jem ubi q ur elo JO Tee 6 189 OU SI 1 U H UM 1ejeuured JOOJ e epis Aue sueeui 10 epis payoajoidun biu i OT seuoui 2 G0S GG 1 96Z OYM u peuyep se uiejs s d 6 1SE 12 uiejs s Jo W Ou S 3194 alem re3pJenB Jo jem ou SI ale Jo Jo dwe ool ool 6 9 eoeuns Bupsom buryjem 1001 Jo sseooe Jo 5100 oj seoueJjue je 1d ox Jo sseooe o sjulod o seoueaue je 1deoxo Jo epis Aue sueaui s p pue sepis p l5 loidun epis Aue sueaw s bp pue sapis pa 09 01dun Aue ji Bursou Buipnjoxe pea jo yoeq O 1U0JJ WOJ e2Uejsip ejuozuou ay sueaui d p Sjeuejeui jo Sile 3ue eJd oj dwe 10 Aemuns Tense jo DulllE euuosjed 10 Sie W01 uonoejoJd Buluado jem Buluado ool e jo pesodxe Suole net JOOY 18 EIA e sueeul p1eoqao y 1sureBe o p sn e e uuogejd eu je e Jo spue pue sepis oun Buoje peunoes Jeuueq v p1eoqao L pue S Jamo O jueuudinbe pue sjeuejeui jo UEL eui jue eJd Wu Jey Jeuueq
109. ESULT IN SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH PREGNANT WOMEN AND MINORS MUST NOT USE THIS PRODUCT 1211 Rev B 9720101 REVISED June 2007 Section C Policy 4 0 Page 1 of 11 I GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A WARNINGS AND LIMITATIONS Proper precautions should always be taken to remove any obstructions debris and other material from the work area that could cause injuries or interfere with the operation of the system Also caution should be taken to ensure all equipment will be clear of all other recognized hazards and proper ventilation has been provided in the work area before work begins Note Users should be familiar with pertinent regulations governing this equipment All individuals who use this product must be correctly instructed on how to use the system and must read and understand the following instructions before using the system e Only trained personnel should use this system and its components e Do notuse if the unit or any part of the system appears to be damaged Do not use the system if any components do not operate properly Use in highly corrosive or caustic environments dictates a more frequent inspection and servicing program to ensure the integrity of the system is maintained Do not attempt to repair this system e Personal fall arrest systems and components subjected to impact loading shall be immediately removed from service and shall not be used again for employee protection until inspected and determined by a
110. Fasten a friction buckle and pull to make sure that the webbing will not creep If equipped with a sliding bar make sure the bar moves as it should The spring used with some sliding bar buckles should maintain pressure on the webbing captured by the buckle Inspecting a Full Body Harness As with any component of a fall arrest system the two stage inspection process must be followed A full body harness must be inspected before and after each use and by a designated competent person at least every six months Pay particular attention to harness labeling during inspection Each harness should have labels which convey all of the following information Part number model and manufacturer Year of manufacture Material of construction Size of the harness The correct fall arrest attachment element The purpose s of any other attachment elements Maximum weight of user capacity including clothing and equipment Donning adjusting and use information Maximum free fall distance permitted Oovovoooooevecno If any of this information is missing the harness should be removed from use tagged as unusable and delivered to the person designated by your organization Harnesses figure 8 will usually be stitched using a special pattern of lock stitches The stitching will be in a color that contrasts with the webbing to assist in the inspection If any stitches are pulled or broken the harness must be removed from service followi
111. GLa WR UEC ERC uolbuluse A eiuJ0JIje 2 Spaepuels 019910 4 124 VHSO 2181S uon nnsuoo 40 uonoejoJd 12 9261 HAD 62 VHSO 9t JO eBegd 01 ollod O uonoes ev Jo g abed spiepueis ejeiS YM PUE HO V 0 184 009 9261 VHSO 8 2002 eunf Q3SI A38 p m s y 51461 977 suonnios Ajayeg 124 5113 5002 joo1 Sui jo uomeiip eur Ul pue tli DUTUTEM y 0 jejnorpuedjed eoeyns Joos eui Aoqe 5 94 0 seuour OE SUOIYOUR s eui jsureBe jjeyuoziuou p ridde Suomen 12 spunod 9 1se9 je Jo 39104 e 1 AO Buiddn Bunsisei jo ejqedeo eq eys suoiupuejs peuoege ureuo Jo ados y uy pejoeje Bureq sayy 5 s rdde Z0GZ 00 Ler uoBeJQ ul u pue Gene 92618 3LON ay wouy ul Gr 199 S uey JOU w 339 0 uey SS JOU eut Ionuoo e Aq eq ileus euoz sseooe p llonuoo eu L 2 6 9261 88 9 peeoxe oj JOU SJEM JU Sjene APIIGISIA uBiu Apres o 10 eq eys eui uoe3 UI 5011442 zosz 00 r uoBeJQ ul u pue B zO0S 92618 3LON SEI DOE ase YAOM pajejaJ pue Buikepjouq PUEUH AO 1 UA Seale O SSD o uoo 0 pesn ueuM A9 C0G 9c l
112. GRESS In other cases exposure to a fall hazard occurs simply while the employee is accessing an elevated work area SLIPS TRIPS AND FALLS FROM ELEVATION Unlike other types of incidents falls rarely involve near misses from which people can be warned or learn about the consequences It is reasonable to assume that some disabling injury occurs with nearly every accidental and uncontrolled fall That injury is frequently permanent Falls are classified into four general categories slips trips falls on stairs and falls from elevation Slips and trips occur on the same level Stair and elevated falls occur from one level to another The frequency of slips and trips tends to be very high however injuries typically consist of severe sprains or strains and possible broken bones So if falls on the same level can produce severe injuries certainly each foot above ground level increases that likelihood REVISED June 2007 Section A Policy 6 0 Page 4 of 30 Kiewit Companies Fall Solutions Manual HOUSEKEEPING Poor housekeeping such as blocked walkways and access areas exposed electrical cords and uneven working surfaces are a few conditions that often produce trips A poor unplanned physical layout can promote dangerous shortcuts Timely housekeeping can control the variables and a plan for material placement and storage can limit trip falls on our work A clean site is a safe site FALLS FROM ELEVATION Fall hazards at heights
113. IAOJd eui O uuojuoo snw uejd uonoejoJd We eu 1ueuidinbe uoroejoud ile jeuonue uoo esn o piezeu e s le 12 11 40 9 qiseojui 51 jeu Jezsuow p ueo oym q pue 21 4 zXa Los ezer ees uononinsuo2o Er uepiseJ JO YJOM 9ejeJouoo seo ld uo ul peBeBue s oldul O A uo ejqejreAe si uondo siu ued uonosjoJd je 4 werd pom uonseroid ties soSyz Ss1 962 9VIMEI 00 cy U05310 ul poreado sem i 0S 926 5 310N uejd uomoejoad 124 12918 OI zos 926t 1Se1iy 124 ugeet uonoe101d Z291 6991 uonoe104d EOS 005 9201 H3O 6L 112 uononujsuo 1 2 Wed OVA 951 962 4 1deuoS 12 IN uoisiAIpqnS uononaisuo2 AIG reg SHO 112 pz au 60S1 7091 suoniugea z uojBuiusea EIUJOJII 2 sp4epuels uono loid 23 VHSO 3S Domp neu AO U0199 01d 123 9261 449 62 VHSO IEJoped 9t JO py Abed 01 ollod O uonoes Zv 10 Bed spiepueis ejeis YM PUE HO Y3 0 pareduiog suoneinbeg 184 009 9261 VHSO Ie19pe 2002 eunf q3SIA3q Pamasay 51461 977 suonnios Ajayeg 124 5113 S002 es qof y uo ejqejeAe aq IIEUS pue pejueuinoop eq jeus Burure uonoes sin Aq se peure ae s oldul zey eunsue eus eu e spiezen s u SZIWIUILU ui o senpeooud eu l
114. ION A Do not begin installation until substrates have been properly prepared B If substrate preparation is the responsibility of another installer notify Architect of unsatisfactory preparation before proceeding 3 2 PREPARATION A Clean surfaces thoroughly prior to installation B Prepare surfaces using the methods recommended by the manufacturer for achieving the best result for the substrate under the project conditions 3 3 INSTALLATION 05520 3 REVISED June 2007 Section C Policy 6 0 Page 3 of 5 A Install in accordance with manufacturer s instructions B Before installation inspect all parts to insure no damaged parts are used C Railing must be secured to base with securing pins D Where there is a danger of falling materials onto someone below insert a steel Speed Board into the toeboard bracket on the base plate and secure with securing pins to base E Use a Railguard 200 outrigger at any interruption in continuous railing sections Outrigger assembly consists of a 5 foot railing 1 52 m with base plate pinned to railing and placed 90 degrees away from danger side of continuous railing 3 4 PROTECTION A Protect installed products until completion of project B Touch up repair or replace damaged products before Substantial Completion END OF SECTION 05520 4 REVISED June 2007 Section C Policy 6 0 Page 4 of 5 zaar l n 6242 n H H cur k l wm Fert P Maximum Length width combinatio
115. Ieus sjooJ uo jueuudinbe 601 206 9261 7 0 206 9261 D Bole Jey Ul YOM Bugooij Buruuojied SI olduu y ssejun au e pue e y Ul D MO E eq 25 ON U eos 926t 501 UOlUOUE S OU suoroes jueoeIpe ui dn u ye Bulag yoeis ul 3jnseJ jou suoiuouejs U M Q lli y JO uono s euo uo Butnd yey fem e uons Ul uoluoue s uoee je payoeye eq eus eui eu L A XZ G ZO0S 9Z6I pue uono s suoiuouejs siy Jo m Z ui pequoseJd se suoiuouejs 9u o pei dde speo ay BPunioddns 9u o pei dde speo ay BunjeeJq 65unioddns Jo ajqedeo eq jeys suoiuouejs eui 0 payoeye Jo ejqedeo eq j eus suoiuoueijs eui oj payoeye 1eye pue sueJBo 06 spunod 002 Jo ujBuens spunod 00G jo Bulag Jaye pue INN 222 spunod oos u B5u ns lisu e eus ureuo JO as m ados eu Al uj amp Buens lisu wnwuwu e aney jeus seul 4 ltlsu LUNWIUILU e AEU 25 ureuo JO asm ados eu L AN 2 9261 say ez s 14122159 uono loid Z291 6991 uonoe104d y Hj MOM L Med DVM 0591 962 491deuO 3 W uoisiAIpqns uononnsuoo AIG reg SHO Hej ve G091 7091 suoniuieq z
116. JeZeu UEL WO eq ieys ee ojduie yey ejduiexe Joy sjeuayew pue jueuudinbe pin5 JO 8AI9291 OU Buiuedo sseooe eu jo eDpe eu 1340 Jo Buiuedo sseooe y uBnoiuu uee jsnui old l ue pue speuejeuu jo Buipue Buunp D al uoneJedo Bunsiou au a1EIIDEL o ae suoruod Jo jespsenb Jo uleyo 10 suiejs s j suu s s seur ej 2405 JO suiejs s reprenB Aq S A Y NO O 10 ui 9 189 9 Bule WoL pejoejoud aq ieys Bale 1510 e ui uoe3 SeaJe JSIOH ENANITOS 9761 1S911V IE3 3 3 lens H uonoe101d Z291 6991 uonoe104d EOS 005 9201 H3O 61 112 30A uononujsuo 1 2 Wed OVA 9591 962 4 1deuo 12 IN uoisiAIpqnS uononaisuo AIG reg SHO 112 pz au 60S1 7091 suoniunea z AHY uoyulysem uob 10 euopep sp4epuels uono loid 23 VHSO 2281S uon nusuoo AO uono loid 123 9261 HAD 62 VHSO IEJoped 9t JO 9 36ed 0 ollod O uonoes Zv Jo zL spiepueis ejeiS YM PUE HO V 0 pareduiog 184 009 9261 VHSO Ie19pe 2002 eunf 0381 4 51461 Uu 977 suonnios Ajayeg 124 5113 5002 s ildde 10S1 00 JEE uoBeiQ ul pejeedei sem q LOS 926 JO IIV ALON DHOM pue Buikepiouq 6Xa Los 9261 9 9 e O
117. OLV ISNV JO slu ui iinb i Buneeui jueuudinbe O SJ9J91 nq silu Aes jou seop piepuejg oul JO eut ejuozuou e 0 AI 8 9 20s 9261 1S 44V ez s 14122159 uono loid Z291 6991 uonoe104d y Hj MOM L Med IVM 951 962 JeIdeyD W uoisiAIpqns uononnsuoo AIG reg SHO Hej pz G091 7091 suoniuieq Z l9IHV GS WER CEC uoyulysem uob 10 BIUOWIED Spiepue1S uorjoejoJd 124 VHSO 2121S uon nnsuoo 40 uonoejoJd 112 9261 HAD 62 VHSO 9t JO y bed 01 ollod O uonoes 2002 eunf 0381 4 v 0 Bed spiepuels lels YM Pue HO V o p seduloo uon2eloJd 112 0099261 VHSO 8 51461 Uu 017 suonnios Ajayeg 124 5113 5002 JOjuoui Aj9jes e jo esn y Aq pepi oud s uonoejoud juo eur H UM p lols Jo Deen eq jou Aew jueuudinbe 601 OLGvC SSL 96c OVM u pequosep se suiejs s jseJJe WEI JO 3uresoi Ile 10 uiejs s Bulusem e Aq pej29joud eje s s ojdw sesse ul luo paJojs JO pesn eq j eus 3ueudinbe eorueuos 9 12972 991 962 OYM u pequosep se l s S JO UOW A yes e jo asn y Aq ay pue eui Burujew y u m q s s ojdw 104 pejueurejddns pue uono s siu jo c uonoesqns ul se peurejureui pue payaso uiejs s ou Bujusem e jo aen eui Ag q 10 0LGvC SS 96Z OYM u peuyep SE su
118. OU seuour 6 uey sse si Bulu do y jo woyoq episui eu pue SI A l Jamo JO W 871 1 9 si Buluado iem eui jo woyoq pisino eui eueuw payoeye Sejnuo uy sou Buipnjour sBuiuedo jem 10 enoqe ye uo Buppow ee o duie uoe3 sBuiuedo Z 7205 9261 HAO 6c JO sjueuieuinbei ujbueuis eu jeeui eui ssejun uonoes siu jo sodind eu sISA05 peJepisuoo jou aie 1461 5 10 seuiop exouus p 901 1091 600 2 2 S1 AO Aq S UBIAYS njoul sejou uBnoiuu Burjej sjoefqo woy payajoid Ileus eoeuns Bulyiom Bulyjem e uo olduu uoe3 ta LOS 9261 ACL 1091 600 2 2 S191409 Aq S UBI AYS Bulpnjoul sejou 10 out Buddays 10 ui Buiddu wouy p lo loid 9q Ileus eoeuns Bulyiom Bulyjem e uo olduu uoe3 ani a ros 9zet eXL 1091 600 2 2 SJopJQ asou JO SUOISIAOId out jepun Ajejenbepe SSIMJOUJO JOU seeJBep Op Ue Jedeejs seoeyns padojs JOYJO JO ZL uey Jedeejs seoeyns Joo padojs sBuiuedo pue sAemyeys uBnouu s Bp Buripee pue s pis pejoejoJdun eunjonujs e jo 1ejeuiued Y WO ZIL 2 10 sseoxe ui Bue 0 Way sesodxe esouw s ojdw asou Aq Wom aq eus suiejs s Buiuonisod Jo JeuosJed soe e jeuosjed pe ouddy e s joy uons suiejs s I amp
119. SED June 2007 Section C Policy 3 0 Page 19 of 34 Competent Person Equipment Inspection Table 1 Indications of Exposure of Lanyards to Heat Chemical and Flame Type of exposure Material of Construction Twisted Rope Nylon and polyester will be brittle with a shriveled Webbing Same as rope Wire rope Resists heat well Vinyl cover may be fibers will be restricted High heat brownish appearance Fibers melted Underlying will break when flexed metal fibers may be exposed Color will change to brown Same as rope Webbing Resists chemical Fibers will be brittle and crack may show transverse exposure well when flexed If exposed to cracks when flexed Chemicals solvents or paints movement of Open flame sources or molten metal Aging Rope and webbing strands fused together Hard shiny areas evident Will feel brittle and may crack when flexed Nylon turns brown Polyester looks clear Nylon will appear faded and yellowish Rope becomes less flexible Same as rope Weld spatter will show up as small irregularly spaced burnt areas Webbing will become stiff and harder to flex Will retain flexed shape somewhat when released Resists exposure to flame well Vinyl cover may be damaged No visible signs of weakening due to aging Note When inspecting wire rope lanyards follow those instructions also to identify conditions such as broken wires birdcaged
120. TEM CAPACITY RATING Maximum number of users must not exceed 2 two Only 1 one user per individual anchor is permitted The capacities are based on the maximum user s weight including tools clothing etc of 310 Ibs 140 6 kg each or 620 Ibs 281 2 kg total weight The maximum capacity for each anchor point is 310 Ibs Y6 140 6 kg Do not exceed this weight for each anchor point LB521 MILLER t D L L E R FALL PROTECTION SYSTEM a Vill INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE LOG DATE OF MANUFACTURE MODEL NUMBER DATE PURCHASED INSPECTOR DATE INSPECTION ITEMS NOTED MAINTENANCE PERFORMED REVISED June 2007 Section C Policy 4 0 Page 11 of 11 MILLER FALL PROTECTION SYSTEM MILLER Certificate of Test 9081 Miller Edge Fall Protection System Issued by Date Issued 07 14 04 Bacou Dalloz 1345 15 Street Franklin Pa 16323 This is to certify that the Miller Edge Fall Protection System is in full compliance with the following test specifications PASS FAIL The figure below illustrates each test direction 5 8 Plywood decking in each test direction 5 8 Plywood decking with a 5 slope in each test direction 5 8 Plywood decking with a 5 slope wet surface in each test direction Perpendicular to slope in each test direction Concrete flat surface in each test direction TEST CRITERIA Provide a 2 1 safety factor in the direction of load at the
121. TY The maximum number of user s per unit is 2 two Only 1 user per individual anchor point is permitted The capacities are based on maximum user s weight including tools clothing etc of 310 Ibs 140 6 kg each or 620 Ibs 281 2 kg total weight Warning Maximum capacity for each attachment point is 310 Ibs 140 6 kg Do not exceed this weight per individual attachment point COMPONENT COMPATIBILITY The Miller Edge is designed for use with Miller retractables and approved components only Substitution or replacement with non approved components will endanger the compatibility within the system and may affect the reliability and safety of the total system It is recommended the user s attaching to this device must only use Miller retractable lifelines and approved compatible connectors LIFTING RINGS The lifting rings are to be used solely for lifting the unit up by crane or other means of a lifting or hoisting type structure to locate the unit on to the working surface Do not use the lifting rings for fall protection MOVING THE SYSTEM Always disconnect before attempting to move the unit Move the unit by using the horizontal handle at the rear of the unit using a pushing type motion Steering the unit can be accomplished by using the handle located on the vertical boom Ref fig 1 Never expose a worker s to a fall hazard by pulling the unit from the handles located on the vertical boom or from the anchorage points while
122. UBYM JOM Jo s d au ail pesn eq 245 papusye Jo payoeye seuijdoJp souljayi spye Aue sesseujeu azes c pesn eq jeus Spunod 00076 JO puas Bupjeeuq uinuiuiu e YM 3uejeAinbe Jo ellueuu you p e Jo uunuuuiui e suoneordde aula 19470 e 104 edo 9109 9JIM YOU 8 2 JO LUNWIUILU e eq 25 uoiseJqe JO Bumn o p y lqns eq Aew ull Ji Y T UM Seale Ul JO suoneJedo Burjeos yO uo pesn Jo seurdouq 7 U SIEH YEUI 1SIOU 0 jou pue uiejs s eoi ep Buiuonisod Jo uu s s jsaue Ile euosued e jo ued se uogoejoud olduu 104 juo pesn eq 245 sjueuoduuoo pue sesseujeu syeq Apog or e zos 926T S IAJ8S WO POAOWAI eys sjueuoduloo AHD y p pue 19470 pue sewep 10 esn uoee 0 Jod 5 eq 25 suiejs s eoiwep Buruonisogd 6 9 eos 9261 ISS eseeje1 pue Y d y yooudeus y sseJdep o ejqe Bureq 1oefqo 2661 VL 68 Z ISNV JO y Aq inooo pjnoo juswabebuesip jeuonuejuiun L66L PL OLV ISNV JO slu uu uinb i vldinb yeu uons yooydeus y o uoneja1 ui peuorsueuiip o 9 114 51 Aes jou seop piepue S yL Jo pedeus Ajqneduuoour si uoluM yoalqo Aue A 8 c0S 9Z6T 2 2 C661 1 69 Z ISNV 10 L66L 7L
123. UE J9X10M poje eje ue JO ssausey Apog e uy pesn u uN oU jejuoziou au o uiejs s 189 ile euosJed e jo sjueuoduioo Ayayes dn yoeq se pesn uiejs s uonoejoud e jo yed 51 SE SE eq ew Saul siepJo eseu JO Jeuyo Bunoeuuoo 40 sueeui e se S AH S YUM pue UDIYM UO SI 1X9 SIU UI o se peJnoes si sasodind y 104 uono uuoo 5 ajqeyins e jo sueeui jejuozuou Ajpeyuozuou pas spue y0q 16 Sief JO p1e ue e UO O seoeyns Huom Jo Buryjem Aq 10 qo ul Aq Jeuyie peunoes si pueAue eui ylym seBeJoupue oj uonoeuuoo 104 JO ul Ji JENA Ajeonie juepuedepur seBejououe jezuozuoy OM u wq q O eoeyns v JO juepuedepul seDeJououe Buey oj pue euo je eDeJououe ue oj uonoeuuoo JO Jo oBeJououe Dovu e WO eui 209A e sueaui ul ji OM u Ml q Lou AJeua ed ol eui ejuozuou v eurer sui lqix li e jo Bunsisuoo jueuoduuoo e sueeui ST YTOAA D SOOX 129 0J0 eqs E Uononjjsuoo 1epun A snonumuoo pue NoNe JOU SI jureJjseJ UEL 10 189 UEL Jo spoujeul eAnisod pue y u uA spoued Buunp pue epis ue eq pue sepis o peJepisuoo ase uononisuoo 0 peJepisuoo s Burpee v p lonnsuoo 10 Jepun Ajaanoe you s p Buipee p lonnsuoo peoejd ale suono s YIOMLUIOJ JO Joos
124. User should familiarize his herself with all components of this system Also check for missing or damaged parts Refer to inspection section for further details WARNING Do not use if any damaged or missing parts are detected A PART IDENTIFICATION Fig 1 3 Optional Equipment 9081WT 300LB e _ Counter Weights 2001 I Push Pin N Anchor A r E Points Rf Horizontal Boom Vertical Boom N Lifting Rings Hitch Pin Brake Jack Geier ime Brake Jack N x Pushing ei Handle SOEN TOS Ra Steering handles A 9081MRMB EX Hitch Pin gt Stabilizer i iw pu ES Main Body N Swiveling Casters Brake Jack Swiveling Casters REVISED June 2007 Section C Policy 4 0 Page 4 of 11 B SYSTEM COMPONENT INSTALLATION Unit Assembly Overview Step 1 Install Vertical Boom Assembly Step 2 Install Push Pin and Hitch pin Step 3 Install Horizontal Boom Assembly Step 4 Install Push Pin and Hitch pin Step 5 Inspect the installation and components of the unit before each use Unit Assembly Details NOTE For safety and ease of assembly it is recommended that two or more workers trained in the assembly and installation of the system assemble the vertical and horizontal booms Vertical Boom Installation Refer to fig 2 for typical installation Step 1 With the Lifting Ring facing toward the back end of the unit install the Vertical Boom down inside through the handle box and down inside the main bod
125. Woy pejoeuxe A Mo s q ueo eui punow uinip e Bulurejuoo eor ep uones l p e sup ul pseZuey ul ni Duroeaiej jos TETTSIA upm DOE Too1 SUES SU UU sq TSTTUT 1105 juejeduioo eu uuew ejesun ue ui Duroe ale Jo pjezeu auf Jo ase u zey 14 y o sieedde 3 U UM Wey susem pue Maso Bujooi e ui see ojduie WE Jo Dags ay siolluouu uosi d juejeduioo e ul uiejsAs Ajoyes e sueeui uu s s Buuojiuoui X Hed DVM 991 967 OYA eoeuns Bupyom Bulyjem Joos peuoid moj e jo Burpee eu Buipnpur seBpe pue sepis y pue aul y U AMN Q Huom u uA pJezeu UEL eur O S YHOM JO v siolluouu sennp jeuonippe ou Buey ued siu Aq peugep se uosied e Auo uiejs s eui BululEM e ur uonoun uoo ui pesn jur amp JjsaJ Jo Wa sAs e sueeui uiejs s iolluoui j9jes spsezey Ile jo see ojduue Buiuuew pue Iz1UB0998 10 qisuods 1 si uosjed e YOIUM ul uiejs s Maes e sueeuiuiejs s Bunojuour Ajejes ull Hi ees aul Maes SOUS ejqeis Jeujo JO punojb JO 199J y UlUMM O 25 pue eouejeq sso Jo suuopejd spjoyeos eJnjrej Aq pesneo siley wou 199101d o pepi oJd si ey euo eur 3 yes nq ueeAyeq APANIIPA e JO Dunjeus Buoje
126. accessory components such as footrests pivot davits turntables and bypass assemblies to make sure they function correctly Check for missing loose damaged or altered parts REVISED June 2007 Section C Policy 3 0 Page 30 of 34 Competent Person Equipment Inspection Formal inspection is a planned process that must be performed at least every six months by a competent person according to the inspection procedure detailed above Your safety management will determine how frequently the periodic inspection must be performed The frequency of formal inspection depends on numerous factors including the nature and severity of workplace conditions and the types of activities for which the equipment is used Equipment that is used on a regular basis in harsh environmental conditions will normally require inspection more frequently than equipment which is used infrequently and in a mild environment Before beginning a formal inspection you should review the inspection and maintenance logs see below to familiarize yourself with all maintenance activities performed since the previous inspection Inspect these areas closely because they were previously identified as deficient Examine the logs carefully to identify areas which seem to have recurring problems If the same or similar problems are frequent at a location steps should be taken to identify and eliminate the root cause of the deficiency When you perform a formal inspection do not rely on
127. aims product liability costs and other related expenses In short a comprehensive fall protection program not only saves lives and reduces injuries but also saves money and makes good business sense Recent statistics on falls are worse than those of previous years fall fatalities have been rising by an average of 10 percent each year for the past decade while overall work fatalities have been on the decline On average it takes close to a thousand exposures to a hazard to incur the consequences For some victims the fall is a death sentence REGULATORY MANDATES AND THE EMPLOYER S RESPONSIBILITY U S and Canadian regulations make it quite clear that it is the employer s responsibility to develop a fall protection program The most effective programs are those where employers work closely with their workers to jointly develop a comprehensive fall protection program that either eliminates fall hazards or provides appropriate protection against them It should be noted that citations and fines have steadily increased due to noncompliance and negligence However those employers who take an active interest in their employee s well being and develop an appropriate fall protection program can avoid citations While regulatory compliance is important preventing injuries and saving lives is our primary concern A proper fall protection program can eliminate or seriously reduce on the job injuries and substantially minimize insurance costs and
128. al or heat damage Observe closely for any breaks in the stitching 4 SHOCK ABSORBING LANYARDS Shock absorbing lanyards should be examined using the same method used for web lanyards However also look for the warning flag or signs of deployment from the shock absorbing pack If the flag has been activated remove the shock absorbing lanyard from service immediately VISUAL INDICATIONS OF DAMAGE TO WEBBING AND LANYARDS MOLTEN TYPE OF PAINT amp HEAT CHEMICAL METAL OR WEBBING FLAME SOLVENTS Nylon and In excessive Change in color Webbing strands Paint which Cordura heat nylon usually appearing fuse together penetrates and becomes brittle as a brownish Hard shiny spots dries restricts and has a smear or smudge Hard and brittle movement of shriveled Transverse cracks to the touch fibers Drying brownish when belt is bent agents and appearance over a mandrel solvents in some Fibers will break Loss of elasticity paints will when flexed appear as chemical damage Polyester Same as nylon Same as nylon Same as nylon Same as nylon Dacron except DO NOT use above 200 F NOTE Du Pont trademark REVISED June 2007 Section A Policy 6 0 Page 27 of 30 Kiewit Companies Fall Solutions Manual C CLEANING MAINTENANCE AND STORAGE Basic care of all safety equipment will prolong the durable life of the unit and will contribute toward the performance of its vital safety functio
129. and investigated It is important that the investigation take place as soon as possible so that the root cause and means of prevention can be identified to prevent a similar incident a The District Manager District Safety Manager and Sponsor shall be notified immediately when any employee or subcontractor employee suffers a fall b Ifan injury occurs the area must be secured until inspected by a higher authority on the job c Pictures will be taken above below and at the area where the incident occurred All pictures shall be sent into the District Safety Manager d All personal protective equipment worn by the employee shall be removed from service tagged and sent to the District Safety Manager The use of the anchorage shall be prohibited until a qualified person makes an inspection of the components 2 In the event of a fall or some other related serious incident this Manual and the operation s fall protection plan will be reviewed to determine if additional practices procedures or training needs to be implemented to prevent similar types of falls or incidents REVISED June 2007 Section A Policy 4 0 Page 5 of 5 Kiewit Companies Fall Solutions Manual 5 0 FALL PROTECTION PLANS 5 1 SAMPLE FALL PROTECTION PLAN KIEWIT COMPANIES FALL PROTECTION PLAN OSHA CFR 1926 Subpart M PINNED COLUMN FORMS Location Preparation Date Prepared By Superintendent Foreman Competent Person Job Sponsor A copy of thi
130. and Components 3 3 Restraint Systems 3 4 Warning Lines 3 5 Safety Monitor Systems 36 Horizontal Lifelines 3 7 Vertical Lifelines 4 0 Post Fall and Rescue 5 0 Fall Protection Plans sl Sample Fall Protection Plan 5 2 Fall Protection Prevention Work Plan 6 0 Training Guide 6 1 PowerPoint Training Presentation Gravity Kills Defy It 7 0 Miscellaneous 7 1 Pre Issuance Inspection Log 7 2 Self Assessment Checklist 7 3 Fall Protection Audit Form 8 0 Appendix 8 1 Definitions and Terms REVISED June 2007 Table of Contents Page 1 of 2 Kiewit Companies Fall Solutions Manual TABLE OF CONTENTS Section B Applications 1 0 Applications 2 0 VVall Form Systems 3 0 Bottom Deck and Leading Edge Work 4 0 Placing Bridge Overhang Forms 5 0 Column Forms 6 0 High Capacity Falsework 7 0 Falsedeck 8 0 Crossbeams 9 0 Precast and Steel Girder Work 10 0 Sheet Pile and Cofferdams 11 0 Wood Falsework and Driven Pile 12 0 Safety Nets Section C FAQ s Updates Company Directives 1 0 OSHA Regulations Comparison California Oregon Washington 2 0 Answers to Fall Protection Cliffnotes 3 0 Competent Person Equipment Inspection MSAFP 4 0 Miller Edge Fall Protection System 5 0 Miller Edge Test Certification 6 0 Garlock Portable Railing System 7 0 Use of External SofStop with Self Retracting Lifelines 8 0 Lanyard Snap Hook and HLL Cable Compatibility REVISED June 2007 Table of Contents Page 2 of 2 Ki
131. and elevated work task should be examined completely Outside of specific personal fall arrest equipment and its anchorage planning what to do after a fall occurs is often overlooked or left up to a rescue operation Much can be done to eliminate the injuries incurred after a worker falls as well as devising methods that allow the worker a means of self rescue THE WRITTEN FALL PROTECTION PROGRAM As an employer we must provide fall protection for everyone on the job and make sure all walking and working surfaces will safely support all of our employees The first step in doing this is the development and communication of a fall protection program A fall protection program should include at least the following Management s commitment leadership and employee involvement Full worksite analysis Hazard prevention and control measures Safety training Accident investigation Accountability and enforcement and Rescue procedures Ce The true purpose of the program is to identify manage and control all fall hazards by eliminating them with fall prevention methods The written fall protection program needs to address how we will manage and control existing fall hazards The written program can be very detailed or rather simple and direct depending on job site exposures C UNDERSTANDING AND CALCULATING FALL ARREST FORCES Elements of a Fall Hazard If we consider that a hazard is the potential to incur harm what is it about falling
132. and spacing depend on the distance between girders and must be analyzed on a case by case basis A set of standard specifications for falsedecks can be found in the company shoring manuals Be sure to know the potential loading light medium or heavy taking into consideration materials personnel and any equipment Also know allowable gaps and plywood attachment details A horizontal lifeline may be attached to the girder to provide an anchorage during the placing and stripping of the falsedeck Fall protection equipment while walking girders is not required after the falsedeck and overhangs are installed provided that the fall distance is less than 6 feet to the inside of the spans Fall protection equipment is required during the falsedeck stripping operation or if there are any openings greater than 6 in the falsedeck Falsedeck Double Joists at Plywood Seams Double joist at plywood seams A Falsedeck Installation and Removal The following guidelines are to be used in the preparation of the Fall Protection Plan for this type of operation 1 Install horizontal lifelines per company policy 2 Connecting to the horizontal lifelines during the installation and removal of the falsedeck is required REVISED June 2007 Section B Policy 7 0 Page 1 of 4 Kiewit Companies Fall Solutions Manual 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Only the fall protection equipment specified in the Plan may be used
133. andling and storage of equipment and materials and the erection of overhead protection and Therole of employees in fall protection plans REVISED June 2007 Section A Policy 2 0 Page 6 of 7 Kiewit Companies Fall Solutions Manual Certification of training shall verify compliance by preparing a written certification record The job specific written certification record shall contain the name of the trainer s with support details identity of the Authorized Person trained the date s of the training and the signature of the person who conducted the training All documentation for design inspection and training sessions shall be kept on file at the job site Training is an effective way to continually remind employees of the hazards and will lead to creative ways to eliminate possible hazards Training shall be done for each fall exposure to ensure buy in and compliance Retraining will be conducted when there is reason to believe an affected Authorized Person who has already been trained does not have the understanding and skill required It is recommended that re training be provided to all Authorized Persons anytime there is a change in the work plan and at least on a bi annual basis regardless of proficiency Circumstances where retraining is required include but are not limited to Changes in the workplace render previous training obsolete or Changes in the types of fall protection systems or equipment to be used rende
134. anyards Example 2 The following is based on a 220 pound man free falling 2 feet into a nylon rope lanyard Velocity S 2 32 2 ft s Q ft 11 35 ft s Average FAF 220 Ibs 11 35 ft s 32 2 ft s 05s 1 550 pounds The resulting fall arrest force in this example is 1 550 pounds which is within OSHA s requirements What variable did we change We minimized the free fall distance which in turn reduced the fall arrest force to within acceptable limits Another way to reduce the FAF on a worker is to reduce the weight of that worker Unfortunately weight will be the most difficult variable to control One way of reducing the weight would be to carry only those tools necessary for the task REVISED June 2007 Section A Policy 6 0 Page 12 of 30 Kiewit Companies Fall Solutions Manual The last variable we can control is stopping time If we can increase the amount of time it takes to bring our free falling employee to a complete stop then we can decrease the average FAF We do this by increasing the stopping distance through the use of a shock absorber or raising the height of the anchorage Example 3 The following is based on a 220 pound man free falling 2 feet into a nylon rope lanyard with an integral shock absorber Velocity 2 4 2 32 2 ft s7 2 t 11 35 ft s Average FAF 220 Ibs 11 35 ft s 32 2 ft s7 09s 861 pounds In conclusion by reducing the weight minimizing the free fall distan
135. apable of positioning base plates and installing portable railing systems according to manufacturers instructions 15 DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING A Store products in manufacturer s unopened packaging until ready for installation 05520 1 REVISED June 2007 Section C Policy 6 0 Page 1 of 5 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 1 MANUFACTURERS A Acceptable Manufacturer Garlock Equipment Company 2601 Niagara Lane Plymouth MN 55447 ASD Te1 800 328 9522 Fax 763 553 1093 Email sales garlockequip com Web www railguard net Substitutions Not permitted Requests for substitutions will be considered in accordance with provisions of Section 01600 2 2 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A Structural Performance Comply with requirements of applicable local state and federal codes Structural performance of top rails and supports 1 Capable of withstanding a concentrated load of 200 pounds 90 6 kg applied to the top rail at any point and in any direction 2 Capable of withstanding a uniform load of 50 pounds per linear foot 74 3 kg m applied to the top rail horizontally with a simultaneous load of 100 pounds per linear foot 148 6 kg m applied vertically downward 3 Design need not provide for both concentrated and uniform loads to be applied concurrently Structural performance of railing infill 1 Capable of vvithstanding a horizontal concentrated load of 200 pounds 90 6 kg applied to one foot 30 5mm square area at
136. aphooks are locking type with a self closing self locking keeper which remains closed and locked until unlocked and pressed open for connection or disconnection The use of a non locking snaphook as part of personal fall arrest systems and positioning device systems is prohibited Steep Roof a roof having a slope greater than 4 in 12 vertical to horizontal Total Fall Distance the sum of free fall distance and deceleration distance plus any elongation of the system or anchor This should include lifeline stretch if applicable Unprotected Sides and Edges any side or edge except at entrances to points of access of a walking working surface e g floor roof ramp or runway where there is no wall or guardrail system at least 42 inches 1 0 m high Warning Line System a barrier erected on a roof to warn employees that they are approaching an unprotected roof side or edge and which designates an area in which roofing work may take place without the use of guardrail body harness or safety net systems to protect employees in the area REVISED June 2007 Section A Policy 8 0 Page 3 of 3 Kiewit Companies Fall Solutions Manual 1 0 APPLICATIONS Section B illustrates several common fall prevention protection systems used in specific work applications and should be used as a guide when planning work where employees are potentially exposed to fall hazards A careful well planned analysis should be made to choose the be
137. ar Body Wear The person mg equipm me mortar E full body h REVISED Tune 2007 Section A Policy 6 1 Page 10 of 19 Personal Fall Arrest Systems mu mmm V Anchorage e Body e Connector Body Harnesses Need to be inspected frequently daily before use by the worker at least monthly by a Competent Person Should never be modified e Should be taken out of service immediately if defective or exposed to an impact REVISED June 2007 Section A Policy 6 1 Page 11 of 19 REVISED June 2007 through the keeper 6 Easy Steps That Could Save Your Life How To Don A Harness 2 Step Step 2 Step 3 Step 4 Step 5 Step 6 Hold harness by back If chest leg and or Slip straps over Pull leg straps between Connect chest strap and After all straps have D ring Shake harness waist straps are buckled shoulders so D ring is legs and connect to position in midchest been buckled tighten all to allow straps to fall release straps and located in middle of opposite end Repeat area Tighten to keep buckles so that harness in place unbuckle at this time back between shoulder with second leg strap shoulder straps taut fits snug but allows full blades If belted harness connect waist strap after leg straps Adjustment Buckle Types Friction Buckle Mating Buckle Tongue Buckle To adjust the friction buckle To connect the mating The tongue buckle works simply pass the webbing buckle push the center bar similar t
138. arness and connecting means between the harness and an anchorage or anchorage connector Such connecting means may consist of a lanyard energy shock absorber fall arrester rope grab lifeline self retracting lanyard or qualified combinations of these Systems that include a series of tie backs triangulating the load will require engineered methodology and cannot automatically be considered a PFAS The Suspension configuration permits workers to sit and work safely while elevated Unlike the fall arrest configuration the suspension configuration distributes the worker s weight on areas of the body capable of bearing that weight for extended periods A suspension system is designed to raise or lower and support a worker at an elevated work station The connecting points of the system such as shoulder or seat strap D rings are NOT designed to properly distribute the impact forces that result in arresting a free fall A suspension system alone cannot be relied upon to provide proper fall arrest protection The worker must be properly attached to an independent fall arrest system if a free fall is possible A Restraint System is an assembly of components and subsystems including the necessary connectors used to restrict the user s motion so as to prevent reaching a location where a fall hazard exists A Positioning System includes the user s harness and connecting means between the harness and an anchorage or anchorage connector Such conn
139. at occur during the normal course of work Damage includes such things as dents depressions in the metal nicks gashes in the metal cracks fissures in the metal excessive wear wear which may affect strength or function broken welds corrosion and missing pieces Damage is usually caused through improper transport handling and use of equipment a Defect A defect is a basic deficiency in the composition of a component that usually results from an improperly performed manufacturing process Defects are rarely found because equipment design is qualified before production and inspection is performed throughout the manufacturing process REVISED June 2007 Section C Policy 3 0 Page 29 of 34 Competent Person Equipment Inspection a Alteration Alteration is the deliberate modification of a piece of equipment by a user No field alterations by users are permissible even if they appear to improve the performance of a component REMEMBER NO FIELD ALTERATIONS OF EQUIPMENT ARE PERMISSIBLE Informal And Formal Inspection Procedures Inspect the fall arrester before you install it on the safety rail Make sure that all labels are present and legible Test each moving part to see that it moves correctly and freely Make sure that no part is excessively worn is missing or has been altered Then install the fall arrester on the safety rail Test the fall arrester locking action at least three 3 times on the bottom section of safety
140. at least two Anchorages for a Self Retracting Lifeline SRL shall withstand a tensile load of 3 000 Ibs statically applied directly to the point of SRL line connection to the SRL drum Body Harness A full body harness is a design of straps which contains the torso and is secured about the user in a manner to distribute the arresting forces over the torso and thighs with a means for attaching other components of a personal fall arrest system Attachments for restraint retrieval or positioning may be included Connectors Connectors come in many shapes sizes and forms A connector is a component or element used to join together parts of a system or components within a system They serve a variety of purposes and may be a separate and distinct component such as a carabineer or an integral part of a component such as a snaphook spliced into a lanyard The term integral means not removable without mutilating any part of the component or without the use of special tools Examples Snaphooks carabineers D rings buckles grommets strap collars adjusters O rings Deceleration Device A deceleration device is any mechanism which serves to dissipate energy during a fall Examples of deceleration devices are rip stitch friction rope grab tearing and deforming lanyards APPLICATIONS Before any fall protection systems can be utilized a qualified person must inspect the workplace and determine if identified hazards can either be eliminated or
141. ate shock absorber in conjunction with SRL s This recommendation is application specific due to the ability of the cable e To come in contact with the perimeter edge To see a 90 bend this reduces the strength of the wire rope by approximately 50 e To see potential fall arrest forces in excess of the cable sheer strength the SofStop shock absorber will keep the forces below the sheer strength of the wire rope As stated above the potential for pendulum swing fall may exist for this application It is the responsibility of the user and or employer to be sure that contact with the lower level or with obstructions in the users path do not exist Such hazards could cause serious injury or death Employee training on the proper selection use and care of personal fall arrest equipment is necessary prior to using fall arrest equipment The training should make the users aware of how to recognize existing and potential fall hazards and how to eliminate prevent or control these hazards Elimination could be in the form of engineering out the hazard prevention could be a restraint or passive system and control would be the use of personal fall arrest systems Training on identification of potential hazards that could result from the use or misuse of certain types of fall arrest equipment should also be covered REVISED June 2007 Section C Policy 7 0 Page 2 of 4 Kiewit Companies Fall Solutions Manual LLER Bac u Dalloz
142. ate the handle counterclockwise to pay line out Then rotate the handle clockwise to check for proper line retrieval A clicking sound indicates that line retrieval is functioning correctly Remove the product from use and return it to your supervisor REVISED June 2007 Section C Policy 3 0 Page 22 of 34 Competent Person Equipment Inspection if no clicking sound is heard Pull on the hoist line to make sure the braking system functions No more than one foot of line should be extracted when you perform this check Examine the handle drive shaft and housing for cracks bends dents and nicks which might impair function Check for corrosion and broken welds and remove the device from use if these conditions are found Make sure that all labels are present and legible Using fingers check that all bolts and nuts on the housing and installation bracket are tight If necessary tighten them Check that the impact load indicator pin on the drum axle nut is not protruding from the nut This pin indicates whether the hoist has experienced a dynamic load sufficient to activate the internal energy absorption mechanism If the pin is protruding remove the hoist from use Check the optional emergency drive if provided The emergency drive pin should be present If it is not the emergency drive has been activated and the hoist should be removed from use If using the boom mount hoist inspect the extension frame and anchorage hook for cracks ben
143. b so BIUION IED sp4epuels uono loid 23 VHSO l uononnsuoo 10 uonoejoJd 2 9261 HAD 62 VHSO Ie19ped 9t JO Ey ABE 01 ollod O uonoes v J0 6 Bed spiepueis ejeiS YM PUE HO Y3 0 pareduiog 184 009 9261 VHSO Ie19pe 2002 eunf 0381 4 51461 Uu 977 suonnios Ajayeg 124 5113 5002 s ndde 1091 200 767 uoBeuo ul sem 4 209 92618 SALON 260 e pinom asn 1194 Au 10 ajqiseajul ose s u Ayayes 10 suiejs s 159 UEL jeuosJed spre1pjen6 sulejs s uonoejoJd UEL jeuonueAuoo Jo esn v AYM suose BY jueuinoop 245 uejd uonoejoud ile eu c pJezeu ga e aa asn 1194 uM Jo ajqiseajul ee surejs s Sjeu Ajajes Jo suiejs s soe UEL jeuos1ed suiejs s suiejs s uonoejoud jeuonueAuoo Jo esn y Suoseal y jueuinoop eus uejd uorejo4d ile eu L S OIZ0S 9Z6T s ndde 1091 600 2 uoBeuo ul pejeede sem 4 209 92619 ALON Ueleg juejeduioo u jo Ajuepi eui jueuinoop 245 uejd eu 405 juejeduuoo e jo uoisijedns 3y jepun q eys uejd uonoe3oJd ile BY jo uoneyueuue duur eu p uosJed juejeduuoo e jo 401511 5 y jepun aq j eus ued uonoejoJd ile eu jo uonejueuiejduir eu OLGvZ S81 96Z OVA eouerduioo nsu o suiejs s pue uornoejoud ile
144. b supervision shall provide fall prevention and protection measures for the entire operation where fall exposures exist Planning with this requirement in mind will allow the numerous steps of prestressed girder deck work to be performed safely and efficiently Any work area requiring fall prevention and protection as described above shall be barricaded or have access restricted by some means so the area is not readily accessible to non essential or untrained workers A sign at the entrance to the work area should to be installed and state DANGER Fall Hazard Area Fall Arrest Equipment Required Beyond This Point REVISED June 2007 Section B Policy 9 0 Page 5 of 5 Kiewit Companies Fall Solutions Manual 10 0 SHEET PILE AND COFFERDAMS A Set cofferdam frames to proper elevation with the top frame above the water or use a separate threading frame B Drive pipe pile studs to achieve good bearing support C Bolt or weld the frames securely to the four 4 pipe pile studs D Thread position the first pair of sheets in the proper location A drop hammer hairpin or vibratory hammer should be used to insert the pair of sheets securely into the soils for support and stability E At this point in time the single pair of sheets is properly located and partially driven to provide adequate support The employee will then use a manlift or other means of access which will eliminate any fall exposure to assist in threading additiona
145. bbing back through the buckle a second time If this is not done the webbing will slip free of the buckle under load The double pass buckle frame appears similar to the single pass buckle frame However the slots in the double pass frame are larger in proportion to the thickness of webbing passed through them and accordingly the buckle does not develop as much frictional resistance to slippage Adjusters An adjuster is a connector element used to shorten or lengthen a strap webbing or rope Adjusters are always used as an integral element of a component never as a separate component They must have a corrosion resistant surface finish that is free of burrs pits sharp edges and roughness that would damage materials that interface with them Adjusters are most commonly used in lanyards The type of adjuster used in a component depends on the material from which the component is made Adjusters designed for use with rope lanyards consist of an oval ring to permit the user to shorten or lengthen a lanyard to the desired working length Strap lanyards employ a rectangular adjuster similar in shape to a fixed bar single pass friction buckle but which is sized to fit the lanyard Adjusters are also used in harnesses to adjust the length of various straps Most commonly used are friction buckles to permit adjustment of shoulder straps and chest straps The shoulder strap adjuster is usually a single pass friction buckle Depending on the manufactu
146. be secured to an anchorage capable of supporting at least twice the potential impact load of an employee s fall or 3 000 pounds whichever is greater REVISED October 2010 Section A Policy 3 0 Page 13 of 13 Kiewit Companies Fall Solutions Manual 4 0 POST FALL AND RESCUE Prolonged suspension from fall arrest systems can cause serious physical injury or death Research indicates that suspension in a fall arrest device can result in unconsciousness followed by death in less than 15 minutes This is why a fall rescue plan is so critical To reduce the risk associated with prolonged suspension in fall arrest systems plans to prevent prolonged suspension should be developed during the workplace assessment phase The plan should include procedures for preventing prolonged suspension identifying signs of suspension trauma and performing rescue and treatment as quickly as possible To ensure prompt rescue materials needed to affect a rescue shall be clearly identified on the fall protection work plan and staged in the work area Miller Fall Protection introduced the Relief Step Safety Device which is designed to assist a worker suspended in a full body harness avoid the effects of orthostatic intolerance suspension trauma The Relief Step easily deploys when the worker activates a clearly marked tab The worker inserts one foot into the web loop step enabling them to alternate between standing and hanging while awaiting rescue
147. body to receive an object and when released automatically closes to retain the object Different sizes of carabiner are available As with snaphooks the size of a carabiner is specified as the width of the gate opening A self locking carabiner usually has a round spring loaded sleeve which engages the nose of the carabiner and then rotates automatically to a locked position This rotation of the gate sleeve is why self locking carabiners are often called twist lock carabiners The tip of the body called the carabiner nose or simply the nose interfaces with the gate to keep two objects connected within the carabiner interior Figure 2 The trapezoidal shaped part of the carabiners is referred to as the carabiner body or simply the body The carabiner is normally an independent component that may be used to connect two other components together However carabiners may be a permanent integral part of a component by means of attachment through an eye created by inserting a pin across the lower bearing point D Rin D rings are always used as integral parts of a component never as independent components A D ring is a connector used integrally in a lanyard energy absorber lifeline anchorage connector or as an attachment element in a harness An attachment element is a connector that is integral to a harness usually an O ring to provide a means for attachment of other components The D ring consists of a metal ring and a separa
148. care inspecting all connectors and if any question about the condition exists remove the product from use Any equipment which is removed from service must be tagged to identity it as not to be used and turned over to a designated Competent Person per Federal OSHA for more thorough inspection and disposition Maintenance and storage of connectors which are integral to components is described in the lessons dealing with those components Maintenance and storage of connectors which are independent components such as carabiners is described later in this lesson General Inspection Rules There are several general rules that must be followed regarding the inspection maintenance and storage of connectors as well as the other equipment components and systems used for safety at heights 1 Comply with all manufacturer instructions Such instructions should be accessible by the user 2 Equipment shall be inspected by the user before each use and additionally by someone other than the user usually a designated Competent Person per Federal OSHA Inspection intervals should not exceed one year for general industry or six months for the construction industry as recommended by ANSI standards 3 Inspection criteria pass or fail shall equal or exceed the criteria established by industry standard governmental regulation or the manufacturer s instructions 4 In addition to the inspection requirements set forth in the manufacturer s instructi
149. ce and maximizing the amount of time taken to stop we can reduce the average FAF to within acceptable limits Note The times 05 and 09 seconds are examples ONLY Actual stopping time is dependent on the amount of stretch provided by a given lanyard All lanyards will have a different amount of stretch based on the type diameter and condition of material as well as the specific construction of a given style of lanyard CALCULATING FREE FALL DISTANCE AND TOTAL FALL CLEARANCE OSHA states that personal fall arrest systems shall be designed and used such that an employee can neither free fall more than 6 feet nor come in contact with any lower level Limiting free fall to 6 feet is not as simple as using 6 foot or 4 foot lanyards Example 1 An employee is wearing a full body harness with the D ring positioned 5 feet above the floor attached is a 6 foot lanyard If the employee attaches the lanyard to an anchor point at his feet and falls over the open sided floor he will be exposed to a free fall of approximately 11 feet D ring Height 5 Feet From working surface Lanyard Length 6 Feet Anchor Point Height 0 Feet From working surface Total FREE FALL Distance 11 Feet Violates OSHA Law Example 2 An employee is wearing a full body harness with the D ring positioned 5 feet above the floor attached is a 6 foot lanyard If the employee attaches the lanyard to an anchor point 6 foot above the floor and falls over an open sided floor
150. competent person to be undamaged and suitable for reuse e Employer must provide for prompt rescue in the event of a fall e All equipment must be inspected before each use e Any component exhibiting deformities unusual wear or deterioration must be immediately discarded This product is designed for personal fall protection Never use fall protection equipment for purposes other than which it is designed e Never use fall protection equipment for towing or hoisting e Always check for obstructions below the work area to make certain the potential fall path is clear e Use only compatible locking snap hooks or locking carabiners with this product e Use only approved Miller hardware with this product Do not attempt to move the unit while workers are attached Do not use unit on uneven or sloped surfaces greater than 5 from the horizontal REVISED June 2007 Section C Policy 4 0 Page 2 of 11 B LIMITATIONS The Miller Edge is intended for use on horizontal surfaces or surfaces with lt 5 grade The following limitations must be read understood and followed before installation can take place REVISED June 2007 FLOOR STRUCTURE The structure to which the unit is used must be no less than 5 8 15 9mm thick plywood and capable of supporting the weight of the system and the loads applied by the system in event of a fall The surface must be even and no greater than a 5 grade from horizontal SYSTEM CAPACI
151. connected to the unit INSTALLATION DISTANCE Minimum installation distance from the front of the unit to the leading edge is 2 ft Minimum installation distance from the side of the unit to the side leading edge is 3 ft Ref fig 10 CONNECTORS Connectors used within the system must be able to support a minimum of 5 000 Ibs Non approved non compatible components may cause accidental disengagement roll out Only self locking self closing connectors are recommended by Dalloz Fall Protection SURFACE GRADE The Miller Edge is designed for use on horizontal surfaces or surfaces than a 596 elevation Warning Do not use on surfaces greater than 596 elevation WORKING DISTANCE The maximum working distance forward measuring from the vertical boom is 26 ft The maximum working distance from the side of the unit measuring from the vertical boom is 12 ft Ref figure 10 WARNING DO NOT EXCEED WORKING DISTANCE REQUIREMENTS ANCHORAGE HEIGHT To determine the anchorage height of the unit measure from the eyebolt to the surface the unit is supported with Ref fig 9 Section C Policy 4 0 Page 3 of 11 ll INSTALLATION Before installation it is recommended that the support structure meets or exceeds requirements specified in General Requirements Part B Limitations Before installation of this equipment User must read and understand all instructions and carefully inspect all equipment to ensure that it is in usable condition
152. crushed kinked and bent wire rope Maintenance of Lanyards Maintenance of lanyards involves cleaning and storing them according to the following guidelines Dust dirt and foreign matter should be removed by wiping them away with a damp sponge The surface of the rope or webbing can then be scrubbed using warm water and a mild soap solution Once cleaned lanyards should be wiped dry with a clean cloth and hung to dry indoors away from direct exposure to sunlight or high heat You should never use strong solvents or harsh abrasive cleaners to remove such contaminants as grease from a lanyard They will cause permanent damage to the material Before using any products you must always read and follow the manufacturer s instructions and labels included with those products including the ones described here Inspecting Energy Absorbers As with any component of a fall arrest system pre use inspection by the user and inspection by a competent person at least once a year are required The connectors and other elements connected to the energy absorber should be inspected according to the instructions presented elsewhere in this course REVISED June 2007 Section C Policy 3 0 Page 20 of 34 Competent Person Equipment Inspection Inspect all areas on the cover of the energy absorber The cover should not be torn or damaged A slight tear at one end of the cover is an indication that a mild fall may have occurred If such a tear is found
153. ctor of 3 feet is recommended In order to correctly calculate the TOTAL fall clearance you must know the following Height of employee Length of lanyard Deceleration Distance Expansion of shock absorber Height of anchorage Extension of anchorage connector Cross arm strap etc Safety factor Amount of deflection if using a horizontal lifeline s SV eU REVISED June 2007 Section A Policy 6 0 Page 14 of 30 Kiewit Companies Fall Solutions Manual Free Fall Distance for various Shock Absorbing Lanyard lengths and Elevations or Anchorage Connection Point Length of Shock Absorbing Lanyard Distance of Anchorage Connection Point Above or 6 s 4 y Below Harness Fall Arrest D Ring 3 3 2 1 0 2 4 3 2 1 1 5 4 3 2 0 6 5 4 3 1 7 6 5 4 2 8 7 6 5 3 9 8 7 6 4 10 9 8 5 11 10 6 12 TOTAL FREE FALL DISTANCE Does not include deceleration distance maximum 3 5 feet Fall distance is not always measured from the working surface to the ground because the ground is not always the closest object beneath the working platform If there is any type of obstruction in the fall path of the worker the available clearance is measured to the top of that obstruction Sometimes these distances can be very short whereby the use of 4 or 6 lanyards would be impractical Obstructions often encountered beneath the working platform are exposed rebar scaffold tubing
154. d Ile VHSO 911S Domp Deg AO uOono loid 123 9261 HAD 62 VHSO 9t JO gE eBeg 01 ollod O uonoes ev 10 pe abed spiepueis ejeis YM PUE HO Y3 0 pareduiog suoneinbeg 184 009 9261 VHSO Ie19pe 2002 eunf 0381 4 Pamasay 51461 Uu 017 suonnios Ajayeg 112 5113 5002 seidde zosz 00 v uoDeiQ ul l u pue 6 209 92618 31ON peAoulel Eus yom S AED yeu usij duioo9e oj iesseoeu y JO uomod jeu Ajuo eld aye o yom eBpe Butpee Jo Buiepyouq MOIS eq peeu inq eoe d ul eJe suiejs s reprenB eJeuM sjooJ pue sJoojj UO s b zos 9zet seidde Z0SZ 00 Ler uoBeJQ ul u pue B zO0S 92618 3LON sele BE101S pue sesle Buljpuey ss ooe Jo sjulod UE eso oue oj Alessadau se peDiejue eq 25 seuoz sseooe pejoguoo suonejedo pueuu Ao BuruuiBeq au solid eoejd ul jou eje suiejs s einen eJeuw sjooJ pue sJooj UQ v b zos 9zet seijdde Z0SZ 00 v uoDeiQ ul pejeedeu l u pue 6 209 92618 31ON INN 987 spunod ooz JO ulB5u ns BupjeeJq uinuuiuluui e eAeu eus eut uoe3 qme b eos 9zer s dde 2092 600 6 ul pejeedeu l u pue B zos 92618 31ON Seuoul Gp uey jou s utod s uBiu S pue ea
155. d incident occurs all related work shall stop and this Plan shall be reviewed to determine if additional practices or training is required so as to prevent a similar fall or incident in the future The District Manager District Safety Manager and Job Sponsor must be notified immediately of any such occurrence INSTRUCTION OF AUTHORIZED DESIGNATED PERSONNEL The following employees have been instructed in the provisions and requirements of this Fall Protection Plan and are authorized to work in the specified area s Name Craft Signature Date REVISED June 2007 Section A Policy 5 0 Page 5 of 6 5 2 FALL PROTECTION PROTECTION WORK PLAN Kiewit Companies Fall Prevention Protection Work Plan Page of Operation Specific Location of Worksite Date Prepared By Competent Person Identify fall hazards in work area Specific fall prevention or protection methods for workers exposed to a fall hazard Standard Guardrail top mid amp toeboard Double lanyard system Horizontal lifeline Anchorage capable of 500016 load Restraint Line Vertical lifeline Boon lift Designated Operator Required Scissor lift Safety Nets Other specify Check equipment to be used Full body harness Shock Absorbing lanyard Fall Limiter Positioning lanyard Retractable lifeline check certification Rope Cable grab Describe procedure for assembly maintenance
156. d severe heat and cold should be considered carefully before equipment is chosen All fall protection equipment should be inspected prior to its first use and every use thereafter All employees using fall protection must be trained in the proper use maintenance and care of the equipment prior to being assigned work at heights Minimizing the time between a fall occurrence and medical attention of the employee is vitally important A thorough rescue program should be established prior to using any fall protection equipment or system Provisions must be made for a prompt rescue within 15 minutes should a fall occur Rescue procedures should be reviewed on a regular basis as part of the project s overall safety training and hazard analysis reviews Always read instructions and warnings contained on and in the product packaging before using any fall protection equipment Copies of instructions and warnings must be on site and used for training When using a full body harness connecting devices should be attached directly to the D ring located on the back side of the harness which should be positioned between the shoulder blades Always keep free fall distance to 6 feet or less Always try to attach to an anchor point at or above the level of the back D ring Always calculate fall clearances prior to starting work to ensure employees attach to an anchor high enough to ensure that no lower level is struck if in the event of a fall from an eleva
157. d the potential impacts of injuries Employees must also understand safety policies and procedures and what their individual role and responsibility is within those policies This allows for a more personal REVISED June 2007 Section A Policy 5 0 Page 2 of 6 Kiewit Companies Fall Solutions Manual approach to compliance through planning training and understanding A cooperative effort will achieve greater success as opposed to one that requires strict enforcement It is the responsibility of the Superintendent Foreman and competent person if different to implement the Fall Protection Plan They are responsible for observational safety inspections of their work operations and the enforcement of safety policies and procedures When presented with a safety concern by an employee potentially affected by this Plan the superintendent foreman and competent person will immediately stop work and institute corrective actions It is the responsibility of the employee to understand and adhere to the procedures within this Plan and to follow the supervisor s instructions PLAN REASONING The use of standard guardrail systems safety nets or conventional fall arrest systems are infeasible for this operation 1 Guardrail systems are infeasible because they would prevent the employee from performing the operation The guardrail would need to be placed along the circumference of both the inside and outside of the top of the column walkway This
158. deuBeued eut jo euejuo Jong 2 sjeeui uiejs s jre4pjenB y p piAoid 3uBreu youl Gp ay peeoxe Aew do ap 1uBIeu au 3u amp ueM suonipuoo U uAA A BupjsomyBupyjem eu e oqe w g seuoui snuluu Jo snid w seuoui Zp q eus si quu uu uiejs s Jo spes do jo 1uBreu do T 4 zOS 9Z6T 1S911V 1lE4 uon5 loid Z291 6991 uonoe104d 09 0099701 H49 I 112 30A UON ONYSUOD 1 2 Hed OVA 951 962 4 1deuo 12 IN uoisiAIpqnS uononasuo2 AIG reg SHO 1123 pz 60S1 7091 suoniugea z AHY uoyulysem EIUJOJII 2 sp4epuels uono loid 23 VHSO l Domp neu AO UO D9 O1d 12 9261 HAD 62 VHSO IEJoped 9t JO LZ eBegd 0 ollod O uonoes Zv Jo L Bed spiepueis 8121S YM PUE HO V 0 pareduiog 184 009 9261 VHSO Ie19pe 2002 eunf 0381 4 51461 Uu 977 suonnios Ajayeg 124 5113 5002 S IPJDILU JO SIE doy se Deen eq jou ieys Buipueq onsejd pue Burpueq ae 81 4 170S 9ZC6T paezeu uono lo1d e ejninisuoo jou s op Bueuje o uons e1euw 1deoxe s sod jeuruue y jou Jeus sjreJpiuu pue spes do ile jo spue eu L 2 41C0S 9ZC6T Tenau uour 9 Aq uour T seo je JO eq eus sileipiyy 1 quu ui do y jo epis eui pue sjsod y JO episui eui o uonisod dn ef
159. ds dents and nicks which might impair strength Make sure the pulley at the tip of the extension frame rotates freely and is not excessively worn Inspect and maintain the hoist line and swivel snaphook carefully according to the detailed instructions form the manufacturer Maintenance of the hoist is limited to cleaning of the housing using a damp sponge Never immerse the hoist in water to clean or rinse it The hoist should be stored in a clean dry place indoors If stored for an extended length of time the hoist should be inspected periodically During storage never let the hoist rest on concrete surfaces as ingredients in the concrete can corrode the hoist Before use after extended storage it should be inspected by a competent person Inspecting the Fall Arrester and Lifeline To inspect the fall arrester figure 10 carefully examine both sides of the housing Make sure that all labels are present and legible Make sure that the housing is free of dents cracks deformations and corrosion that could affect its performance Make sure that the sheave and the two rollers rotate freely The cam should not move freely If you push it firmly it should snap over to the roller in the direction you push Check that the cam will move in this manner toward each of the two rollers Figure 10 After installing the fall arrester on the lifeline and before using the system test the fall arrester s function Grasp the carabiner connec
160. ds A10 32 2004 Standard REVISED June 2007 Section A Policy 6 0 Page 11 of 30 Kiewit Companies Fall Solutions Manual FALL FORCE CALCULATIONS VERTICAL Fall Arrest Force s FAF s The following equations provide a relatively simple way to calculate the average fall arresting force FAF a worker will be exposed to in the event of a fall Average Fall Arresting Force Weight Velocity Gravity Time Weight Weight of the worker Measured in pounds Time Stopping time From initial deceleration to completed fall arrest Velocity 2 gravity height Gravity 32 2ft s Height Free fall distance of the worker measured in feet Example 1 The following is based on a 220 pound man free falling 6 feet into a nylon rope lanyard We must first calculate the velocity This is done using the above equation factoring in our 6 foot free fall and the pull of gravity Velocity 2 32 2 ft s 6 ft 19 65ft s Now utilizing our average FAF equation we calculate the force generated in the above example For our example we have estimated the stopping time associated with a 6 foot nylon rope lanyard to be 05 seconds This estimate is based on actual lab tests Average FAF 220 Ibs 19 65 ft s 32 2 ft s 05s 2 685 pounds The fall arrest force in this example is 2 685 pounds which exceeds OSHA s allowable Maximum Arresting Force of 1 800 pounds This is why Kiewit does NOT allow rope l
161. ds then the anchor point must be capable of supporting 2 800 pounds This is a safety factor of two 2 which OSHA requires Following is information that should assist the qualified person in engineering anchor points Steel members should be used for anchor points whenever possible Expanded anchor points have been successfully used in pre cast operations but should be inspected by a qualified person Through bolts and plate washers should be inspected by a qualified person Additional systems that can be used as anchor points include shackles turnbuckles imbeds eyebolts beam clamps and slings or cross over straps and should include stamped drawings with load ratings of all components Note Any components used in a fall protection system shall not have been previously used for other job tasks All components must be rated for the design of the system Crosby USA and or Forged manufactures are recommended for components LOCATION The proper location of anchor points is critical to the employee s safety in the event of a fall In order to avoid all hazards the following guidelines should be followed The anchor point should limit the fall to the shortest possible distance must limit free fall to 6 feet The anchor point should be located above the employee s head when engineered lifelines are used consideration should be given to waist level tie off Installation of anchor points near electrical lines or
162. dun yum sjoo1 edo s wo uo S HATOE Huyoos ul s ndde 091 600 eefKo duue uoee uonoes 541 Jo q ydesBesed u pepi oud Zep uoBeuo ul p qp d z se q gc oZ6l JO IIV ALON esiwieujo se 1d ox3 Syool adojs mo7 uo JOM BUHOOM 01 4 7T0S 9C61 014 109 9261 seijdde 10S1 00 JEE uoBeiQ ul pejeed j Sew q LOS 9261 JO IIV 3LON seidde L 0SL g00 ped siu jo SP OHEOS 1 uedqns Aq p lelnB 1 4 y uoB ioO ul pejeedei sem q 09 9261 JO IIV ALON ase spjoyeos uo suonejedo Bulkejyoug 9 ON 1191515 ysoue ej 2 05 Jo 5 5 jeu 5 6 5 e Aq Bue Woy eq 25 Bubuo eie Kou seidde 1091 600 UoIuM uo eoeuns Buruow Bupjew JO je e Y MoJeq Zp ul payeedas se q V09 9Z61 JO IIV ALON wo gz seuour OL uey aow Bulyoeas old l uoe3 1 6 4 TOS 9Z6T SUOZ SSO paj oJuoo Ul YIOM IPUS JO suiejs s 1S L E UEL jeuosJed suiejs s jeu Ajajes suiejs s Aq Bule wos peyoejoud eq 25 sjo e JO W 87 7294 9 uo pue seydde L0GL 00 pueuje o Buruuojied ee ojduie uoee uono s Zp ul se q LOS 9261 JO IIV ALON s u Jo q ul siwu u o se 1de2x3 0 6
163. e installed on the top of the girder When the horizontal lifeline can not be installed at a height greater than 36 written Job Sponsor approval is required The lifeline should be installed on the REVISED June 2007 Section B Policy 9 0 Page 1 of 5 Kiewit Companies Fall Solutions Manual ground prior to girder erection and should be used for each phase of the work All elevated lifelines must be an engineered system compatible with the application Tie Off Bracket 36 inches minimum or approval by the Job Sponsor or other manager as designated by the District Manager is required B Erection of Prestressed Girders Erection of prestressed girders presents fall hazards associated with the following aspects of the operation 1 2 Preparation work at the crossbeams or falsework Rigging the girder at the transport vehicle Setting girders into position on the crossbeam or falsework Crossbracing gut wrapping and installing diaphragm resteel Disconnecting the rigging on the girder Preparation Preparation work on the crossbeams or falsework such as setting bearing pads grinding seats installing shims etc should be performed within a work area enclosed by a proper scaffold and guardrail system When the work area cannot be enclosed with a complete guardrail an engineered horizontal lifeline system should be installed When the hazards associated with an elevated lifeline outweigh the benefits
164. e sued in state court by the employee for willful negligence Which regulation or standard should you follow and when This document compares Federal CFR 1926 500 Subpart M Fall Protection for Construction NOT including scaffolds and ladders with the State Standards for California Oregon and Washington It is designed to assist in the decision matrix of when to apply what standard to a job being performed in these states It can also be used to incorporate the more stringent aspects of each standard to create a localized Fall Protection program It is important to realize that the Federal OSHA General Duty Clause 5 a 1 rules when there is no other applicable regulation and a recognized standard such as ANSI or NFPA can be cited in support Above all every employer has a duty to protect all employees from injury The 5 b section of the OSHA Act requires each employer to comply with federal safety standards where he has control without regard to their or any other employees also known as the multi employer worksite policy Assessments Engineering Training Litigation Support REVISED June 2007 Section C Policy 1 0 Page 1 of 46 Preface Page 2 of 4 Federal OSHA 1926 500 Subpart M Fall Protection Regulations Compared to CA OR amp WA State Standards Primary differences between the California Oregon Washington and Federal Regulation exist in the following areas e Working height from the ground trigger height e Guardrai
165. e Aq eeKojduie ue Jo ioo pedojs o uo x0 ul peBeBue oldul ue uey Jayjo ee ojduie oN g e Aq p s Ao oldul ue uey Jeujo olduu ON Z Buyooi ul peBeBue ee o due ue uey 13470 ee o duie ON u zos 926t Sjoo1 dOlS suoneJedo Buyoo ui s oldul iolluotu MO uo suoneJedo u s olduu ioliuouu o pesn ul q suiejs s Duuojuoui Ajajes Seale o p sn suu ls s Duuojuoui Ajajes e1euw Seale ui paJois Jo pesn aq jou 25 jueuidinbe eo ueuo l p ul peJojs JO pesn eq jou jJeus Ju uudinb eorueuoelA 1214 209 9261 uonounj Buuojuoui y WO uonueye s Jojuoui eui exe pino2 UO seniqisuodsai Jang 101 2 5 q yes eu L VU XUzog 9261 pue Zoldul eui ui AIEIO 1 o u6nou eso 25 14 Ajayes eu L TANT XuJzos 926r Aj9jes WOW sDuiuJew pJezeu WSL uy Anduuoid euoz ogjuoo e l Buom uoee yeu einsue eys eu q euoz jogjuoo OU Ul epu Ajuo MAIO emt jo SJequieui Jeujo WO Wau BurusinBunsip Ajipeas redde uuojiun pue eAnoursip lqisiA A uBru Aq Maio y JO si quu u 1eujo Woy peusinBunsip eq eus s1ex1oM e euoz jo3uo G UONESIUNWIUWIOD 9910A ewou UEIUIEL 0 age q Bureq eeAojduie pue peyonujsqoun Jead
166. e jo do y uo e eyns y sueaui Amar orsve ssi 96c DVM o ale suoneoidde julessai si qei6 edoi e jo esn eu 189 o uorsse1duioo ull Jil au ojuo syool ado v Ilez JO juo o Y Ul peuoepe SI sseuieu JO 1194 eui YIM O euijojij JO urod eBeJououe ejuozuou JO peeujeAo pexy e Wo pepuedsns eut ajij e umop dn Aow o paubisap SI yey ile e sues qe16 adoy Uloq 10 Bunjoo Je ej ureo eeu ajdioulsid au s olduu ilensn qes6 edoJ v oldul ue jo ay 1seue 0 se os syoo pue ull y seBeBue uonouj Aq Ajeoneuojne pue e UO S A 1 U9IUM 9IA p uonejejooep e sueeui qep edou Jedeeyejeb Dunjoo e aAey jou op zey syoou deus uopoe ejBuis UMA uJeouoo 1e nolnued e Burun Jo Bunsiw iuA 10621000 Jo enbJoj pesseudep Buieq eje y Aq pesneo yooy deus e jo jueuieBeBuesip jeuonuejuiun sueaui INO Ion Burpueyuuopejd JO pea Jeufiu 1xeu y do y o Burpuejyuuonejd e jo do y WO eouejsip v JO Burpuejyuuoge d Jo pe n jeufiu 1xeu v do y o pee e do eui wouy eouejsip Eorue eui sue uu Aua Jos JOMO 0 BUTE WO J930M ay 1U A 1d 0 se AEM e uons ui p in s SI eo ojduie ue UO O seDeiououe omy Jo eBeJoupue pexy e
167. e most common uses of a buckle are to attach together two portions of harness straps such as thigh straps shoulder straps chest strap or shoulder strap retainer There are two main types of buckle namely a tongue buckle and a friction buckle A tongue buckle Figure 4 is like the buckle on the belt of your trousers It consists of a square or rectangular frame with a pin like tongue The buckle is joined integrally to a strap of webbing by means of a stitched joint on the side of the frame which carries the tongue Figure 4 The friction buckle figure 5 connection works on the principle of friction between the buckle and the strap to which it is connected Friction buckles spread the forces that are applied to them over the entire width of the webbing which they contact There are several types of friction buckles The single pass friction buckle is a friction buckle requiring the webbing to be threaded through the buckle only once in order to fasten it There are two variations of the single pass Fioure 5 friction buckle one is the fixed bar single pass friction buckle that consists of a metal frame with two slots separated by a fixed central bar and the other is the sliding bar friction buckle that consists of a metal frame with edge slots that capture a sliding bar REVISED June 2007 Section C Policy 3 0 Page 11 of 34 Competent Person Equipment Inspection A double pass friction buckle is fastened by passing the we
168. e placed with workers on carts and independently anchored to the horizontal lifeline on the girder The workers on top of the deck who are within 6 feet of the leading edge of the deck work will use an elevated lifeline or a system similar to that used to place bottom decks c Stripping deck formwork is done with the worker on the cart anchored to a horizontal lifeline 3 Elevated Lifeline Method a Utilizing an elevated lifeline that is attached to the girders can provide fall protection for installing the overhang formwork and for installing the deck and diaphragms The lifeline and the supports for the lifeline must be installed as previously described b While the elevated lifeline provides good protection to place formwork the stripping operation requires different fall protection methods to begin The falsedeck method cart method use of stripping buggies or aerial lifts are all permitted alternatives D Summary Girder erection operations present awkward sometimes difficult access situations that necessitate planning so that each step of the operation can be performed with proper fall protection If planning of crossbeam work girder erection and deckwork are integrated there are opportunities to have a fall prevention and protection system that offers benefits to all operations Standardized systems and procedures are difficult to develop for all of the varying situations and configurations of prestressed girder deck work Jo
169. easible fall protection must be provided for employees working on top of the cap 3 If option B is chosen a horizontal lifeline of 36 inches or greater in height from the working surface is the preferred option 4 When it is not practical or feasible to install a fully guardrailed platform or a horizontal lifeline at 36 a foot level anchorage may be installed with written approval by the Job Sponsor or other manager as designated by the District Manager During the planning stage for secondary access after falsework is stripped the preferred method of fall protection for work on top of a cap less than 6 feet in height is to construct access surrounding the cap on the second stage access brackets which provides a 6 foot walkway surrounding the cap 1 This 6 foot walkway will eliminate the circumstances that could allow a fall to occur from the top of the cap over the work deck guardrail If a 6 foot walkway is not feasible fall protection must be provided for employees working on top of the cap as in Option B REVISED June 2007 Section B Policy 8 0 Page 2 of 3 Kiewit Companies Fall Solutions Manual 2 A horizontal lifeline of 36 inches or greater from the working surface is the preferred option 3 When it is not practical or feasible to install wither a fully guardrailed platform or a horizontal lifeline at 36 a foot level anchorage may be installed with written approval by the Job Sponsor or other manager
170. ected not less than twice annually by a competent person and more frequently if required by the manufacturer s instructions and or the conditions of usage Additionally users are required to inspect fall protection equipment before each use A10 14 recommends but does not require that components incorporating rope be inspected by a competent person every three months or more frequently if used under adverse conditions or subjected to very hard wear The more stringent formal inspection frequency of A10 14 is based upon the view of the developers of that standard that equipment exposed to severe usage conditions encountered in construction and demolition operations necessitate this more frequent competent person inspection MSA FP Manufacturing Company provides instructions and markings with its products which state that equipment must be formally inspected by a competent person at intervals of no more than 6 months When equipment is exposed to severe working conditions more frequent formal inspection may be required at the discretion of the user s organization MSA FP has established the 6 month formal inspection interval to meet the A10 14 requirement and at the same time meet the Z359 1 requirement It is recognized that inspection at 6 month intervals may be more than is necessary for equipment which is not exposed to conditions as severe as those usually encountered in construction and demolition operations Accordingly REVISED June 200
171. ecting means usually consist of a positioning lanyard which is connected to both hip D rings of the harness and wraps around or connects to an anchorage or anchorage connector A positioning system must always be backed up by a personal fall arrest system A travel restriction system consists of the user s harness and a fixed length or adjustable length lanyard connected between any one of the harness D rings and an anchorage or anchorage connector A Retrieval System provides a quick means of lifting or pulling the user out of a working environment The system supports full body weight for a short period of time but should not be used for suspension Vertical retrieval systems which may incorporate a harness having two shoulder D rings are used frequently in confined spaces such as storage tanks or manholes which may pose potentially dangerous conditions A retrieval system by itself however may not provide all the protection a worker requires REVISED June 2007 Section A Policy 2 0 Page of 7 Kiewit Companies Fall Solutions Manual 2 3 2 4 COMPONENTS Anchorage Anchorages come in many shapes sizes and forms An anchorage is a secure point of attachment for lifelines lanyards or deceleration devices Anchorages shall be capable of supporting at least 5 000 165 per user attached or shall be designed installed and used under the supervision of a Qualified Person as part of a complete system which maintains a safety factor of
172. ed by a Registered Professional Engineer ii Design parameters application limitations ii Design calculations and drawings as applicable v Specific installation procedures as applicable s lt c Details which should be included in design i Call out details from the wire rope to all connecting members 11 Diagram of fall clearance iii Inspection documentation and recommendations iv The weakest rated component to ensure system will perform as specified v Documentation of inspections ii Inspection a Record the date of first use on an inspection tag and attach to the system b Manufactured Systems Document formal inspections performed as required by the manufacturer c Job built Systems Document formal inspections made by Competent or Qualified Persons This is required semi annually and each time the system is removed reinstalled or reconfigured 7 Employee Training All employees shall be trained on the systems and components for which they will be required to use 3 7 VERTICAL LIFELINES The following sequence of alternatives should be used when planning fall prevention and protection for vertical applications in descending order of desirability A Eliminate the circumstances that expose the employee to a fall B Perform the work at grade preventing the need for fall protection REVISED October 2010 Section A Policy 3 0 Page 11 of 13 Kiewit Companies Fall Solutions Manual C Wher
173. eduloo uon2eloJd 112 0099261 VHSO 8 51461 Uu 977 suonnios Ajayeg 124 5113 5002 0 209 9261 Uonoes SIU jo q udebeied jo sjueureumbe1 ul5u ns y o s nunuoo 11 12 eunsue o iesseoeu se nu nb ui se p lo dsul eq ileus sileipiui JO SE do 104 p sn Bulag edoi oneuju s Jo onsejd eue ST 4 20S 9Z6T eDpe JO epis pejoejoudun uoee Duoje Deag 9q IIeus s amp ewuni pue sduiei uo p sn suiejs s Iepene wT 4 20S 976T ejou OU ojui xjew jouugeo uosued e jeu sHo os eq Jo aye6 e pepi oud eq 1245 Aa 5 se yons sseooe jo sjulod se pesn 91e YoIyM sejou Deen suiejs s re1prenB u uAA ET 4 20S 97Z6T Sebpe JO Sepis ile Buoje eq eys uiejs s repjenB e 10 1 AO E Un Dest aq 25 y sn Ul JOU SI ou eui ueuM sjeuejeui jo eDessed eu moje o suonoes ejqeA ouieJ uy sepis ow uey jou 2 5 ejou ay sjeuejeui jo eDessed eui JO pesn sejou Deen suiejs s u uAA z1 d eos 9z6r ou eui jo seDpe JO sepis Ile uo eq iieys v sejou je pesn eue sujejs s ueuM TT 4 20S 9Z6T
174. eet Deceleration Distance The distance from the activation of the deceleration device to a complete stop Total Fall Distance The combination of the free fall and deceleration distances plus any other conditions such as a sliding D ring on a harness Shock Absorption at Impact or Fall Arrest Dynamics Shock absorption among different types of personal fall arrest equipment can vary considerably Use of a shock absorbing lanyard and full body harness combination not only can substantially reduce the probability of a compounding injury but can also permit users to self rescue from a majority of falls from an elevation Body Weight The third element that makes falling so hazardous is the weight of the employee At heights this is of particular concern for workers to include tools who weigh more than 310 pounds The concern stems primarily from the need to support the body properly during a fall arrest Overweight users tend to have larger stomachs and waistlines that disappear which makes adjusting a body harness properly extremely difficult if not impossible Falls are usually much more severe and disabling for heavier persons due to potential for internal injuries FALL FORCE LIMITS OSHA has established maximum limits of force that the body can be exposed to in the event of a fall The maximum force is 1 800 pounds Kiewit Company s policy states the maximum force to be 1 000 pounds as required in the ANSI Standar
175. ejd aye Aew YOM BuyooJ uoIuM ui ue sejeufisep yoiym pue Jo epis Joo pejoejo1dun ue BuiuoeoJdde ase Ady yey s oldul uJew oj uo pajoaJe 1euJeq e sueeuiruiejs Ss aul 410 jonpuoo JO ssed sJ8xJOM suoroauip UE ur JO Seuoul Gp BJe suoisueuiip Bale Aue UOHD S SIU Jo asodind y 104 sueeui o2eyinns samp o JepJo Ul P TESOT eq snul seeKojduie u IUW uo siele Jo se olueA sieppel jou inq eis BuroJojure1 lodo9 pue s ssni suuinjoo suleeq Plloxullo sKewurnu SeDpuq sdui amp yoo siooy O De JOU nq Burpnjoui sso JO sxjew olduu ue UOlUM uo E9rieA Jo je UOZTOY Jayjoym eoeuns Aue sueaw eaeyns Bdbrrow BupjeM 2 00S1 600 2 i semp qor r n ULOH oj ui eq 1snuu see ojduie UO UO SJo I amp J 10 se otua sjeppe Buipnjour jou yng 9915 Bulosojulas 9je1ouoo pue 5 sduiei s4004 s100J p lluui you nq Burpnjour SOM JO syjem ue YOIYM uo JO Jejuozuou JeujeuM eoeyns Aue sueeui svens DurUOMWDUIIEM Buiuedo ejnuo 10 Aemioop wie e MOPUIM e 10 Bulu do ue se yons je Aew suosJed uoiuw u8nouuj uonnued Jo jem Aue ul Spim seuour g pue uBiu sayoul oe 3se l je Buruedo ue sueaui Buruedo
176. ejoJd 14 9261 HAD 62 VHSO 9t JOEL eBegd 01 ollod O uonoes Zt Jo 6 abeq spiepueis ejeis YM PUE HO Y3 0 uono loud 184 009 9261 VHSO 8 2002 eunf q3SIA3q Pamasay sluBiti Uu 017 suonnios Ajayeg 124 5113 S002 Nubejui jeinjonujs pue ujbuaus isinb i y 5 5 ay U UM juo seoeuns sou uo O pewoje eq ieys s olduu3 Ajsjes s ojdw poddns o jeinjonjs pue ulB5u ns y BABY YOM O ale see o duie sj uoiuw uo seoejins BuDHOAVBUD IEA y J euruuejep 25 u L suiejs As jseure Ile jureise1 OLGvZ SS L 962 OYM Xe og 9261 OYM 851 962 Je deys Jepun paiaAoo Buippueu pue seoejdyJom uonijourep Bune1ooep pue Bunured eoueuejureui uogeijeye uononujsuoo ui see ojduie 10 uonoejoJd Jo esn eui eo1ojue pue epi oJd o ss oldul 104 sju uu uinb i quoJ sjes uonoes 511 peuuoped Bureq sennp qol au eogguns Bunom buryjem e jo uonuod zey sueeui Bade YOM Bole OU Ul seeAo duie 109101d S psezey Ile peyoejo1dun ue Buigoeoudde u yey s oldul usem oj SS JO Z Ul 7 J00J Mo e 10 avens Huom pue Dugem e uo pojoaJe JeuJeq e sueeui uiejs s oul DurueM O sui ls s jeu Aj9jes JO l q Apog jreypenB yo esn eui 1nouyM eo
177. end the end should be seared so the fibers are fused together and taped to prevent raveling Next inspect the method used to join the connector to the lanyard A thimble whether used to join a snaphook to a lanyard or as an attachment element in itself should be completely captured by the rope or wire rope loop around it The rope should be seated within the groove of the thimble The free end of the rope should be spliced into the rope using a complete four tuck splice rope lanyards or swaged fittings wire rope lanyards The strand ends of rope lanyards should be gathered together with tape or a hog ring The thimble itself should not be deformed or damaged Sewn loops on strap lanyards should have no broken frayed or worn stitching Proceed to inspect the length of the lanyard working your way from end to end Rotate rope and wire rope lanyards as you inspect them so you observe the entire surface area Inspect both sides of strap lanyards Flex the lanyards as you inspect them to reveal damage that is not readily apparent Inspect for any of the conditions described below and if they are found remove the lanyard from use Cut or frayed strands Excessively abraded strands or fibers Alterations made by a person Broken stitching strap lanyards Exposure to chemicals heat and flame Missing or illegible labels Oocoocoovoo Table 1 summarizes the effects of exposure to chemical heat and open flame on various materials REVI
178. ening greater than 2 provides the potential for materials to fall to the ground below Either nets should be installed or the area below is to be completely barricaded to prevent entry B While working on top of column forms fall prevention and protection will be controlled primarily by the column rebar configuration Fixed columns will typically have a rebar cage that extends above the top of the can and around the full diameter of the column If this cage extends 42 45 inches above the working platform it will usually serve as a guardrail preventing a fall into the form If the cage does not extend 42 45 inches above the working surface or the rebar cage is pinned and permits a fall hazard between the cage and form additional fall protection may be required Holes and or openings along the inside of the working walking surface with a hole greater than 1 should be guarded in order to not have an employee needing to be tied off C While descending the column cage fall protection may be achieved through the same methods as in ascending the can A retractable lanyard LCSD or vertical ladders may be considered Column spiral spacing should be considered when evaluating toe holds while descending a column cage REVISED June 2007 Section B Policy 5 0 Page 2 of 2 Kiewit Companies Fall Solutions Manual 6 0 HIGH CAPACITY FALSEWORK Planning for fall prevention and protection on high capacity falsework 600k 360k and 100k shall
179. erminology concerning vvire rope VVIRE inspection Figure 12 The line is constructed from 7x19 wire rope This means that there are 7 strands each composed of 19 wires laid over the steel b STAY core of the wire rope as shown in Figure 12 The lay length is the LENGTH distance it takes one strand to travel completely around the wire rope Lay length measurement is shown in figure 13 Note Some SRL components have 19x7 wire rope ONE REVOLUTION OF STRAND ABOUT THE CORE Figure 13 Broken Wires Flex the wire as you inspect it to reveal hidden breaks in the wires Broken wires should be bent back and forth in the direction of the lay to break them off inside the strand of which they are a part as shown in figure 14 Do not tug on broken wires This will leave jagged ends and can cause internal damage Figure 14 REVISED June 2007 Section C Policy 3 0 Page 26 of 34 Competent Person Equipment Inspection Log the location of broken wires in the instruction manual for the device you are inspecting Refer to the log for the location of broken wires which were previously detected The device must be removed from use a If there are six or more broken wires in one lay or three or more broken wires in one strand within one lay Q If there are any broken wires within one 1 inch of the thimble or swage fittings at the termination of the line Worn or Abraded Wires Wear and abrasion are caused by fricti
180. es make performance references to ANSI A10 14 1991 This Standard was replaced with the new A10 32 Standard in 2004 A particular difference is the Maximum Arresting Force MAF applied with using a shock absorbing lanyard 1 800 Ibf v 1 000 Ibf respectively This is one of several changes in the new ANSI A10 Standard It could be important to incorporate this Standard within any fall protection program for construction work In conclusion Oregon and California closely resemble the Federal OSHA Standard but Washington State requires a more through understanding of the application and job performed The Washington State Standard does not easily match up to the Federal OSHA Standard and therefore requires you to have a through understanding of its Governance before performing work in the field in order to avoid a citation and or monetary penalty for failing to comply with applicable OSHA regulations Dale M Mohn J Nigel Ellis Ph D CSP P E CPE Senior Consultant Principle Fall Protection Services Dynamic Scientific Controls Inc Ellis Fall Safety Solutions LLC Ellis Fall Safety Solutions LLC Wilmington Delaware Wilmington Delaware This material has been assembled by and remains the property of Ellis Fall Safety Solutions LLC All rights are reserved This document is based on existing and current State and Federal OSHA Subpart M Fall Protection Regulations as of September 1 2005 Ellis Fall Safety Solutions LLC makes no representation a
181. es pue sjeu Ajayes uonoes 511 Jo 11 7 9 ude8ejed u pepi oud se 10 0 2 107 367c0S 9C6T ys liy 11e4 Sg 1urenseg uono loid Z291 6991 uono loid gu 24 MOM uononisuo9 1 9 Hed OWM SS1 96z Je deu2 EA N UOISIAIPANS uononasuog g AIA reg SHO 193 92 omg 6091 091 suoniuned z omg 209 009 970 EER GH uoyulysem 2 Spiepuels uono lo1d WE VHSO eels Ven Hee 40 uonoejoJd 14 9261 HAD 62 VHSO I 49p94 9t JO SZ abe 01 ollod O uonoes 2002 eunf QASIASY v 10 L obed SPABPURIS ag VM PUE HO VO 0 pareduiog uonoelo4d 124 009 9Z61 VHSO Ie19po4 p m s y suia IIV 977 suonnios i yes 124 5113 5002 esnel JO ejJqeyns pue eq o uosjed juejeduioo e Aq peuruuejep pue pejoedsul ssejun uorejoud oldul 104 ureBe pesn aq jou eus pue eorues Wo eq jeus Buipeo yoedull o joefqns sjueuoduioo Jo suiejs s sseujeu Apog il pesn aq Ileus sseujeu Apog Iny III SSejo p Aoidde uy 1 UejsAs sseuieu Apog in e 5 SIU jo si pue ejqejdeooe si uiejs s Buruonisod e ur 3jeq Apog e jo esn v 1 9joN uu 1s s jsoJJe ile jeuosJed e jo ed se ejqejdeooe jou syaq Apog 661 Asenuer awe moja
182. esa ie yey eunsue 1125 jeAojduie y 3uBreu ur 10 4994 OL uoneoo e wo Buij ej Jo pJezeu e o see ojduie ueuM I A 10 199 OL Bule jo prezeu e o p sodx seidde og c00 v s lldde L0GL 00 JEE uoB iO ul pareada sem q LOS 9261 JO IIV ALON 6 JO SUOISIAOId out Jepun paysjod Ajejenbepe esiweuo JOU SeelBap Qy Ue jedeejs seoeyns padojs Jeujo JO ZL uey Jedeejs seoeyns Joo p dols sBuiuedo pue s emyeus seDpe Buripee s bp pue Sepis pejoejoudun eunjonugs e jo 1ejeuuued v 199 ZIL 2 10 Sseoxe ul Bulle O Way sesodxe esouw See o duie sou Aq wom eq IIEUS suiejs s Buruonisod JO 1u ens 1 euosJed jsaue ej jeuosied pe ouddy e 08 9261 40 4 ydesBesed jo slu uu uinb i y sjeeui yorym uejd uonoejoud e jueuejduui pue dojaaap 25 J olduu eu suiejs s s u esn oj piezeu e Sagan JO 9 qiseoJul SI 1 jeu ueo y u8uM uondeox3 suiejs s sae e jeuosjed Jo suiejs s jeu Ajayes suiejs s Aq Duer wos eq eus sje e Jewo AOQE JO Ul 8 9 Buripee e Bunonujsuoo si oym uoe3 0 c 4 770S 9C61T s rdde 1091 00 4 y uoBeJQ ul pejeedei sem q 0S 9Z61 JO IIV ALON
183. escue team REVISED June 2007 Section A Policy 4 0 Page 2 of 5 Kiewit Companies Fall Solutions Manual II III C The evacuation route shall be identified for employee safe travel to the designated assembly point in an emergency This includes both the evacuation route to be taken when evacuating a site and the evacuation route for moving an incapacitated person to a safe designated assembly point for transport to medical facilities These two evacuation routes are sometimes different 1 The emergency plan should include backup evacuation routes to be used in case the primary evacuation route is blocked Both evacuation routes should be clearly marked if needed so they are obvious even in conditions of poor visibility 2 The equipment for evacuation must be available for use by those working at heights Even if the plan indicates that outside rescue personnel such as the fire department be called in case of a rescue rescue equipment must be at hand and trained personnel available to use it Selecting Components for Evacuation and Rescue In the workplace assessment performed prior to selection of personal fall arrest systems several factors should have been determined including number of people who may need rescue or evacuation elevations from which rescue or evacuation will be effected e The elevations and directions up or down which must be reached by the rescue or evacuation system
184. eses UEL Jona ueo olduu ue zey uons eq UEL Jona ueo ue yey uons eq 9LXPJCOS 9c61 S00c 0110ug pJepuels ISNV eseujeu Apog e uim p sn ueuM 8 spunod 008 01 olduu ue uo 8210 Buns uie wnwxew 11 qn oer P eos 9zer 4002 01 JOU pJepuglS ISNV 2 Deg Apog e ym pesn Uu INN v spunod 006 o olduu ue uo Bunseue wnwxew juu 9r p zos 9zer 1805 ie e Pulddo s ueuw suiejs s 1SeJJe 9 3uoo jeus uonoejoud 1seaue ile 2 01972 591 962 OYM 91 2061926 uosJjed p lilenb e jo uolsiAs dns ou jepun 9 209 9261 pue 1SE JO 10128 Ajayes e surgjureui ulejs s 159 2405 ejejduuoo e yo ped se INGLMP ZOS 926 m y TSMO O se p sn pue pauBblsap eq 2 5 Jo payoeye oldul 1ed NJ Z ZZ spunod 900 g 1see 1e Buruoddns Jo ejqedeo pue suuogejd puedsns Jo yoddns o pesn eBe1ououe Aue juepuedepur eys jueudinbe jseue UEL j euosjed jo jueuigoege Deen sebesoyouy ST PI ZOS 9261 S1eqy oreujuAS uioJj pew eq ileus sesseujeu poq pue sil q Apog sjueuoduuoo ujBues pue seui oJi SpueAue ul pesn Buiqqew sdens pue sedo IPOS 9261 F1 p eos 9261 0S 0089201 H49 61
185. etracting lanyards are connected to a horizontal lifeline the sag in the lifeline should be minimized and only allowed by the design to prevent the device from sliding down the lifeline and creating a swing hazard during fall arrest Self retracting lifelines should not be used at waist level unless specifically designed for that purpose When using self retracting equipment on Horizontal Lifelines the Manufactures Equipment needs to be identified 5 Inspection applies to both Manufactured and Job Built Horizontal Lifeline Systems i lil vi vii The date of the first use shall be recorded Employees need to be trained and given the authority via training on what to look for during inspection of Horizontal Lifelines Manufactured horizontal lifeline systems inspection and maintenance shall be performed in accordance with the manufacturer s instructions and or by the user s organization Such criteria shall equal or exceed the greater of the criteria established by the ANSI Z359 1 1992 R1999 or the manufacture s instructions Note The manufacturer s instructions shall be readily available for reference Manufactured and Job built horizontal lifeline systems Formal documented inspections shall be made by a Competent or Qualified Person at least quarterly and or each time the system is removed reinstalled or reconfigured All components of the system must be thoroughly inspected The user shall inspect before duri
186. ets and horizontal lifelines are installed onto beams at barge levels The fall hazard height should also be used to prioritize control measures along with the frequency duration and potential severity REVISED June 2007 Section A Policy 6 0 Page 7 of 30 Kiewit Companies Fall Solutions Manual The analysis is intended to determine the most suitable match between required worker mobility and the capabilities of the fall protection system PROVIDING NEEDED PERSONAL PROTECTION Whatever is selected should minimize the potential for personal injury without sacrificing productivity Consulting with the project safety supervisor District Safety Manager and or reputable Manufacture s representative Bacou Dalloz MSA or DBI Sala may be necessary for selecting the appropriate personal protective equipment ANALYZING THE WORK AREA One of the first steps in analyzing the work area should be the review of plans before work begins on the site By addressing the fall hazards at this stage we are better prepared to provide fall protection to our employees Next if the job has already started make a walk through specifically for identifying existing fall hazards Last but not least remember to anticipate upcoming fall hazards as the work progresses Fall Hazard Planning Checklist The following is a checklist to assist in the efforts for full fall prevention protection and can be used at any stage of the construction process 1 Be
187. eui seu 1e ojduie y suiejs s uonoejoJd UEL pejsij e oqe eur JO euo sea Je jueuue duil o pjezeu e 372319 jou Iim pue lqise s 3 1201 uondunseJd e si 0N seidde 101 600 4 y uofacO ul pejeedei sem q L0S 9261 JO IIV ALON COS 9261 JO GI HGETDETEQ Jo sjueuieumnbai y sie uoiuw uejd uonoejoud Ile e 3ueurejduur pue j eus Je ojduie out suiejs s s u aen o p ezey 1942916 e JO qise Ju SI 1EU ejejsuouiep UD 1e o duie y ueuM uondeox3 enseeui uonoejoJd WEI eAneuJey e ue 10 sepi oud uomoes siu Jo q udeuBeJed ur uorsi oud Jayjoue ssejun was s jsoue je jeuos1ed Jo uiejs s you Ajyoyes suiejs s jlespsenB Aq eq j eus sje e Jamo e oqe JO uu 8 4294 9 song uononnsuoo enuepisel ul peBeBue oldul uoe3 uononujsuoo enu pis M ET d TOS9Z6T EINA LOS 92617 s lldde L0GL 00 JEE uoBeiQ ul pejeedei sew Lol Log 9Z6L JO IIV ALON SUI9jsAs SOU jo Aue jo n l ur uonenjs eoe dyJow 1ejnonied e 104 4 Z0S 926 uM seiduioo yoiy m uejd uonoejoJd ile e 1 o ejeuidoudde silqe1s jo uepunq eui seu y A Buip1oooy suiejs s uonoejoid UEL pejsij e oqe eur JO euo sea Je jueuue duii pjezeu e 342319 jou Iim pue lqise si y 1201 uondunseJd e
188. ever feasible utilize access to the work that does not require the use of fall protection equipment such as stairways stair towers inclined ladders up to 30 feet in height or vertical ladders up to 20 feet in height D When other means of access are not practical a vertical lifeline with a Ladder Climbing Safety Device LCSD or a self retracting lanyard will be used while climbing see below USE OF A LCSD Subject to the provisions of ANSI 14 3 which states that when a LCSD is used 1 Manufacturer s specifications are to be met when using LCSD 2 The LCSD must move freely upward and downward locking only in the event of a fall or sudden acceleration This allows the device to function with the employee s hands free 3 If the LCSD device has to be manually released and moved during the climb it detracts from the user s ability to grasp the ladder form and is not acceptable 4 The user must attach the LCSD to the chest D ring The distance between the D ring chest attachment and vertical lifeline shall be 9 inches or less 5 It permits only one 1 person to be attached to the lifeline at a time 6 The design of the vertical cable shall be such that the assumed arresting force is twice the allowable full body harness arresting force of 1 800 pounds Therefore the ultimate strength of the cable and the cable attachment point must be a minimum of 3 600 pounds 7 It is typical to have an in line deceleration device
189. ew yoiym sdeJis sueeui sseujeu Apog Ajuo UE HS UEL 10 eujeji JO pyeAue ui uonaunruoa ui pasn jjeq Ajajes ed e sueeuiyeq Apog L E 7 lA P uome1ejaoep JO Sue pJeAue Auo uresa UEL 10 eujeji JO pseAue uyw uonounfuoo e ou Buryoeye 104 pue 3SIEM v jnoqe i Buunoes 104 ui p sn jjeq Aj9jes ed e sue w 3q Apog yjog sueaui uM dens e sueeui yeq Aj9jes eq Apog 001295 SIU ui peyioeds sjueuireimnbei ujbuers y ssessod oj jeuoneu peziuBooes Aue JO Jounjoeynuew y Aq peynieo pue p s uonoes 511 jo esodund y 104 sueaui p Aoiddv rm SI YOIUM uoneJe eoep JO spe ue sau s oIA p uoneJojooep JO spje ue souls JO jueuiuoeme JO juiod aunoes e sueaui abesoyouy JO 14 Jo 1100 eunoes e sueeui eDe1oqouy suoniugeg ys diy 1128 jurejjsoH 2291 6991 uon2ejo4d Ns 14 MOM UOIJONAYSUOD L Med IVM 551 962 JeYdeu2 mm uoisiAIpqns uononnsuoo AIG reg SHO We pz G091 7091 suoniuieq z GLA WRU ERC uoyulysem uob 10 BlU1OJIIPO Spiepue1S uono loid 23 VHSO 2321S uon nusuoo AO U0199 01d 12 9261 HAD 62 VHSO IEs p q 9 40 9 eBed 071 food 3 uonoes ev Jo z afed spiepueis ejeiS YM PUE HO Y3 0 pareduiog 184 009 9261 VHSO Ie19pe 2002 eunf q3SIA33q 51461 977 suonnios Ajayeg 124 5113 5
190. ewit Companies Fall Solutions Manual Bacou Dalloz 1345 15 Street Franklin PA 16323 0271 Phone 800 873 5242 Fax 800 892 4078 Memorandum To Miller Distributor End user From Miller Technical Support Date dune 17th 2004 Revised April 18 2005 Lanyard Snap Hook and HLL Cable Compatibility The information in the following paragraph applies only to Miller snap hooks with a throat opening no larger than 32 inch Attaching a lanyard s shock absorbing lanyard s snap hook directly to the cable of a Horizontal Life Line HLL system is an acceptable connection for single worker fall protection The cable itself is under tension keeping it relatively straight taught presenting very little risk of the possibility of connector roll out should a fall occur Additionally The stanchion heads on intermediate supports utilized in BDFP multi span HLL Systems have been specifically designed to offer a convenient pass through feature so that workers will not have to disconnect reconnect while traveling along the full length of the system The lanyard s snap hook can be maneuvered through the head as the worker passes an intermediate stanchion Form snap hooks also known as rebar or pelican hooks which can have throat openings of 1 34 inches to 2 1 2 inches are not approved for use on horizontal lifelines REVISED June 2007 Section C Policy 8 0 Page 1 of 1
191. ewit Companies Fall Solutions Manual 1 0 POLICY AND PHILOSOPHY STATEMENT It is the policy of the Kiewit Companies to perform work in the safest manner possible consistent with good construction practices Therefore employees on a walking working surface horizontal or vertical with an unprotected side or edge or sloped surfaces steeper than 40 degrees which are 6 feet 1 8m or more above a lower level will be protected from falling by the use of guardrail systems safety net systems or personal fall arrest systems The philosophy guidelines and solutions provided in this manual should be used in developing systems and procedures to manage fall exposures Careful analysis should be made to choose the best form of protection consistent with good work practices in every operation 1 1 HIERARCHY OF CONTROLS Kiewit Companies approach fall prevention and protection with these basic principles in mind A The best form of fall protection is prevention to eliminate the circumstances that could allow a fall to occur B An employee will work more productively when working at grade or in areas secured by a guardrail system than when secured by a personal fall arrest system C Fall prevention and protection must take into consideration the potential for at risk behavior by employees who are not proficient with the requirements for fall prevention and or fall arrest systems All at risk employees will be provided training on the p
192. ezeu uons H UM Mojag E9nJe 199 OL peeoxe 0 jou eouejsip e je p uonisod pue yons wo j ejuozuou 188 8 1see ye Buipuejxe jeu AjSjes pe oudde ue eq jeus eunyonujs eui Jo jouejul Jo pue 1ol1 x ay Jeonoeuduur rea ag uono loid jo s d jeuonueAuoo JO sulejs s Buruonisod suu s s VIE Deal UEL jeuos1ed SUH S S soe UEL jeuosjed jo esn y ueuw pue MOJ8q A JOOY snonunuoo 10 PILNS y AOQE 10 188 GZ SI uone eje v eJeuM e p yonisqoun IIeus jeu eui o eoguns Bunom bulyjem y Woy jez jenuejod s bpuq uo p sn eje sjeu ueuM A uons M l Qq w V 6 389 OE uey eseo ou l nq Buom eje s oldul uoiuMw uo eoeuns v se esojo se p lle1su eq IIeus sjeu Ajejes T O z0S 9Z6T ISUOISIAO1d BUIMO O OU ui 245 aen Jay pue suu ls s jeu 1 BS suiejs s jeu Ajajes suiejs s Jan Maes q 01 572 962 OVM SION l yeS LZOL 2 zos 9zet 1S911V ed 3 iureJseu uonoe101d Z291 6991 uonoe104d SE H39 6L 112 340A uo nonasuo2 L O Wed OVA SS1 962 4 1deuS 12 IN uoisiAIpqnS uononnisuo2 Ad rS9 SHO 112 pz au S0SL r0SL suoniugea z uob so BINION IED sp4epuels uono loid
193. f Set Caps Blocking and Set Stringers 1 Install scaffolding for access using a ladder or a manlift If scaffolding is used the top should be between 36 inches and 48 inches below the cut off level 2 Install proper ladder access 3 Install a horizontal lifeline as described the Horizontal Applications section 4 Perform remaining work while connected to the horizontal lifeline at all times REVISED June 2007 Section B Policy 11 0 Page 1 of 2 Kiewit Companies Fall Solutions Manual C Setting Stringers It is often necessary to climb onto the pile cap to unhook rigging and when setting stringers This may put the worker in a position of having to connect at his her feet Therefore when setting stringers employees shall use a full body harness and shock absorbing lanyard or a retractable lanyard connected directly to the employees back A Fall Protection Plan with written Job Sponsor or other manager as approved by the District Manager is required when the anchorage is less than 36 D Stripping Falsework Prior to the start of stripping operations previously installed scaffolds ladders and lifelines need to be inspected and repaired if necessary Subsequent inspections must be completed at the start of each shift by a competent person 1 Perform work inside areas protected with a guardrail system or 2 Perform stripping work while connected to a horizontal lifeline and 3 Use only the personal fall protec
194. folds manlifts hoists rescue winches etc and their location before a fall occurs 3 Avoid further injuries and falls by providing fall protection for both the rescuer and victim 4 Minimize risk and communication problems by limiting the number of well intentioned rescuers establish criteria for qualified persons by crew to act as lead responders If a post fall recovery is needed the following emergency measures may be activated to protect both the fall victim and intended rescuers Communicate with the victim establish the level of consciousness and evaluate injuries Comfort and monitor the victim continuously Call emergency units ambulance fire rescue It is usually better to have too many rather than too few emergency units at the scene REVISED June 2007 Section A Policy 4 0 Page 4 of 5 Kiewit Companies Fall Solutions Manual Appoint a qualified person to take charge of the operation s overall safety This person should be able to look at the whole picture find weak points regarding both victim and rescuer safety and be able to order changes when needed e Evaluate the scene Can the victim self rescue o Can rescuers gain access from the ground with ladders manlifts or hoists o If the first two options are infeasible determine the response time for a trained fire rescue unit B Incident Investigation 1 All incidents involving fall protection regardless of nature shall be reported
195. follow through motion The device should lock and remain locked until you release the line tension Release tension and check that line extraction and retraction still function correctly Perform this locking test three 3 times If the device does not lock properly each time notify your supervisor REVISED June 2007 Section C Policy 3 0 Page 25 of 34 Competent Person Equipment Inspection Inspection of Housing and Installation Bracket Check that all labels are present and legible a Using your fingers check that all bolts and nuts securing the housings are present and tight a Check that no parts are missing or have been altered or substituted a Check that the housings and installation bracket are not excessively dented cracked deformed ruptured corroded or pitted Minor dents that do not impair normal function do not require action However any condition which appears to impair function is cause for removing the device from service Inspection of Line When inspecting the line inspect the snaphook and snaphook line attachment element according to the instructions Wear gloves when inspecting wire rope to prevent cuts and slivers when running hands over the wire rope While inspecting the line keep it from contact with heavily soiled surfaces and coil it loosely to prevent kinking Check carefully CORE lt for each of the conditions described below Refer to the SIROYE illustrations to get the basic t
196. force capacity as horizontal lifelines NOTE Two documents located in Section C Policy 7 0 1 Bacou Dalloz Miller Fall Protection Technical Brief 102 and 2 a June 20 2006 letter from Tom Skoro Pacific Structures District Manager describe the concerns of using self retracting lifelines SRLs horizontally For this reason all horizontal use of SRL s require the installation of an external deceleration device such as the Miller SofStop or other component approved and compatible with system WARNING LINES Warning lines can only be used when conventional and or temporary guardrail systems are infeasible as determined by a competent person Conventional and or temporary guardrail systems provide better protection and security for employees exposed to a fall Warning line systems may only be used as a last resort during roof work on low pitched roofs or during leading edge activities To use the warning line system as a fall protection method for low pitched roof work or leading edge work it must meet all of the criteria for a warning line as outlined below 1 The warning line is erected at least 6 feet from the unprotected edge 2 The warning line is between 34 and 39 inches tall and flagged with highly visible material every 6 feet or less The line may be rope wire or chain and must have a minimum tensile strength of 500 pounds It must be attached to each supporting stanchion so that pulling on the line on one section between sta
197. formed will be such that the inspection interval must be shortened This is an acceptable practice however the manufacturer suggests that the interval never be lengthened beyond the recommended intervals While the ANSI standards are voluntary OSHA regulations have the power of law and state the following about inspection of fall protection equipment Inspection considerations Personal fall arrest systems must be regularly inspected Any component with any significant defect such as cuts tears abrasions mold or undue stretching alterations or additions which might affect its efficiency damage due to deterioration contact with fire acids or other corrosives distorted hooks or faulty hook springs tongues unfitted to the shoulder of buckles loose or damaged mountings non functioning parts or wearing or internal deterioration in the ropes must be withdrawn from service immediately and should be tagged or marked as unusable or destroyed The theme in both the voluntary and regulatory language is that of a regular and thorough inspection to control the integrity of the product REVISED June 2007 Section C Policy 3 0 Page 7 of 34 Competent Person Equipment Inspection Inspection and Maintenance Logs The results of the formal inspection should be kept in a detailed Inspection and Maintenance Log The Inspection and Maintenance Log is a permanent written record of all formal inspections and of any maintenance or repair that
198. forms etc Free Fall Distance can become more complex than those shown here The numbers and variables will change depending on the type of Personal Fall Arrest System used For example when calculating Total Fall Distances for Horizontal Lifeline Systems you have additional variables to consider such as cable deflection and the number of people on the system The important thing to remember is that calculating Total Fall Distance is just as important as selecting the right equipment for the job Forgetting to calculate Total Fall Distance is just as dangerous as failing to wear your harness before working at any elevation REVISED June 2007 Section A Policy 6 0 Page 15 of 30 Kiewit Companies Fall Solutions Manual FALL CLEARANCE CALCULATION BEFORE FALL POST FALL ANCHOR 6 length of lanyard 6 height of worker 3 2 deceleration distance 3 safety factor Total 1812 from anchor point A worker who is six feet tall is using a personal fall arrest system consisting of a D bolt anchor a 6 shock absorbing lanyard deceleration distance of 3 5 and a full body harness When he attaches his shock absorbing lanyard to the D bolt on the I beam above his head the minimum acceptable distance between his anchor point the D bolt and the next lower level is 1812 feet Fall Clearance Calculation 6ft Lanyard length 6ft Height of worker 3 5 ft Extension of shock absorber 3ft Safety Factor 18 5ft Minim
199. from falling hand tools debris and other small objects through the installation of toeboards screens or guardrail systems or through the erection of debris nets catch platforms or canopy structures that can contain or deflect the falling objects e Frames and panels shall be braced by cross horizontal or diagonal braces or combination thereof which secure vertical members together laterally The crossbraces shall be of such length as will automatically square and align vertical members Employees shall always stand firmly on the aerial lift floor and shall not sit or climb on the edge of the basket or use planks ladders or other devices for a work position The employer shall have each employee who performs work while on a scaffold trained by a person qualified in the subject matter to recognize the hazards associated with the type of scaffold being used and to understand the procedures to control or minimize those hazards The employer shall have each employee who is involved in erecting disassembling moving operating repairing maintaining or inspecting a scaffold trained by a competent person to recognize any hazards associated with the work in question Fall Protection General Each employee on walking working surfaces shall be protected from falling through holes more than 6 feet above lower levels by personal fall arrest systems covers or guardrail systems erected around such holes Each employee on a
200. gin the process by identifying areas where fall exposures already exist such as Scaffolds Ladders Roofs and roof openings including skylights Open sided floors and floor openings Steel erection Aerial lift platforms Permanent and temporary working platforms Excavations Leading edges unprotected edges Hoist areas Ramps runways and walkways Wall openings Stairways Working over dangerous equipment Potential for falling objects Formwork Pre cast and lift slab erection and Housekeeping concerns MODOBR CRD r m me ao oe 2 Is it possible to provide or install fall prevention measures before there is an exposure a Install guardrails before allowing employees on an unprotected level b Don tcut floor openings until prepared to install the specified object c Attach a retractable lanyard to the top of a column forms before standing the column REVISED June 2007 Section A Policy 6 0 Page 8 of 30 Kiewit Companies Fall Solutions Manual 3 Have alternate work methods been proposed or implemented such as a Connecting steel or concrete from articulating boom lifts or aerial work platforms b Assembling structures horizontal lifelines or guardrail systems on the ground and lifting them into place to eliminate exposure to falls 4 If work is already in progress is there a completed survey of the operation to identify where what the fall hazards are 5 Specify fall prevention protection meas
201. hat require non conventional means of fall protection These activities include 1 Bolt up 2 Accessing the top of the column form 3 Working on the top of the column form 4 Working inside the column form 5 Stripping columns forms Working on the top of column forms requires a specialized fall protection system For this work a conventional series of guardrails on the inside of the column walkway or a horizontal lifeline above waist height 36 inches for lanyard connection cannot be applied as they are in direct conflict with the work and would place employees at a greater hazard This Plan is designed to assist Kiewit Companies its employees and subcontractors to recognize the fall hazards in this operation and to establish procedures that are to be followed in order to protect workers from those hazards Each employee will be trained in these procedures and be held accountable for compliance In cases where compliance with these procedures would constitute a greater hazard employees must stop work and notify their supervisor immediately Any such concern will be addressed and resolved prior to resuming work Safety policies and procedures cannot be administered implemented monitored nor enforced by any one individual The total objective of a safe injury free work environment can only be accomplished with a dedicated effort of every individual involved with the work Each employee must understand their value to the Company an
202. here fall exposures exist even when protected with a guardrail system The only time a Fall Protection Plan is not needed is when the fall exposure is completely eliminated A Fall Protection Plan Section A Policy 5 1 shall be written when a free fall of greater than six feet is possible or when other hazardous conditions exist A qualified person must write the plan and explain in detail the prevention and protection system to be employed in the operation in conformance with the following provisions 1 A copy of the Fall Protection Plan with all approved changes shall be maintained at the work location A copy may also be sent to the District Safety Manager 2 A copy of the Fall Protection Program Self Assessment Checklist located in Section A Policy 7 2 should be used for fall protection hazard assessment 3 The implementation of the Fall Protection Plan shall be under the supervision of a competent person Competent person shall be specifically named in the Plan 4 The Fall Protection Prevention Plan shall document the reasons why the use of conventional fall protection or prevention systems scaffolding guardrail systems personal fall arrest systems or safety net systems are infeasible or why their use would create a greater hazard 5 The Fall Protection Plan shall include a written discussion of the measures that will be taken to reduce or eliminate the fall hazard for workers who cannot be provided with protection f
203. his program does not need to be elaborate but it should cover the basics with the essential elements clearly conveyed and understood by all participants in the program Equipment Selection As the employer we must know the types of fall protection equipment available and decide which would be most suitable for the workplace Because all work environments differ it is impossible for the equipment manufacturer to determine exactly which fall protection products will provide maximum protection for each task By understanding how fall protection products operate and knowing the differences in product functions we can select the best fall prevention and protection equipment available Fall prevention and protection equipment shall be used consistent with the manufacture s recommendation and every effort afforded so as not to mix equipment from various manufacturers Training All Kiewit employees must be trained in the proper use of fall prevention systems and or fall protection equipment before use ANSI Z359 Standards identify the role employees may be categorized from Authorized Person Competent Person and Qualified Person see part 2 1 definitions Employees must be able to identify potential fall hazards and determine which systems or equipment to use in specific work environments A HAZARD IDENTIFICATION Identifying hazardous fall exposures begins by listing the work tasks that involve or could involve exposure to an elevated fall hazard
204. hock absorbing lanyard A double leg Y lanyard is required in order to maintain connection during operations The lanyard will be attached to the center D ring in the middle of the employee s back A ladder attached to the coiumn will be used to access the top of the column and will be equipped with a Ladder Climbing Safety Device LCSD or a retractable lanyard attached to an anchorage point at the top of the form As employees enter the walkway they will be able to attach to the top of the column with the provided lifeline and then disconnect from the retractable A maximum of two 2 employees may be attached to the lifeline at any one time Only one 1 employee may be connected to any line segment between holes on the top flange however Employees are required to maintain connection to the lifeline at all times when on top of the column platform or when exposed to a fall hazard equal to or greater than 6 feet REVISED June 2007 Section A Policy 5 0 Page 4 of 6 Kiewit Companies Fall Solutions Manual INCIDENT INVESTIGATION Incidents or near misses that result or could have resulted in injuries to workers regardless of their nature shall be reported and investigated It is an integral part of the Kiewit Companies Injury and Illness Prevention Plan that all incidents be investigated and documented as soon as possible after their occurrence so that preventive measures may be implemented In the event of a fall or some other relate
205. hook attached to the D ring eyebolt or other hardware in a manner approved by the manufacturer of the snap hook Q Q 3 Are snap hooks inspected regularly for stress wear distortion corrosion and spring failure Q Q 4 Are snap hooks arranged so they are never connected to each other They should NOT be connected to each other REVISED June 2007 Section A Policy 7 2 Page 3 of 4 Yes No BODY HARNESSES O O 1 Are full body harnesses selected for a particular job equipped with all necessary attachment points for fall arresting work positioning descent control rescue or ladder fall protection systems O 2 Are body harnesses inspected regularly for wear abrasion broken stitching and missing hardware Q 3 Have workers been instructed in the fit use and care of body harnesses and devices Yes No OTHER CONSIDERATIONS Q Q 1 Has the free fall distance been considered so that a worker will not strike a lower surface or object before the fall is arrested O Q 2 Have pendulum swing fall hazards been eliminated O 3 Is all fall arrest equipment free of potential damage from welding chemical corrosion or abrasive blasts O 4 Are all components of the system compatible according to the manufacture s instruction 5 Have employees been properly trained in the following issues Recognizing fall hazards and the nature of fall hazards in the work area Correct procedures for erecting maintaining di
206. icks in the surface of each leg and the head assembly Make sure that all parts are attached and in good condition The lower leg should slide freely inside the upper leg Each leg should lock into position when swung out Additional instructions are contained in the User Manual shipped with the tripod Inspecting the Davit Check the entire surface of the davit for cracks bends and deep nicks in the surface of the tube Check that the anchorage rings are undamaged Check the anchoring receptacles for any sign of weakening of the anchorage Check that the davit rotates freely in its anchoring elements Additional inspection instructions are provided in the User Manual shipped with the davit Inspecting and Maintaining the Hoist The hoist figure 9 must be inspected before each use In addition it must be inspected by a competent person other than the user at intervals of no more than six months The manufacturer specifies a six month inspection interval for the hoist because it is usually subject to frequent use Bi annual factory service is also required Inspection and factory service date labels are affixed to the hoist housing Check that the most recent formal inspection shown is within the previous six months and that the most recent factory service was within the previous year To inspect the function of the hoist mount it to a suitable z anchorage connector Maintaining tension on the hoist line with a Figure 9 gloved hand rot
207. ill be installed to prevent debris from falling through the guardrail Common materials used in this application have included plywood screening or plastic mesh fencing with Lo openings When using these materials particularly plywood extra precaution should be taken to ensure it is adequately secured to the guardrail so it cannot be stripped by high winds The guardrail system must be evaluated to ensure the additional loads can be sustained REVISED October 2010 Section A Policy 3 0 Page 1 of 13 Kiewit Companies Fall Solutions Manual NOTE The height of installed handrail should be based on the finished deck surface and not the temporary working walking surface Installation of additional members at the time of construction may be required COMMON EXAMPLES OF GUARDRAIL CONSTRUCTION REVISED October 2010 Section A Policy 3 0 Page 2 of 13 Kiewit Companies Fall Solutions Manual HANDEATE DETAILS For Metal Handrail Posts Metal Handrail Posts 8 0 o c max Use 6 7 0 oc for Optimum 2x4x16 Rail laps Use 13 8d box nail post conn DU NOT USE HEAD NA SPLICE CONN DETAILS Note Center of splice should be no more than 1 3 away from post 2 164 common 1 3 Max nails per conn g D Bo box naii Cmind kent over jene mim tap Metal Handrail Post REVISED October 2010 Section A Policy 3 0 Page 3 of 13 Kiewit Companies Fall Sol
208. ing the unprotected edge or side These systems are typically installed from a fixed anchorage or from between two anchorages to which a worker is secured in order to prevent the worker from walking or falling off a surface to a lower level A restraint system is not a fall arrest system and is not designed for leaning Restraint systems are particularly difficult to design because of workplace geometry and human factors If the restraint system is too short the worker will detach near the edge if too long long free falls can be expected and if leaning occurs near an edge a back up fall arrest system is required When using restraint systems swing falls are one of the greatest risks The risk of a swing fall is increased when an employee moves away from the anchorage point such as when on the roof of a building or on a bridge deck In a fall the employee will swing back under the anchorage during a fall A swing fall increases the risk of striking an object or lower level during the pendulum motion It is important to consider the following when planning to use a restraint system Fall distance can actually increase during a swing fall e The shock load from a swing fall can be the same as it would be for a vertical fall with the same change of elevation e During a swing fall an employee can strike an object or lower level before the arrest system stops the fall Restraint lines and their anchorages shall be designed with the same
209. inspection at least once a year Lanyards should be equipped with inspection tags provided by the manufacturer The inspection tag indicates the month and year of the formal inspection and is punched by the inspector once it has passed that inspection If the most recent formal inspection is not within the last year you should remove the lanyard from use until it has passed inspection by a competent person Lanyard labels must also provide instructions and cautions regarding use and inspection and must identify the manufacturer product part number and the date of manufacture The date of manufacture provides an indication when a lanyard should be removed from service All lanyards grow weaker with age and use Generally a lanyard is removed from use after 3 years or earlier if inspection reveals a weakened condition If at any time you are uncertain about whether a condition you notice is sufficient cause to remove a lanyard from use consult your supervisor a qualified REVISED June 2007 Section C Policy 3 0 Page 18 of 34 Competent Person Equipment Inspection person or the manufacturer Once removed from service the lanyard is to be clearly marked as unusable and then destroyed How to Inspect Lanyards When you inspect a lanyard begin at one end and work your way to the other end If the lanyard is equipped with a connector first inspect the connector and make sure it is functioning correctly If the lanyard has a seized whipped
210. installation date and service inspection dates using the spaces provided on the label Attach the label to the unit with the nylon tie provided Attach the label to the unit where it cannot be damaged and is easily accessible to anyone using the system Record system identification information in the inspection and maintenance section of this manual Do not remove the label from the unit Ill OPERATION GENERAL OPERATION 1 Dona full body harness according to the manufacturer s instructions 2 Once the installation and working distance requirements are understood and have been satisfied lower each of the brake jacks completely by rotating the brake jack handle clockwise until each stops rotating Warning Be sure to lower each brake jack completely Failing to do so could hinder the performance of the unit in the event of a fall and may cause serious or fatal injury 3 Install only Miller retractable lifelines and use personal fall protection according to the manufacturer s instructions supplied with that product The personal fall protection used with this device must limit the fall arresting forces to 900 Ibs 4 kN or less and be rigged to limit fall distance to within regulatory requirements and prevent the user from striking a lower surface in the event of a fall 4 When the unit needs to be moved disconnect each worker from the unit raise each of the brake jacks completely by rotating the brake jack handle counter clockwise Move the
211. ions Manual 5 Kiewit MEMORANDUM DATE June 12 2006 TO Project Sponsors Project Managers Job Superintendents Project Safety Managers FROM Tom Skoro CC Parke Ball Rick Zellen SUBJECT Use of External SofStop with Self Retracting Lifelines Recent information shows the need for use of a Miller SofStop U S Part No 928LS when using self retracting lifelines SRLs due to the potential forces that could be imparted during a fall over a perimeter edge Whenever possible SRLs should be mounted to an overhead anchorage connector and to a suitable anchorage point Effective June 16 2006 all uses of cable self retracting lifelines yo yo s require the use of the Miller SofStop The Miller SofStop shall be installed between the workers harness and the snap at the end of the Miller SRL Make whatever efforts are required to comply with this directive Employee training on proper selection use and care of personal fall arrest equipment is necessary prior to using fall arrest equipment The training should make the users aware of how to recognize existing and potential fall hazards and how to eliminate prevent or control these hazards You may purchase the Miller SofStop by calling Sanderson Safety California 510 559 8400 OR WA 800 547 0927 ORR Safety 800 669 1677 Please contact Rick Zellen at 360 772 3978 for questions or assistance Thank you REVISED June 2007 Section C Policy 7 0 Page 4 of 4 Ki
212. isk exists that a worker may fall from any elevated surface or position As a tule it is recommended that a PFAS be used any time a working height of 6 feet is reached and a fall hazard exists Working height is defined as the distance from the walking working surface to a grade or lower level A PFAS is designed to be passive and will only come into service should a fall occur The following equipment should be used as a part of a personal fall arrest system A Personal Protective Gear Full body harness B Connecting Device Shock absorbing lanyard or retractable lifeline C Anchorage Attachment Point 5 000 Ib static load tested anchor point and anchorage connecting device Regulations require fall forces be limited to 1 800 pounds or less when wearing a full body harness A full body harness distributes the forces evenly throughout the entire body reducing the chances of internal injuries The shock absorbing lanyard dramatically decreases the fall arresting forces and is also designed to lessen the employee s impact A shock absorber will reduce the fall forces by 65 to 80 and limit the force to approximately 900 Ibs Always keep in mind that the anchorage point must be capable of supporting 5 000 pounds PER WORKER ATTACHED or twice the maximum impact load as determined by a qualified person REVISED June 2007 Section A Policy 6 0 Page 21 of 30 Kiewit Companies Fall Solutions Manual POSITIONING The seco
213. iuned z omg 209 009 970 EER GH uoybulysem uoba10 eIUJOJIIe 2 Spiepueis uonoetoid EI VHSO SFIS uononzisuo 40 uonoejoJd 12 9261 HAD 62 VHSO 9t JO ot Abed 01 ollod O uonoes 2002 eunf 0381 4 Zv zy spiepuels ALIS YM PUE HO V o uon2eloJd 112 0099261 VHSO 8 51461 IIV 017 suonnios Ajayeg 124 5113 5002 IIS Jo Buipuejsjepun eysinbai ay jou seu oldul y yeu ejeorpur jueuudinbo suiejs s uomoojoJd ile jo esn Jo eBpe wouy s olduu payoaye ue ui serenbepeu 0 09 9Z61T Jo ejejosqo snoad jepuai Deen o jueuidinbe Jo suiejs s uonoejo Jd ile Jo s d ay ul 2 2 206 9261 JO ejejosqo Bulures snoivejd Japuas eoe dxyJo v ui seBueu T O 0S 9Z6T H UM suomneniis p lluui JOU eJe yng pnioul si uurea eueuM seouejsuinoJl uons uoee uena jjeus 1 olduu y uono s siy Jo e udeuJ6eJed Aq p unb l Us pue Bulpue si pun ay ang jou seop p uien u q ApeaJ e seu oym eeKo duie Aue yey o uoseai seu 1 olduu y ueuM Buey O 0S 9Z6T 2 609 9261 peurejureui eq jjeus uoneoymieo Bulur 1s8je eu Z 4 160S 9Z6T Ise1iy le Sg 21 17
214. ject Pre Issuance inspections should be completed by a Competent or Qualified Person prior to the initial use of any fall arrest system or component Brand new equipment can be defective thus inspection prior to initial use is required The date of first use shall be legibly recorded on the inspection tag REVISED June 2007 Section A Policy 2 0 Page 4 of 7 Kiewit Companies Fall Solutions Manual 2 6 2 6 1 or label or on an Inspection Log using component serial numbers An example Log can be found in Section A Policy 7 1 Daily inspections shall be completed by the user Prior to each use during and after each use fall protection equipment shall be inspected by the user for defects damage or deterioration Any defective equipment shall be removed from service and turned into supervision The user should be instructed to observe equipment for the appearance of specific defects which could affect reliability and their personal safety Formal inspections shall be made by either a Competent or Qualified Person on a quarterly basis NOTE Ifthe manufacturer s label is not legible or is missing the equipment shall be removed from service Maximum field life of soft goods is five years All equipment five years or more shall be removed from service and destroyed Do not write or paint on any part of personal fall protection equipment FALL PROTECTION PLANS A Fall Protection Plan should be developed for all operation s task s w
215. jeus uejd uonoejoJd ile eu L 9 01 Cc0S 9Z6T 1S911V IE3 3 Z291 6991 uonoe104d EOS 005 9201 H3O 61 112 30A uononajsuo L O Wed OVA 9591 962 1424 12 IN uoisiAIpqnS uononnsuo2 AId reg SHO 112 pz au 60S1 7091 suoniugea z AHY uoyulysem uob 10 euopep Sp Epue1S 19 10 23 VHSO 91e1S uon nusuoo AO uono loid 112 9261 HAD 62 VHSO 9t JO Gy aBed 01 ollod O uonoes 2002 eunf 0381 4 Zv J0 Lp abed spiepuels ALIS YM PUE HO V o uon2eloJd 124 0099261 VHSO Ie19p 4 51461 IIV 017 suonnios Ajayeg 124 5113 S002 DUTUTET TETTOE JO TED Sup UCU T VYET yenb pe sem uiue solid y peuruuejep JaAoj dwa auf eui ejeorpul 2 5 pJo2a1 uoneoymieo OU uono s SIU JO AH H au o Joud pejejduioo Jo Je o duie Jeuyoue Aq p npuo Bulule uo seio 0 y J JeAojduie eu jo einjeuBis out 10 Burure eui pejonpuoo oym uosJed y jo eunjeuDis y pue Buluien au Jo 5 eui paules ee o duie y Ajjuepi 19440 JO SEU au urejuoo 25 pJooeJ uoneoynieo uemnuM L uoneoynaeo uam e Buuedeud Aq uonoes 511 jo e udeu6eJed yym eouerduuoo Auen eus 1e ojduue eu L 1204 609 9Z61 Dulule jo uoneoynJe2 4 160S 9Z6T HEdqns siy ur peurejuoo spiepuejs eu HA
216. jo 1061400 eui Aq xooudeus y jo jueureBeBuesip jue aJd o pesn pue peuBisep yooudeus d4 Supyool e eq ieys 10 aqua Jequieui peyoeuuoo p lo uuoo y Aq s d y yooydeus v uorsseudep y Aq s d y yooy deus ay jo 12e3uoo ay Aq oou Z66L L 6SEZ ISNV JO Aq yooudeus eu juswabebuasip jeuoguejuiun deus u jo JUswWabeBbuasip jue aJd o pesn pue vestr L OLV ISNV JO slu ui iinb i jueuudinbe 1u A 1d oj pejoeuuoo ase Adu U9IUA O Jequieu yoou deus d Bunoo e eq ileus sxoou deus Ax 9 S19j9J nq 51 Aes jou seop pepuejS oul au ui ejqneduuoo aq o pezis eq jjeus sqooudeus 1510 209 9261 2661 VL 6S Z ISNV Jo uoneuuojep jueueuied Buey JO Dupjeeuq DOE 1661 71 ISNV 40 sjuawaunbas Ju uudinb 1nouj NJ 91 spunod 0096 Jo peo lis unum o SJ9J91 114 Siy Aes Jou s op piepue S 9u 2 e O pejsej jooJd eq eys syooudeus pue sBuu eeq v P zos 9zer 001990000 C66L L 6SEZ ISNV 40 L66L 7L OLV ISNV JO slu ui iinb i Bun u jueuidinbe O S19j9J 114 siu Aes jou seop prepuejs A NJ 222 spunod 000 5 jo ul65u ns lisu LUNWIUILU e 25 sxooudeus pue sBuu eeg E p zos 9zet 1seA1y 112 s 14122159 1124 30A UONONAYSUOD L 9 Hed OWM SSL 962 Jeideu uon35 loid 124 IN uoisiAIpqnS uononnsuoo AIG Feg SHO Z291 6991 uono loid Hez vz HV SOS L pOS I SuoMUag z l9 HV 09 0089201 61
217. jo pue s1ojeuuoo eBeJououe ue ulu Buoje sseujeu Apoq Jo 1l q Apoq e pesiuduioo si uiejs s eu eouejsip Aue Sulje Woy Joen eu sjueA eJd zey uiejs s uonoejoud UEL e sue w ui9js Ss WEIS UEL jeuosJed 00S1 00 Z t Petr SI 1S 1HE Ve 30j H q Apoq e jo ssn Sui Bool L Ajenuer jo sy s u jo suoneulquioo 115 10 eu uonei o p pe Aue e apnjoul Aew pue sseujeu Apoq 3jeq Apog e s1012euuoo eDeJououe ue jo sjsisuoo 11 1 A l Bupjiom e le e ui eeKojduie ue sase o p sn uiejs s e SUBS uiejs s 1S MHE UEL jeuosJod Sjrep1enb pue sjeu Ajejes suiejs s jureJsai ile suiejs s lA p Buluonisod suiejs s jse e UEL jeuos1ed sepnjour uiejs s uono loid Ile jeuosied y uu91s S uonoejoJg II 4 jeuosJad H q lppes 10 og e l q sueuieui e ejdurexe tuonisod JOM e ul Joen ay DIOU o poq sJexow eui peJnoes eq ueo yeu dens ejdnjnuu Buis e sue w eg 115 4 u uudinb pue Ajauiysew jo uonejedo y o uuoge d Jo Auooleq e se yons punojB Jo Jooy Burpunouns eui e oqe p leA j suosied 104 eoeyuins BUDHOAVBUD IEM e sueeul uuojield 1 Uolsiipqns ut pesseuppe si spjoyeds Woy BuiAe youg pueuleAQ ILON 55950 0 DUME ouq y buunp JEM Youd of o ul uonel ejsur E21399 e pue Hulpus uosew SOPNIOU YIOM pa ejay
218. l pairs of sheets into the interlocks F Now that the sheet threading worker is in position a second pair of sheets is lofted into position with a crane Assure that the employee is never under the suspended sheets G It is important that a procedure is established to verify that the wall of sheets is stable during the threading operation The following procedures have been used in the past 1 After threading a maximum of 6 pairs of sheets the newly installed sheets can be hair pinned or vibrated partially into the soil enough to guarantee stability of the wall In some cases each pair of sheets is welded to the threading frame using angles This procedure allows a larger number of sheets to be threaded before the sheets must be partially driven 2 A combination of welding and using come a longs to secure the sheets safely to the frame has also been used successfully 3 Another method is to use a vibratory hammer with a short sling approximately 6 feet long attached to the base of the hammer This sling and shackle is used to hook and thread the sheets After proper threading the vibratory hammer is used to drive that pair of sheets down to a height of approximately three 3 feet above the threading frame REVISED June 2007 Section B Policy 10 0 Page 1 of 2 Kiewit Companies Fall Solutions Manual a By using this procedure the sheet threading worker can always be positioned on the frame and can walk ou
219. l specifications e Written fall protection plans e Identifying types of fall protection systems Working height from the Ground Federal OSHA allowed for exemptions to 29CFR1926 for California Oregon and Washington which change the height that an employee can work off the ground without needing to be tied off from 6 feet to 7 1 2 feet and 10 feet This only applies to general leading edge work unless the employee is working in an area that is called out by a specific standard Example Oregon States changed the minimum threshold from the 6 to a 10 for general leading edge work but kept the 6 threshold for work performed around holes and skylights Guardrail Specifications California OSHA sets the minimum height for guardrails at 42 inches while Federal Oregon and Washington follow 42 3 or 39 inches as the minimum height criteria Federal and Oregon OSHA calls for toe boards to be a minimum of 3 inches high while California and Washington State call for toe board minimum height to be 4 inches Written Fall Protection Plan Washington State has the most stringent requirement They require that a Company identify all potential fall hazards for any job and write how the hazard is going to be controlled This needs to be posted at the jobsite and communicated to all employees Federal California and Oregon Standards require a written fall protection plan only if a Controlled Access Zone is going to be employed The Washi
220. lace assessment must comply with the requirements of the regulations governing confined space entry When fall arrest components made by different manufacturers are used in a system a Competent Person shall determine that they meet the requirements of established standards and are compatible Written manufacturer s approval may be required Consult the District Safety Manager NOTE Most fall protection equipment manufacturers specifically state not to mix components of their brands with that of other manufacturers This is important because of the design ratings of the components available INSPECTION Even though a maximum life of fall arrest equipment may be established by standards and or manufacturers this does not mean it will last for that defined period Therefore inspection of a Personal Fall Arrest System shall be conducted prior during and after each use by trained employee s The superintendent is responsible to ensure this is effectively managed on his her operations The owner s manual provided by the manufacturer with each fall arrest component or system details the inspection maintenance and use criteria The manufacturer s instructions for each component shall be provided to an employee The superintendent is responsible to ensure the employee reads and understands the requirements for safe use of each component The owner s manual shall be retained on site and be readily available for all components used at that pro
221. lejs S jseJJe JO Julens i ile e jo esn y Ag e 8MO OJ SE 4001 OU JO seDpe pue sepis pejoejoudun ye wouy Woy eq yom uons ui seefojduie jeu eunsue eys s old l y ULY puezey We jenuejod e sjoo4 peuoiid MOJ uo JO eoueuuojied y Buunq suoisi oud jesauag 1 51 4001 payoyd mol jo 21522 991 962 OYM UuoneJedo jueuidinbe E9Iueqosui jo eui o jejnoipuedied si qolu eBpe Joos y Woy w 199J OL uey 559 104 pue uonejedo jueuidinbe Eotueuoeuu jo uonoailp eu oj jejeJed 51 uS9 UA y wouy uu g 198 9 uey sse JOU Deele eq ileus BuiuJeM v p sn Bureq si jueudinbe jeoiueuoeui u uAA 11 G Z0S 9Z6T BP oo ayy oU w g LU 188 9 uey sse JOU p l5 1 eq 25 au Burujew au p sn Bulag jou s jueuudinbe jeoiueuoeui r U zos 926T MZOS 9261 Bale XJOM JOOJ y Jo sepis Je pej2eJe eq ileus euij Buruew u L 206 9c61 WSS DUU Oo 5 JO Uess jeu AjSjes uiejsAs lespuenB uejs s julesjsai UEL jeuosJed uu ls s soe UEL Jeuosiad e Aq payoajoid eq 1snui au Buruuew e pue ool e uaam q yom Buyoos Buruuoped seeKojduia 2 JejuozuoH JO IE M A ZL u Z uey sedojs Joos uo uono loid UEL SE pesn eq jou
222. lifeline positioned up off the precast girder The worker is connected to a retractable lanyard It s important to make sure the retractable is kept perpendicular to the work area to prevent swing related injuries in the event of a fall Tie Off Overhang SE AUN REVISED June 2007 Section B Policy 4 0 Page 1 of 1 Kiewit Companies Fall Solutions Manual 5 0 COLUMN FORMS Access for column work involves four operations requiring fall protection 1 2 3 4 Accessing the top of the column form Working on top of the column form Working inside the column form Bolt up and stripping A Access to the top of the column form may be achieved by Using a retractable lanyard secured to an anchorage point or A LCSD secured to a vertical lifeline or If the column can is less than 20 feet in height a vertical ladder can be used without a personal fall arrest system Vertical ladders installed greater than 20 will require a fall protection system Vertical ladders should be attached to the column can in accordance with the manufacturer s requirements Access for Column Work REVISED June 2007 Section B Policy 5 0 Page 1 of 2 Kiewit Companies Fall Solutions Manual Column Form Access Fall Hazard Fall hazard into column form can NOTE Verify that this opening is no larger than 6 If the opening is greater than 6 employees will be required to use fall protection equipment Also any op
223. lifelines splicing must be formed using interlocking turn back eyes with thimbles with the recommended number of fist grips on each eye Note Kiewit prefers the use of fist grips in lieu of traditional U bolt cable clamps AN EXTRA WARM MC SAFETY CLIP CAN BE ADOED TO THE SPLICE AS SHOWN ZELOW F THE LOOP FLATTENS THE MOLOING CLIPS HAVE SLIPPED EXTRA CLIP NJMBER CLIPS ANO TORQUE IN ACCOROANCE FITH PROCEOURES REICOMMENDEO BY CLIP MANUFACTURER Company preferred method WIRE ROPE SPLICING PROCEDURES me preferred methcc of splicing wo wire ropes together is to use inter locking urnback eyes 2 777 with thimbles using the recommended number of clips on each eye See Figure REVISED June 2007 Section A Policy 6 0 Page 19 of 30 Kiewit Companies Fall Solutions Manual OVERVIEW OF PERSONAL FALL ARREST SYSTEMS PFASs A comprehensive fall protection program must be viewed as a total system Beginning with hazard identification and ending with ongoing management review A personal fall arrest system PFAS can be viewed as a system within a system Three key components of the PFAS must be in place and properly used to provide maximum worker protection A Three System Components 1 Body Wear The first component of the system is the personal protective equipment PPE worn by the employee The only body wear allowed for fall arrest is a full body harness A harness sho
224. ll distance and allow for dynamic elongation and activation distance of the assembly Fall clearance should be properly calculated to prevent injury to the user The following considerations should be applied when calculating fall clearance Fall Clearance Calculation BEFORE AFTER FALL FALL ANCHOR POINT 6 n LENGTH OF LANYARD 1 NILUS TOTAL DISTANCE 18 1 2 n ANCHOR 6 rr POINT HEIGHT OF WORKER 3 n SAFETY FACTOR Fall Clearance Calculation for Cross Arm Strap Before After Fall Fal 2 ft Length of Anchorage Connector 6 ft Length of Lanyard 3 1 2 ft Deceleration Distance 6 ft Height of Worker 3 ft Safety Factor Total 20 1 2 ft from Anchor Point REVISED June 2007 Section A Policy 2 0 Page 3 of 7 Kiewit Companies Fall Solutions Manual 2 5 Fall Clearance Calculation for Retractable Lifeline Before After Fall Fall 2 ft Length of Retractable Free Fall Distance 2 1 2 ft Deceleration Distance 6 ft Height of Worker 3 ft Safety Factor Total 15 1 2 ft from Anchor Point Evaluation of the personnel assigned to use any fall arrest system must be performed to ensure proper sizing of components to the user A sizing chart is contained in the user instructions and manufacturer s catalog for the components full body harnesses specifically they design If a system is to be used for confined space entry operations the workp
225. ll prevention and protection planning are the 1 2 3 Falsedeck Method Cart Method with horizontal lifeline Elevated Lifeline Method 1 Falsedeck Method a b C d e Falsedeck is installed and removed as described in the Falsedecks section of this manual This system must incorporate the lifeline affixed to the girder web while the falsedeck is installed and removed Deck formwork is placed and stripped using the falsedeck as a work platform Overhang brackets are installed with the worker over the side of the girder Workers will anchor lanyards or retractables with external deceleration device to the horizontal lifeline the best practice is to install overhang where the interior deck is complete Overhang decking and guardrail placement will require an additional horizontal lifeline system An elevated horizontal lifeline or a system similar to that used to place bottom decks are both permitted options Overhang formwork should be stripped and overhangs dry finished using an aerial lift rolling scaffold or manual method in order of desirability Falsedeck Installation to Eliminate Exposure REVISED June 2007 Section B Policy 9 0 Page 4 of 5 Kiewit Companies Fall Solutions Manual 2 Cart Method With Horizontal Lifeline a Horizontal lifelines shall be installed on the girders as described in the falsedecks section of this manual b In this method deck formwork can b
226. lssejo eq Ud IIEUS suoneoo eseu pesn jouuEo spoujeui uoroejoJd Ile jeuonueAuoo uoneoo uoee Ajuepi eys uejd uonoejoud ile eu 2 uonoes siu jo D udeBejed ur euejuo au ui lduuoo snw Je ojduue eui pue seuoz sseooe p llonuoo se payissejo eq Ud eys suoneoo eseu L pesn eq jouueo spoujeui uorejoJd ile jpeuonueAuoo H UM uoneoo uoee Ajuepi jeus uejd uonoejoJd ile eu L 1019 209 9261 s ndde 10G1 600 2 uoDeuo ul sem 4 209 92618 ILON Duley JO pJeZeu OU S5np 1 AqaJeui pue SoepINS DUDIOM Joes e epi oJd oj pesn eq ued suuojie d 410M pejunoui JO s1eppe spjojjeos YAUM oj juejxe eui ssnosip eys 1eAojduue y 104 Sul s4S uonoejoud UEL jeuonueAuoo Aq uomnoejoud uir q jouuEo OUM S NHOM 40 2 UEL BU eyeutuulje Jo onp 1 U YE eq IIIA zey seanseeui Jeujo JO uoissnosip U nhHA e epnyjoul eys uejd uonoejoJd ile eu 9 Dulles jo pJezeu eur eonpei pue 938pns DUD OM 5 e epi oJd pesn eq ued suuojie d yuoA pejunouJ I IU A JO s1eppe spjojjeos YUM oj juejxe eu ssnosip 1125 1eAojduue y 104 S l s4S uonoejoud UEL jeuonueAuoo eu tuoi uonoejoJd ui 9q jouueo OYM SJ9XJOM JO pJezeu UEL eui JO onp 1 o U YE q IIIA JEU seunseeui JO uoissnosip e epnpul
227. mm to 8 inches 203mm apart Bend the webbing in an inverted U as shown The surface tension resulting makes damaged fibers or cuts easier to detect Follow this procedure the entire length of the webbing inspecting both sides of each strap Look for frayed edges broken fibers pulled stitches cuts burns and chemical damage Pads Check D rings for distortion cracks breaks and rough or sharp edges The D ring should pivot freely D ring back pads should also be inspected for damage 3 Attachment of Buckles Inspect for any unusual wear frayed or cut fibers or broken stitching of the buckle or D ring attachments db Tongue Crommets The tongue receives heavy wear from repeated buckling and unbuckling Inspect for loose distorted or broken grommets Webbing should not have additional punched holes REVISED June 2007 Section A Policy 6 1 Page 14 of 19 5 Tongue Buchles Buckle tongues should be free of distortion in shape and motion They should overlap the buckle frame and move freely back and forth in their socket Roller should turn freely on frame Check for distortion or sharp edges Friction and Wating Buckles Inspect the buckle for distortion The outer bars and center bars must be straight Pay special attention to corners and attachment points at the center bar 1 Hardware a Snaps Inspect closely for hook and eye distortions
228. most frequent tasks with the highest potential severity Assigning a value to each criteria and then ranking them may be an effective means to prioritize exposures for control measures Analyzing a fall hazard takes these five steps Identifying Appraising Classifying Prioritizing Providing hazardous risk related control needed exposures tasks measures protection Errors by skilled workers in construction trades are often related to unusual conditions which can combine to surprise a normally careful worker s lack of awareness or knowledge in a particular situation CLASSIFYING RELATED TASKS Classifying related work tasks can assist in the development of elevated fall hazard control measures As in the appraisal process a list of criteria is compiled Climbing on fixed structures for instance could be used to group all fixed ladder climbing regardless of whether the ladder was on a building batch plant crusher or column Other considerations such as horizontal movement frequency plant location number of employees or the need for emergency escape often represent additional essential criteria PRIORITIZING CONTROL MEASURES Once they are classified exposures are prioritized for control measures To begin reducing the probability of a fall elevated work tasks with high risk and reasonably straightforward will be resolved immediately For example a new steel girder bridge over a river could have a sequence of erection where n
229. mployee protection until inspected and determined by a competent person to be undamaged and suitable for reuse WARNING If inspection reveals a defect in condition immediately remove the unit from service VI MAINTENANCE A SERVICING Servicing must only be carried out by a qualified person trained in the inspection and replacement of this system The company safety officer should maintain a record log of all servicing and inspection dates for this unit This unit and all components of the system must be removed from service if subjected to fall arresting forces Contact Dalloz Fall Protection at 1 800 873 5242 if there are any questions B CLEANING Periodically clean the unit using a damp cloth and a non abrasive mild soap or detergent Towel dry C STORAGE Before storing clean the unit to remove any dirt grease or other materials that may have accumulated Store in a clean dry area when not in use VII WARNING LABELS sa k ATTACH LIFELINE HERE N HITCH PIN WARNING eu 108 B gt ONLY 1 PERSON PER ANCHORAGE IS PERMITTED AT ONE TIME Se CONNECTORS USED WITHIN THE SYSTEM MUST BE ABLE TO PUSHPIN SUPPORT 5 000 LBS THE USE OF NON APPROVED COMPONENTS MAY CAUSE SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH VERTICAL BOOM INSTALLATION HORIZONTAL BOOM INSTALLATION 1 READ UNDERSTAND AND FOLLOW ALL INSTRUCTIONS 1 READ UNDERSTAND AND FOLLOW ALL INSTRUCTIONS BEFORE USING BEFORE USING 2 INSERT PUSH PIN THROUGH THE FRAME VERTICAL BOOM 2
230. n Proper storage and maintenance after use are as important as cleaning the equipment of dirt corrosives or contaminants Storage areas should be clean dry and free of exposure to fumes or corrosive elements 1 NYLON amp POLYESTER For removing loose debris from PFAS equipment washing in soapy water works best After washing rinse the equipment with fresh water DO NOT DRY CLEAN OR USE INDUSTRIAL SOLVENTS ON SYNTHETIC MATERIALS These can degrade the material by leaching out oils used in the manufacturing process which provide strength to the material Wipe off all surface dirt with a sponge dampened in plain water Squeeze the sponge dry Dip the sponge in a mild solution of water and commercial soap or detergent Work up a lather with a vigorous back and forth motion Then wipe the equipment dry with a clean cloth Hang freely to air dry Keep away from excessive heat or direct sunlight 2 DRYING Belts and other equipment should be allowed to dry thoroughly in a cool area away from heat sources steam and UV light 3 STORAGE The equipment should be stored and hung freely by the back D ring in a cool dry place until needed If materials appear to be faded or tags and labels are illegible consult the equipment manufacturer to determine if replacement is necessary D FULL BODY HARNESS DONNING PROCEDURES All full body harnesses should be visually inspected before each use After inspecting the harness follow the donning procedu
231. n was taken and sign off by a competent person that the corrective action was inspected and approved The logs should use a logical system for identifying location along a rail run Numbering rail sections consecutively from lowest to highest is one good method Deficiencies can be pinpointed by their location in relation to the lowest rail section e g 36 inches from the top of rail section which facilitates location of the problem by subsequent climbers or repair personnel If blueprints were prepared in the system design process the numbering system can be marked on copies of these drawings to facilitate locating a problem The numbering system can also be marked at designated points on the rail sections themselves using indelible ink Complete and accurate information is thus available for planning the replacement or repair of components REVISED June 2007 Section C Policy 3 0 Page 8 of 34 Competent Person Equipment Inspection COMPONENTS COMPONENTS t is important to understand the inspection criteria of each component in a fall protection product example a lanyard is comprised of snaphooks web strap adjuster and label which is inspected one component at a time Individual components make up the product that will link with other products to become the personal fall arrest system Let s study components Connectors Connectors come in many shapes sizes and forms A connector is a component or element used to join t
232. n 42 and 45 from the walking working surface Mid rail height will be approximately one half of the distance from the top rail and the floor or ground A second mid rail may be required when the height of a handrail was installed to accommodate a temporary walking working surface and not the completed finished deck surface The top rail has a maximum allowed deflection in any one direction when a 200 Ib force is applied in an outward and downward direction Minimum deflection is not defined for wood however when using wire rope the maximum mid span deflection must be not more than three inches Additionally all wire rope rails must be flagged with a highly visible material at least six feet on center Post and post anchorages must also be able to withstand a 200 Ib force outward and downward at any point on the post or railing and posts must not be spaced more than 8 apart from each other Toeboard for all system types must be a solid material with a minimum nominal height of 4 inches Not more than a 4 inch gap shall be allowed between the floor and bottom of the toeboard with 1 inch maximum gaps Toeboard height may need to be greater than 4 inches if materials stored or stacked next to toeboard is greater In all cases as a minimum toeboards shall be 4 inches above the floor or the top of stacked materials whichever is greater When guardrail systems are used over heavily traveled areas or public roadways a full height barrier w
233. n contact with any obstruction or lower level Free Fall To limit the maximum arresting force free fall distance should be kept to a minimum The maximum allowed free fall distance is 6 feet To help assure this the tie off attachment point the horizontal lifeline should be located at or above the connection point of the fall arrest equipment the back D ring on the body harness Use of manufactured stanchions that make the anchorage attachment at waist level should only be used with a shorter Shock Absorbing Lanyard or an approved Self Retracting Lifeline in order to limit free fall distance Horizontal lifelines at 36 or less from the working surface foot level lifelines are only permitted when approved by the Job Sponsor and all of the conditions outlined in the regulatory requirements have been met An in line deceleration device is required in this configuration Rescue Refer to Section A Policy 4 0 Post Fall and Rescue C Requirements 1 Design i All horizontal lifelines must be designed by a Registered Professional Engineer usually a Structural Engineer Note Need to specifically call out specifications of all equipment by brand part number load rating and location in the system Need to specify the number of users that are allowed to be on the system at one time and the specific type of equipment to be used REVISED October 2010 Section A Policy 3 0 Page 8 of 13 Kiewit Companies Fall S
234. n onset of the fall and just before the system begins to apply force to arrest the fall This distance excludes deceleration distance and lifeline lanyard elongation but includes any deceleration device slide distance or self retracting lifeline lanyard extension before they operate and fall arrest forces occur Guardrail System a barrier erected to prevent employees from falling to lower levels which includes a handrail midrail and toeboard Hole a gap or void 2 inches 5 1 cm or more in its least dimension in a floor roof or other walking working surface Infeasible means it is impossible to perform the work using a conventional fall protection system 1 guardrail system safety net system or personal fall arrest system or that it is technologically impossible to use any one of these systems to provide fall protection Note with the variety of systems widely available this argument is not accepted Lanyard a flexible line of rope wire rope or strap which generally has a connector at each end for connecting the body harness to a deceleration device lifeline or anchorage Leading Edge the edge of a floor roof or formwork for a floor or other walking working surface such as a deck which changes location as additional floor roof decking or formwork sections are placed formed or constructed A leading edge is considered to be an unprotected side or edge during periods when it is not actively and continuo
235. n over the safety monitoring function to another designated competent person 3 6 HORIZONTAL LIFELINES A Definition A horizontal lifeline is an engineered rail rope wire or synthetic cable system installed horizontally and used for attachment of other components of a personal fall arrest system e g lanyard or lifeline device while moving horizontally Note Horizontal installation requires the lifeline to be connected between two fixed anchorage points on the same level The ANCHORAGE POINT Lifeline needs to be at waist level minimum The purpose of a horizontal lifeline is to limit the possibility of a pendulum swing injuries by continuously providing an elevated anchorage point as the worker moves horizontally during access or work tasks This allows the fall arrest to occur within a vertical plane Swing falls can generate the same forces as falling an equal distance vertically but present the additional hazard of striking an object B Application Considerations 1 All horizontal lifelines must be designed and stamped by a Registered Professional Engineer REVISED October 2010 Section A Policy 3 0 Page 7 of 13 Kiewit Companies Fall Solutions Manual 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Note Need to specifically call out all components with load capacity This includes and is not limited to manufacturers part numbers load rating and where they will be located in the system Additionally need to
236. n the system Training must be conducted without exposing personnel to any hazards V INSPECTION Before each use visually inspect for the following 1 Inspect all components i e wheels anchorage points jacks for physical damages cracks wear corrosion and workability 2 Check all bolts for damages cracks looseness wear and corrosion 3 Check to ensure that each push pin has been secured in place with a hitch pin and inspect for damage worn bent or broken parts REVISED June 2007 Section C Policy 4 0 Page 9 of 11 4 Inspect for malfunctioning components broken or missing pins and fasteners Replace if necessary 5 Inspect wheels to ensure that each rotates and moves freely and inspect for cuts breaks broken areas excessive wear Also ensure that each wheel is securely fastened 6 Inspect brake jacks to ensure that each works properly and is capable of raising the unit when crank handle has been rotated clock wise to a complete stop 7 Inspect all welds through out the unit for cracks breaks or corrosion 8 Inspect system and all personal fall protection according to the manufacturer s instructions Formal Inspection A competent person must perform an annual inspection of the entire system and all components Note If the system has arrested a fall an evaluation of the entire system and components subjected to impact loading shall be immediately removed from service and shall not be used again for e
237. nchions will not result in slack being taken up in an adjacent REVISED October 2010 Section A Policy 3 0 Page 6 of 13 Kiewit Companies Fall Solutions Manual section before the stanchions tip over The stanchions supporting the line must be capable of supporting a 16 pound horizontal load when applied 30 inches from the working surface Employees have been trained in the use of the warning line its limitations and the requirement for additional fall protection when working outside of the warning line 3 5 SAFETY MONITOR SYSTEMS Safety Monitoring Systems are not allowed on Kiewit Projects A safety monitoring system means a fall protection system in which a competent person is responsible for recognizing and warning employees of fall hazards The duties of the safety monitor are to 1 2 6 Warn voice when approaching the open edge in an unsafe manner Warn by voice if there is dangerous situation developing which cannot be seen by another person involved with product placement Be competent in recognizing fall hazards Warn employees they are unaware of a fall hazard or working in an unsafe manner Be on the same walking working surface as the monitored employees and within visual sighting distance Not allow other responsibilities to encumber monitoring If the safety monitor becomes too encumbered with other responsibilities the monitor shall 1 stop work and 2 turn over other responsibilities or 3 tur
238. nd functional category is the personal positioning system which holds a worker in place while allowing a hands free work environment Whenever a worker leans back the system is activated making this an active system The following is an example of a widely used positioning system A Personal Protective Gear Full Body Harness B Connecting Device Rebar Chain Assembly C Anchorage Attachment Point Vertical and Horizontal Rods Connect at intersecting points of vertical and horizontal rebar SUSPENSION The third category is the personal suspension system These systems are used widely in the window washing steel erection and painting industries and are designed to lower and support a worker while allowing a hands free work environment The components of this type of system typically include A Personal Protective Gear Boatswain s Chair Full Body Harness B Connecting Device Workline C Anchorage Attachment Point Anchor Bolt Carabiner Suspension system components are NOT designed to arrest a free fall A back up fall arrest system must be used in conjunction with the personal suspension system The fall arrest system will only activate should the worker experience a free fall RETRIEVAL The fourth category of the PFAS is commonly used in confined spaces and is known as a personal retrieval system Retrieval systems are primarily used when employees are lowered into tanks manholes etc and may require retrieval f
239. ng and after the fall protection equipment including anchorages connections lifelines deceleration devices lanyards harnesses etc is used Equipment with evidence of defects damage to deterioration or inadequate maintenance of equipment shall be removed from service and repaired or destroyed as appropriate These components should have a maximum use life of 5 years The following defects or damage to components shall be cause for removal from service Distorted or faulty hardware Excessive wear a Absence or illegibility of markings b Absence of any elements affecting the equipment form fit or function c Cracks cuts tears abrasions d Stretching e Alterations f Corrosion g h If the manufacturers label is not legible or is missing the equipment or component shall be removed from service If a fall occurs the system and all of the components including personal fall arrest equipment worn by the employee shall be taken out of service The components should be sent to the District Safety Manager REVISED October 2010 Section A Policy 3 0 Page 10 of 13 Kiewit Companies Fall Solutions Manual 6 Documentation The following information regarding the design testing and inspection of horizontal lifelines should be documented and filed on the job site i Design a Manufactured Systems i Applications limits ii Instructions for installation and use b Job built Systems i Design
240. ng the above described procedure The webbing should be inspected for cuts tears stretching of fibers fraying raveling of edges excessive wear or abrasion chemical attack excessive soiling burns weld spatter and alteration When inspecting the webbing hold your hands six to eight inches apart and flex the webbing into a U shape to reveal frayed or broken fibers The presence of hardened or discolored spots on the webbing is an indication of exposure to chemical attack or an excessive heat source If a harness does not pass inspection for any reason it must be removed from use marked as unusable and promptly delivered to the designated person Defective harnesses should be stored separately from usable harnesses or they should be destroyed by cutting the webbing into short unusable lengths REVISED June 2007 Section C Policy 3 0 Page 17 of 34 Competent Person Equipment Inspection Harnesses may be cleaned in warm water and mild laundry detergents suitable for cleaning household clothing Only non abrasive cleaners should be used Excess soiling can be removed using a damp sponge with a vigorous rubbing motion Excess soap should be removed using a clean cloth Harnesses should be hung in a clean dry place to dry Do not hang or store harnesses in sunlight or close to heat sources Care Maintenance Storage and Inspection of a Pullover Harness Cleaning Instructions Clean the Pullover harness with a solution of water
241. ngton State criteria is best because most companies have problems recognizing a fall hazard in the environment around the work being performed Evaluating potential hazards before the work is performed and writing down how each hazard will be mitigated allows for best control of the jobsite Identifying Types of Fall Protection Systems Washington State Standard best define what needs to be done to protect employees working with different fall protection systems See Figure 1 The Washington State Standard requires a company to look closely at the fall hazard and to identify it within the type of system that is going to be used Once this is done the company gets specific information as to what qualifies for each type of system Roofing work is called out in Oregon and Washington State Standards with different criteria for protection Assessments Engineering Training Litigation Support REVISED June 2007 Section C Policy 1 0 Page 2 of 46 Preface Page 3 of 4 Federal OSHA 1926 500 Subpart M Fall Protection Regulations Compared to CA OR amp WA State Standards Fall hazard Fall hazard measurement distance to surface below to surface below Surface Below Fall Protection WAC 296 155 24510 Fall restraint Fall arrest Restrained from falling Stopped after the fall 6 ft max free fall WAC 296 155 24510 1 WAC 296 155 245 10 2 Guardrails Positioning System Full body harness WAC 296 155 24510 1 a Devices WAC 296 1
242. ns List we i E 40 85 59 s 39 Y 63 STAIRWAY HATCH 46 79 59 48 7759 43 76 59 S N 4 GARLOCK 4 25 ke 1 wot ZE baro dL EQUIPMENT CO i mecue 4 X90 Hatch Kit s E E B DO NO 55to58 71 SCAIE one Cos Sea ia DRAWING 55 to 58 05520 5 REVISED June 2007 Section C Policy 6 0 Page 5 of 5 Kiewit Companies Fall Solutions Manual 7 0 USE OF EXTERNAL SOFSTOP WITH SELF RETRACTING LIFELINES LLER SUCRAM O Bacou Dalloz Fall Protection 1345 15 Street Franklin PA 16323 PH 800 873 5242 TECHNICAL BRIEF 102 Horizontal Use of Self Retracting Lifelines In reference to the above subject matter Dalloz Fall Protection recommends that the Miller brand of self retracting lifelines SRL s be mounted to an overhead anchorage connector whenever possible and to a suitable anchorage point However due to the lack of an overhead anchorage mounting the SRL s at or below the back D ring of the users harness may be necessary For these applications the SRL is considered to be used for horizontal movement The following should be considered when mounting SRL s for horizontal applications e Exceeding a six foot free fall e An increased swing fall potential e The locking speed of the SRL may vary in the event of a fall due to friction between the lifeline and the platform edge e The SRL may lock up quicker than the workers walking pace and thus cause
243. nual was primarily developed for use by Project Managers Superintendents Engineers and Safety Professionals Section C Policy 1 0 for example lists the differences in regulations between California Oregon and Washington Typically a craft person will not want to know the differences They are only concerned about how they will remain compliant while working on a Kiewit project However a Project Manager recently transferred between states will find the information valuable There is so much information available on Fall Protection that it would be easy to continually pursue the perfect option and never come to a reasonable solution Remember at the end of the shift we want our employees to have been protected from falling This will happen primarily through eliminating the circumstances that would allow a fall to occur but when necessary by using fall protection systems It is our hope that this Manual will help you in the pursuit of working today and everyday accident free Kiewit Companies Fall Solutions Manual TABLE OF CONTENTS Section A Policy and Program Elements 1 0 Policy and Philosophy Statement 1 1 Hierarchy of Controls 1 2 Protection From Falling Objects 2 0 Fall Protection Basics 2 1 Types of Controls 2 2 Active Systems 2 3 Components 2 4 Applications 2 5 Inspection 2 6 Fall Protection Plans 21 Training 3 0 Fall Protection Prevention Systems 3 1 Guardrail Systems 3 2 Manufactured Pre Made Guardrail Systems
244. o a belt buckle over the knurled bar and buckle completely through Insert the loose strap of back down between the the square link and allow it webbing through the knurled bar and frame Pull to fall into place Pull web tongue buckle placing the web end to tighten end to tighten buckle tongue through the appropriate grommet hole Push remaining webbing through the keeper range of movement Pass excess strap through loop keepers Quick Connect Buckle Quick Connect Buckles for chest and leg straps interlock similar to a seat belt for easy donning and feature a dual tab release mechanism to prevent accidental opening Section A Policy 6 1 Page 12 of 19 REVISED June 2007 across butt strap Proper Adjustment Is Key Rules of Thumb Be able to reach your D ring with your thumb Maximum Four flat Fingers of Slack at the legs straps as high as comfortably possible Ensure chest strap is across the chest breastbone Have a buddy double check for twists etc Harness Pressure Points Excess pressure here can cut blood flow to the legs Some studies have indicated permanent damage to the lower extremities when the worker hangs for more than fifteen 15 minutes Section A Policy 6 1 Page 13 of 19 Harness and Body Belt Inspection To inspect your harness or body belt perform the following procedures 1 Webbing Grasp the webbing with your hands 6 inches 152
245. o allow an employee to be supported on an elevated vertical surface such as a wall and work with both hands free while leaning and limits free fall distance to two feet or less Note Not to be used as fall protection Secondary protection not primary Qualified Person a person who by possession of a recognized degree certificate or professional standing or who has extensive knowledge training and experience and has demonstrated his her ability to solve or resolve problems relating to the subject matter the work or the project Restraint Line a line from a fixed anchorage or from between two anchorages to which a worker is secured in order to prevent the worker from walking or falling off a surface to a lower level This is not a fall arrest system Rope Cable Grab a deceleration device which travels on a lifeline and automatically by friction engages the lifeline and locks so as to arrest the fall of an employee A rope grab usually employs the principle of inertial locking cam level locking or both Safety Monitoring System a safety system in which a competent person is responsible for recognizing and warning employees of fall hazards Not authorized for use on Kiewit projects Snaphook a connector comprised of a hook shaped member with a normally closed keeper or similar arrangement which may be opened to permit the hook to receive an object and when released automatically closes to retain the object Sn
246. o e jo 1uBI A Apog pue loo peuiquioo e oldul ue Aq pesn si uiejs s y j uono s SIU Jo 9 p udeu6eJed jo suoisi oud eui UM eoueiduioo ul pejepisuoo WA uu s s v opi spunod OLE uey sse jo 1UBI A 00 pue uosjed peulquioo e Buey ee Ko duie ue Aq p sn Sul q s uiejs s out JI pue IN uedqns o O xipueddy ui peurejuoo sjo2ojoud pue ue y sjeeui uiejs s 159 ej jeuosjed eu j 9joN 1S 44V ez s 14122159 Hezi 340A Uorjonujsuo L 9 Hed OWM SSL 962 Jeideu uon35 loid Ile IN uoisiAIpqnS uononnsuoo AIG rS9 SHO Z291 6991 uonoe104d Hed vz HV SOS L pOS I 5401111 90 z l9 HV 609 0089201 HAD 61 uojBuiusea 2 Sp Epue1S 19 10 23 VHSO 2121S uon nusuoo AO uono loid 12 9261 HAD 62 VHSO IEJoped 9t JO LE eBegd 0 L ollod O uonoes Zv Jo 2 spiepueis ejeis YM PUE HO V 0 p sedulo uonoelo4d 184 009 9261 VHSO 8 2002 eunf 0381 4 Pamaseay 51461 Uu 017 suonnios Ajayeg 124 5113 5002 peo p pu lul au s uun y Bunuoddns ajqedeo 9q IlEUS Elsa UEL pesn 5 100 eBejououy 1 S NY EEL spunod 000 JO s ee ojduue ue jo peo joeduui jenuejod out au jsee je 6 ejqedeo ue oj peunoes eq eys
247. o eliminate or reduce the potential for injury In general fall protection is a planned response to foreseeable fall hazards At a minimum it can be applied to 1 Performing the work at grade level thereby avoiding the need for fall protection 2 Minimizing the fall distance to a working surface by using a scaffold platform an aerial platform or a workbasket for example 3 Installing guardrail or handrail systems 4 Using personal fall protection equipment with pre designated anchorage points that fit the required task mobility including travel to and from the work area Fall hazard distance begins at and is measured from the level of the workstation onto which a worker must initially step and where a fall hazard exists It ends with the greatest distance of possible continuous fall including steps openings projections roofs and the direction of fall interior or exterior Protection is required to keep workers from striking objects and to avoid pendulum swing crushing and impact with any body part that is vulnerable to serious injury The objective of elevated fall protection is to convert the hazard to a slip or minor fall at the very worst a fall from which hopefully little or no injury occurs There are two types of elevated fall exposures 1 DURING WORK Elevated work is an integral part of a job and is often associated with heavy construction maintenance utility work and many others 2 DURING ACCESS OR E
248. od 3ueuuqoege 159 u JO jueujeoejdsip E HH A v sueeui ea2uelsip UEL 9944 A A Te OU saure 0j 9910 Ajdde o su B q 1S 11e Ile e eJojeq Buijej jo 106 v sueeui UEL 9944 dois pInOA IEI 9Jeu f A OU o1 HOdANS SJexjow y WO eouejsip Enjoe au sueaul 92uelsip 8 3 eininpsuoo 1206 esn pue uononnsuoo Jeu BurujeAoB suonoes ejqeordde uii eouerduuoo ase piepuejs u yM JAMO e O ulje WO ee ojduie yeu jue eJd oj se jeuueui e uons ui ue 15 o JeujeBoj uonouny zey sjueuodujoo Asess u Aue pue p Aoidde ue sues wia sAs 1UIeJ S91 8 1 90972 991 90 DYM S 1 olduu eui Aq pejoejes eJe YOIUM spoujeui JO poujeui uonoejoud ile y jo pue uoroedsul esn uonej ejsur y seunpeooJd eui s pnioul pue s olduu 1o loid oj p zilin eq o uonoejoud UEL JO Spoujeuu JO y sequosep uejd eu S S X 10 OL JO puezey je e eeu eis qof eur uo seaie UE seynuepi v uoruw u Ju uunoop Buiuuejd e sue w uejd 440M uonoojoud IIe3 SDEIOUSUE y Jo e oJdde ejnijsuoo ileus 1 2 Hed OVM 091 962 Je1deuo jo suonoes lqe lidde eu ui payloads sjueuieJinbaeJ ujBueujs eDeJououe uy eouerduo5 e e Jsoue oj se pue se
249. ogether parts of a system or components within the system A connector is also sometimes referred to as hardware They serve a wide variety of purposes and may be a separate and distinct component such as a carabiner or an integral part of a component such as a snaphook spliced to a rope lanyard The term integral means not removable without mutilating any part of the component or without use of a special tool Snaphook A snaphook is a connector comprised of a hook shaped body with a normally closed gate or similar arrangement which may be opened to permit the hook to receive an object and when released automatically closes to retain the object Snaphooks are one of the most frequently used parts of systems for safety at heights They are integrally spliced or sewn into lanyard and lifeline components In use they are frequently connected to and disconnected from parts of other components of the system Most commonly they are connected to D rings of harnesses and anchorage connectors Figure 1 Because snaphooks are so widely used and because they are mechanisms with moving parts that require manual operation their inspection is always critical REVISED June 2007 Section C Policy 3 0 Page 9 of 34 Competent Person Equipment Inspection Carabiner A carabiner is a connector component generally comprised of a trapezoidal or oval shaped body with a normally closed gate or similar arrangement which may be opened to permit the
250. ojne paseajas ueuM pue 1091 ue O 00U eu oj peuedo eq Aew uoiuM juswebuewe JE IWIS Jo d y pesojo j euuiou e uj p deus yoou e jo pesuduioo 10j2euuoo y 4ooudeus sedA OM JO euo aie syooydeus j e qo y ureje1 o sesoJo Ajjeoyewojne peseeje1 ueuM pue j2e qo ue O 400U eu 4 o peuedo eq Aew yorym Jejus Jo d y pesojo ewuou e Uyu 1equieui pedeus 400U e Jo pesuduioo e sueeui yooudeus Uorsueuiip pue ubisep EIS JO ul9jsAs 1114 ays e Jo jequin jeuorsueuup uy uonounfuoo ui pesn sjexpeJq sjexoeq peunjoejnueui jo sjsisuoo 8 5 9U A JAMO O JOO pedojs e Yo Sulpils wou s olduu 1Ju A 1d o paubisap uiejs s uonoejoud Ile e sueeur uiejs s apis 9 0061 E00 2 t peseeja1 US sesoj Ayjeonewojne 93e y uedo o 8210J e Burs e s uinb i yey yoou deus Bunoeuuoo e sueaui 4oou deus uonoe ajbuis Jegiosqe pous jebejui ue sey 12 3urod eBeJououe 10 eul 9Jl e 0 sseueu JO aq poq e eJnoes o p sn Jo lqe Buiqqam JO eui ejqixoj e sue w peue Buiqiosqe xoous Tey eur pue uinup y syoo A eoneuuojne UEL e Jo Jasuo UDIUM pue ee ojduue jeuuuou Buunp uoisu 1uBils jepun uunup eu oluo JO
251. olutions Manual ii The maximum arrest force a worker may be subjected to during a fall arrest event is 900 pounds However in most cases the Maximum Arresting Force will be defined since the lanyard itself will contain an in line shock absorber that limits the force applied to the lanyard Generally this force will range between 650 and 900 pounds depending on the type of equipment used Potential arresting force from a free fall should also include distance of free fall and mass of the employee ili Self retracting lifelines lanyards D rings snap hooks and carabineers shall be capable of sustaining a minimum tensile load of 5 000 pounds applied with the lifeline or lanyard in the fully extended position iv Anchorages used for attachment of personal fall arrest equipment shall be independent anchorages capable of supporting at least 5 000 pounds per employee attached or shall be designed installed and used as follows a As part of a complete personal fall arrest system which maintains a safety factor of at least two and b Under the supervision of a Qualified Person c The standard criteria and protocols apply to persons with a combined body and tool weight of 310 pounds or less An engineering analysis is required for persons with a combined body and tool weight in excess of 310 pounds 2 Instructions for Use Prior to purchasing using a manufactured system or a system designed by the company or an engineer the follo
252. on and are usually indicated by brighter areas along the wire rope length Remove the device from use if any surface wires in one area are worn by more than a third of their diameter NORMAL REDUCED A DIAMETER DIAMETER Changes in diameter figure 15 include both bulges and reductions in diameter of the wire rope This is an indication of serious internal damage Remove the product from use if diameter varies by more than 0 05 inches 1 3mm in one area Figure 15 Check for crushed or flattened strands and remove the device from use if these are found Kinks figure 16 are formed by permitting slack to build up in the wire rope Bends are evidence of kinks previously formed and can also be formed by drawing wire rope over sharp edges Kinks and bends are both serious forms of damage which require that the device be removed from use Figure 16 REVISED June 2007 Section C Policy 3 0 Page 27 of 34 Competent Person Equipment Inspection Corrosion Corrosion is a particularly serious form of damage that is characterized by discoloration of wires It can occur from exposure to harsh environments or failure to keep a wire rope adequately lubricated Corrosion will usually develop inside the wire rope before evidence is seen on surface wires If you see evidence of corrosion or rust on surface wires remove the device from use Heat Damage Check for heat damage torch burns and electric arc strikes Remove the de
253. ons the equipment shall be inspected at both inspection levels for a Absence or illegibility of markings a Absence of any elements affecting the equipment form fit or function a Evidence of defects in or damage to hardware a Evidence of defects in or damage to straps or ropes a Altered damaged or improper function of mechanical devices and connectors REVISED June 2007 Section C Policy 3 0 Page 13 of 34 Competent Person Equipment Inspection 5 When inspection reveals defects damage or inadequate maintenance of equipment the equipment shall be removed from service or undergo adequate corrective maintenance before return to service 6 Maintenance and storage of equipment shall be conducted in accordance with the manufacturer s instructions Unique issues which may arise due to conditions of use shall be addressed with the manufacturer The manufacturer s instructions shall be retained for reference 7 Equipment which is defective or which is in need of scheduled maintenance shall be tagged as unusable removed from service and delivered to the Competent Person 8 Scheduled maintenance of equipment and disposition of equipment tagged as unusable shall be performed by a designated Competent Person 9 Equipment should be stored in a manner that will preclude damage from environmental factors such as heat sunlight excessive moisture oil chemicals and their vapors or other degrading elements Gene
254. orrected immediately 4 A plywood cover will be secured in place over the bottom 8 feet of the tower ladder whenever employees are not working in the area to prevent the general public from climbing falsework towers Setting Caps Blocking and Stringers 1 Tie off on towers per standard procedures 2 During the operation of setting stringers it is often necessary to climb onto the pile cap to unhook the rigging to the stringers This places the worker in a position of having to anchor the lanyard at or below his her feet Therefore for stringer setting operations employees shall use a full body harness with a 4 foot shock absorbing lanyard or retractable lanyard REVISED June 2007 Section B Policy 6 0 Page 1 of 2 Kiewit Companies Fall Solutions Manual D Falsework Stripping 1 Winch operations a b Winches will be dogged off and padlocked when workers are in or on the falsework Tie off on towers as per standard procedures Workers must be connected to vertical lifelines attached to the bridge with a LCSD or with a retractable lanyard when working on a deck section REVISED June 2007 Section B Policy 6 0 Page 2 of 2 Kiewit Companies Fall Solutions Manual 7 0 FALSEDECK Falsedeck is typically placed on top of the bottom flange of prestressed concrete or structural steel girders to provide safe working access for placing and stripping forms painting surveying etc The plywood and joist sizing
255. p potential fall objects far enough from the edge of the higher level so that those objects would not go over the edge if they were accidentally displaced or 3 Barricade the area to which objects could fall prohibit employees from entering the barricaded area and keep objects that may fall far enough away from the edge of a higher level so that those objects would not go over the edge if they were accidentally displaced REVISED June 2007 Section A Policy 1 0 Page 2 of 2 Kiewit Companies Fall Solutions Manual 2 0 2 1 2 2 FALL PROTECTION BASICS This section provides the basics for understanding the different types of fall protection systems components applications and inspections of those systems TYPES OF CONTROLS Passive a fixed system that provides protection against falls It is the most preferred type of control Guardrail systems are a primary example Active a connection to the body except nets and a fall to a lower level occurs before arrest incurring dynamic forces Active is a system used by an individual to restrain and restrict or arrest a fall Personal fall arrest systems are a primary example ACTIVE SYSTEMS A Personal Fall Arrest System PFAS is an assembly of components and subsystems including the necessary connectors used to arrest the user in a fall from a working height and suspend the user until rescue can be affected A personal fall arrest system must always include a full body h
256. pe of work and the system requirements It is important to assure an employee is proficient with the requirements of the system All fall related incidents regardless of their nature shall be investigated and reported It is an integral part of any safety program that documentation takes place as soon as possible so that the cause and means of prevention can be identified to prevent a similar incident TRAINING Training for each employee who might be exposed to fall hazards shall be conducted and documented prior to the use of any system or component The program shall enable the Authorized Person user with basic knowledge of fall protection systems and how to inspect and use systems to recognize the hazards of falling and shall train the Authorized Person s in the procedures to be followed in order to minimize these hazards Authorized Person is to be trained in the following areas by a competent or qualified person as applicable to the protective system s to be utilized nature of fall hazards in the work area The correct procedures for erecting maintaining disassembling and inspecting the fall protection systems to be used The use and operation of guardrail systems personal fall arrest systems safety net systems warning line systems and other protection to be used The limitations on the use of mechanical equipment during the performance of roofing work on low sloped roofs The correct procedures for the h
257. pe ue ul peuejsej Jeujo eu pue s sod eui jo do uo uonisod eli e ui peuejse si Jequieui euo zey pepiwoJd sodind au 10 pesn eq Aew Ss1equieui uour p Aq uour ajqnog jeuejeui 10 youl y Aq uour z jo pue ujoouius aq ieys s ullleido uepooM Butuyojo jo BurBBeus jue eJd oj pue suogeJeoe Jo seJnjound woy olduu ue oj funfui 1u A 1d oj se peoeyins os aq 245 suiejs s Iepjenc 19 147206 9261 perougseaun ujbuej UM seupul p uey jou sBuruedo uM 10M je s Jo Buoj sayou g uey ioui jou sBuruedo Uy YOM 146 Jo uononnsuoo pijos jo eq Aew eu u uos au jo epis Je u au uo juiod Aue je A jeyuozuou padde spunod 002 jseo je jo peo e Buipue suliA Jo ejqedeo aie Aau yeu Bununoui pue uonongsuoo uons jo aq ileus sueeaog il Jequieui 19470 JO ep v Buoje jurod Aue je uono uip psemjno Jo puemumop Aue ul paljdde N 999 spunod gg 1se Je JO 39104 e eme NOUyM Buipuejsuiw ejqedeo aq ieys siequieui je1nonujs juejeAinbe pue sjeued pijos sjequieui e9nJe ejeipeuuejur YSOW SUBS s PIDIA S 4 z0S 9Z6T Ju UI JInDS1 SIQI o9 o powssp Wan ped siy JO IN 14edqns o g xipu ddy y YIM eouepiJoooe ul pejonujsuoo pue p lo s ujejs s repjeno A 9 y e oqe w OU s uoul eg uey 559 1uBi u e o 19 3JJ p Ou 245 y jo
258. pected the system and determined that it is suitable for use If you have any question as to the strength or function of the system or any component consult a qualified safety engineer or the manufacturer If you identify any deficient condition during inspection you must also attempt to determine why the damage was not noticed during informal inspection by users of the climbing system It is unlikely REVISED June 2007 Section C Policy 3 0 Page 31 of 34 Competent Person Equipment Inspection that a deficient condition will develop between the last use of the system and the formal inspection This implies that the deficiency was not noticed ignored or considered a normal condition by users of the system Retraining of the users must be accomplished to verify they understand how to perform their inspection duties REVISED June 2007 Section C Policy 3 0 Page 32 of 34 Competent Person Equipment Inspection APPENDIX A MSA FP User Instructions Care Maintenance Storage and Inspection Sections Pullover Harness Vest Type Harness Lanyard with Integral Dyna Brake Shock Absorber Lanyard rope strap wire rope Anchorage Connector Strap Self Retracting Lanyard Strap type Self Retracting Lanyard Wire rope type Automatic Retractable Descender Dynescape Hoist Dyna Hoist Side Boom mount Fall Rescue Work System Ropod REVISED June 2007 Section C Policy 3 0 Page 33 of 34 Competent Person Equipmen
259. person before it is permitted for use I Rescue Planning Work at heights will not be started without operation specific emergency plans in place Each project should already have a Crisis Communication Plan The Crisis Communication Plan does not satisfy the objective of a post fall rescue plan The post fall rescue plan must be developed by trained personnel who are familiar with the work being completed The emergency plan for work at heights must deal with each of the following issues A Environmental and operation specific factors which may affect rescue and evacuation operations and how these factors are to be controlled The duties and responsibilities of each and every member of the crew in an emergency 1 At least two members of each crew a primary and a backup should be well trained in basic procedures for assisting a suspended person The designated rescue personnel a contact person and a means of contacting them must be identified A chain of command for on site personnel must be established to control the emergency situation and to manage communication with and support for trained personnel Each Kiewit Project shall include in the emergency plan a communication path for contacting outside rescue services The emergency plan shall list contact persons with telephone numbers In many cases the emergency contact number will be 911 where Kiewit s employee will communicate the emergency for securing the appropriate r
260. q ulio y s SUOISIAOJd y YM lduuoo ileus sn l q pue suiejs s SOUL UEL JeuosJeg suu ls s S L B UEL BUOSI9d jo JSISUOD ieys uono loid soe j e4 2 0VSPZ 69 1 962 OV M p zos 9zer uado 2 uo 6 paepuejs uim p ddinb eq jeus pue epiM seupul Gr jo uinuilulul e eq 245 inq UEL eu Jo eouejsip eu jenbe 25 yp m suuopeld Yoyeo eu II Bole YIOM 9U JO 199 EHSA OV utui paljeysul eq eys uojeo y D suuopeld uoje pede uuo S seupur 9 uey jou peoeds eq 2 5 pue sjueuoduuoo jeu se BuoJis se aq 25 sjeued jeu Ajsjes u wqg q suono uuoo 6 2 20s 9261 INN zzz spunod 000 S Jo ujBueujs Burjeeuq e B lqq M 40 1 pioq e 25 y JO uonoes 10 jeu Ajajes uoe3 8 2 Z0S 9261 E bujuedo useui y jo jueujeD1ejue JUSASId 0j peJnoes aq iieys sBuissoJo useui Iv up GSL seuour 9 uey jeBuo jou ileus Bulqq M Jo sedoi useui jo peunseeui Sulu do y pue apis Aue uo ui GJ 8001 9 uey JeBuo eq sou uio 062 seuour eienbs gE p x jou 1245 Buruedo useui jeu Aj9jes uoee jo ezis wnwxew eu L 236 70S 9Z61 wus Dau BU 910Jeq jse9 1E pue jeu y LOY ejqissod SE UOOS SE po ouiai eq IIEUS jeu 5 y ojur AEU U9IUM S 00 pue jueuudinbe seoeid dee sjeuejelA 9 60 70S 9Z6T 9Xo zo0s 9z617 1se41y ez
261. r each employee who might be exposed to falls Trained by competent person Covers fall hazards in work area Covers procedures for FPS to be used Training The use and operation of guardrail systems personal fall arrest systems safety net systems warning line systems safety monitoring systems and other protection to be used Section A Policy 6 1 Page 6 of 19 Training must be certified Latest training certification maintained and available Minimizing Free Fall Distance Miller MiniLite Standard 6 ft 1 8m Fall Limiter Shock Absorbing Lanyard Worker free falls and is is stopped stopped within inches wilhin feet minimizing the risk of mjunes Rescue is and making rescue easy often difficult REVISED June 2007 Section A Policy 6 1 Page 7 of 19 REVISED June 2007 Calculating Total Fall Clearance Distance Shock absorbing lanyards extend deceleration distance during a fall significantly reducing fall arrest forces by 65 to 80 percent below the threshold of injury This ensures greater safety on the jobsite However when using a shock absorbing lanyard it is important to understand how to calculate potential fall distance to avoid contact with a lower level Anchorage Before Fall After Fall 6 ft Lengih of lanyard Total 3 1 2 ft Deceleration distance 18 1 2 ft from 6 ft Height anchorage of worker 3 ft Safety factor Y Section A Policy 6 1 Page 8 of 19 Example 1
262. r previous training obsolete or Inadequacies in an affected employee s knowledge or use of fall protection systems or equipment indicate that the employee has not retained the requisite understanding or skill A syllabus for training is contained in this manual Section A Policy 6 0 REVISED June 2007 Section A Policy 2 0 Page 7 of 7 Kiewit Companies Fall Solutions Manual 3 0 3 1 FALL PROTECTION PREVENTION SYSTEMS GUARDRAIL SYSTEMS There are many types of guardrail systems that can be used for protection against falls The Kiewit Companies has identified standard systems which should be used on our projects unless infeasible or when in direct conflict with local regulatory agencies or facility standards These standard systems comply with recognized regulatory standards It is important to note that individual locations may have variations to the requirements established in this guide so each project must have a qualified person review all local standards to ensure conformance Minimum specifications for guardrails are as follows TYPE OF SIZE OF HEIGHT IN POST SIZE STRENGTH MATERIAL TOP MID RAIL IN TOP RAIL SPACING LBS WOOD 2x4 1x6 42 2 x4 8 200 PIPE 1 nominal OD 42 1 nominal 8 200 335 2 x2 x3 8 200 or equiv STEEL 2 x2 x3 S angle 8 42 angle 8 Bend Strength VVIRE ROPE 3 8 42 x 200 of above The top rail shall be installed betwee
263. r the supervision of a qualified person OSHA further elaborates on anchorage points in 29 CFR 1926 503 Appendix C Paragraph II h 1 ii and states that Examples of what might be appropriate anchorage points are steel members or I beams if an acceptable strap is available for the connection large eye bolts made of an appropriate grade steel or masonry or wood members only if the attachment point is substantial and precautions have been taken to assure that bolts or other connectors will not pull through A qualified person shall be used to evaluate the suitability of these make shift anchorage points with a focus on proper strength a When utilizing anchorage points as a means of fall prevention and protection and climbing or moving vertically to access a work area more than 6 feet to a lower level a system of two 2 lanyards double lanyard or Y lanyards will be used One lanyard is secured to an anchorage point before the other lanyard is disconnected The use of two lanyards simultaneously is referred to as being 100 tied off and employees must be trained in this tie off procedure The lanyard hooks must be completely closed and secured preventing accidental disengagement b When employees reach the location where work will be performed both a primary lanyard and secondary positioning device attachment must remain secured c OSHA 29 CFR 1926 502 e 2 states that Positioning devices shall
264. rail It should lock each time After each test the fall arrester figure 18 should glide easily up the rail as you reposition it to begin the subsequent test Figure 18 As you climb check each component of the fixed permanent climbing system Make sure it is undamaged has not been altered and that it complies with its performance specification The performance specification is a description of the function of a component how it is meant to operate under normal conditions Note that trained installation personnel are permitted to perform some types of minor field fitting during installation such as cutting custom length rail sections Installation records will show the locations of field fit components You will need to distinguish between this permissible alteration and unauthorized alteration performed after installation Check the rail sections figure 19 for smooth travel of the fall arrester If foreign matter is present on the rail remove it Check for corrosion along each rail section Check that each rail section is facing in the correct direction Make sure that each rail section is correctly aligned and abutted with the adjacent section so that the fall arrester travels smoothly past these joints Figure 19 Check each rail connector and mounting assembly for missing loose damaged or altered parts Be sure to check the anchoring structure for damage at locations where mounting assemblies are attached Check all
265. raining The User Instructions packaged with each product during manufacturing contain the most current inspection and maintenance information d manual is a combination of information from MSA FP User Instructions MSA FP INSPECTION As a routine the user must inspect the product prior to each use The user must also be trained and directed to follow the inspection criteria noted in the manufacturer s user instructions MSA FP user instructions take the user through the 5 step process for informal inspection listed below Step 1 Instructs the user to check the condition of the labels for wear and tear Step 2 Tells the user to inspect all fabric materials of the component for condition Step 3 Leads the user through the inspection of all metal parts of the component Step 4 Is the inspection for all plastic materials found on the component Step 5 Instructs the user to check each component and sub system in accordance with the manufacturer s instructions This activity is fundamental to a sound fall protection plan and is a requirement of Occupational Safety and Health Administration OSHA To control product integrity a formal inspection is to be performed following the manufacturer s instructions The formal inspection must be performed by a person other than the user and at the REVISED June 2007 Section C Policy 3 0 Page 5 of 34 Competent Person Equipment Inspection interval recommended by the manufacturer Formal in
266. ral Inspection of Connectors Inspect each piece of hardware for the following conditions If there is any evidence that one or more of these conditions exist immediately remove the item from use tag it as unusable and deliver it to a designated Competent Person Cracks A crack in hardware is serious damage which requires immediate discontinuance of use and removal of the product Cracks result from a flaw in the structure of the underlying metal They can develop over time or can appear suddenly if the component is struck sharply or is exposed to high heat Heat Damage Exposure to high temperature is evidenced by discoloration of the plating and or distortion of the metal of a connector Exposure to high heat causes the metal to lose some of its critically important properties such as strength Distortion Distortion can result from improper use such as side loading of a snaphook gate exposure to high heat or from excessive loading It is also a serious form of damage that requires that the component be immediately removed from use Check the entire surface of hardware elements for distortions Corrosion and Fitting Corrosion is evidenced by buildup of crusty sometimes flaky scale or rust on the surface of a piece of hardware Fitting is evidenced by small holes usually clustered which have penetrated into the REVISED June 2007 Section C Policy 3 0 Page 14 of 34 Competent Person Equipment Inspection metal Either of the
267. rer and harness model the chest strap is either a single or double pass friction buckle Miscellaneous Connectors There are numerous other connectors that may be integrated into components or systems The most common of the miscellaneous hardware items is the O ring An O ring figure 6 is a circular metal ring that provides a connection to snaphooks or carabiners and is typically used as integral parts of a component rarely as an independent component As with other metal components O rings must have a corrosion resistant surface finish that is free of burrs pits sharp edges and roughness that would damage materials that interface with them Figure 6 A utility snap figure 7 is a small lightweight snaphook with no locking mechanism used to connect components that will not experience any significant load forces One common use is on a detachable back pad that clips into the hip D rings of a harness to Figure 7 REVISED June 2007 Section C Policy 3 0 Page 12 of 34 Competent Person Equipment Inspection provide lower back support during work positioning The utility snap is never used to connect fall arrest components of a system Inspection Maintenance and Storage of Connectors Hardware connectors are inspected and tested by the manufacturer before they leave the factory Despite this diligent field inspection is necessary because damage to hardware during transit or use is often not readily visible Take great
268. res below Donning Procedures 1 Grasp harness by the back D ring and shake the unit to allow all straps to fall in place 2 If waist and or leg straps are buckled release straps and unbuckle at this time 3 As if donning a vest slip straps over shoulders so D ring is located in the middle of back 4 If the harness is equipped with a waist strap connect the waist strap The strap should be tight but not binding 5 Pull buckle portion of leg strap between the legs and connect it to opposite end of leg strap Repeat this process with the second leg strap 6 After all straps have been connected tighten all buckles so that the harness fits snug but allows a full range of movement REVISED June 2007 Section A Policy 6 0 Page 28 of 30 Kiewit Companies Fall Solutions Manual 7 If the harness contains a chest strap pull the chest strap around the shoulder strap and fasten it in the mid chest area Tighten chest strap to keep shoulder straps in place 8 When not in use the harness should be stored hanging by the back D ring This will assist in the unit retaining its original shape REVISED June 2007 Section A Policy 6 0 Page 29 of 30 Kiewit Companies Fall Solutions Manual REFERENCES Fall Prevention and Protection Training Manual Published by Bacou Miller Dalloz Fall Protection March 12 1998 Introduction To Fall Protection Third Edition Ellis J Nigel American Society of Safety Engineers 2001 Ame
269. rican National Standards Institute ANSI A14 4 1992 Published by American Society of Safety Engineers Occupational Safety and Health Standards for the Construction Industry 29 CFR PART 1926 Published by CCH Editorial Staff Job Hazard Analysis A Guide to Identifying Risks in the Workplace George Swartz Published by Government Institutes 2001 Complete Confined Spaces Handbook John F Rekus Published by Lewis Publishers 1994 National Safety Council REVISED June 2007 Section A Policy 6 0 Page 30 of 30 Subpart M Fall Prevention amp Protection eAddresses the 3 Parts of a fall arrest system A Anchorage B Body Wear C Connector Lanyard YoYo Discussed equipment evaluation inspection and record keeping REVISED June 2007 Section A Policy 6 1 Page 1 of 19 Subpart M Con t How to evaluate fall distance and forces applied during a fall How to properly set up a horizontal life line system Causes of falls Fall Prevention plan Falls in Construction Falls are the leading cause of deaths in the construction industry Most fatalities occur when employees fall from open sided floors and through floor openings Falls from as little as 4 to 6 feet can cause serious lost time accidents and sometimes death Open sided floors and platforms 6 feet or more in REVISED June 2007 Section A Policy 6 1 Page 2 of 19 REVISED June 2007 501 b 1 501 b 13 503 a 1
270. rocesses and systems used on each operation The following hierarchy of controls shall be used to develop work plans when the potential fall from a walking working surface is 6 feet 1 8m or more above a lower level A Eliminate fall hazards work at grade level B Prevent fall hazards engineer out the hazard C Administrative controls restraint system LASTLY D Utilize personal fall arrest systems NOTE Local or state regulations or facility requirements may be different than above The most stringent requirement shall apply 1 2 PROTECTION FROM FALLING OBJECTS A When jobsite personnel are exposed to falling objects employees shall wear hard hats in compliance with the following 1 Hard hats worn bill forward only are required by all employees visitors and or vendors when inside our work area Bump caps do not provide adequate head protection and will not be permitted on our job sites REVISED June 2007 Section A Policy 1 0 Page 1 of 2 Kiewit Companies Fall Solutions Manual 2 Metal hard hats do not provide adequate protection from electrical hazards and will not be permitted on any job site 3 Stetson cowboy style hard hats do not meet minimum standards and will not be permitted on any jobsite B Additionally 1 Guardrail systems shall be installed with adequate toeboards or screens high enough to prevent materials from falling from higher levels or 2 Erect a canopy structure and kee
271. rom conventional fall protection systems 6 The Fall Protection Plan must include a statement that provides the name s or other method s of identification for each employee who is designated to work in the area Non trained and non designated employees may not work in these areas REVISED June 2007 Section A Policy 2 0 Page 5 of 7 Kiewit Companies Fall Solutions Manual 2 6 2 2 1 The Fall Protection Plan shall contain at a minimum Location Task description Fall hazards Methods of protection Equipment required Equipment utilization Work area controls Rescue Plan Sketches Fall Protection plans require written approval by the Job Sponsor or other manager as designated by the District Manager The Fall Protection Prevention Work Plan Section A Policy 5 2 may be used when conventional fall protection or prevention methods will assure a free fall of six feet or less The Fall Protection Prevention Work Plan must be attached and made a part of the hazard analysis for the work activity If an employee falls or there is some other related serious incident or exposure the plan shall be reviewed to determine if additional practices procedures or training need to be implemented to prevent similar types of exposures falls or incidents This information shall be immediately communicated and documented to all affected employees The amount of time required for this step will vary depending on the ty
272. rom above should an emergency occur A typical personal retrieval system includes A Personal Protective Gear Full Body Harness B Connecting Device Retractable Lifeline Rescue Unit C Anchorage Attachment Point Tripod With Eyebolt REVISED June 2007 Section A Policy 6 0 Page 22 of 30 Kiewit Companies Fall Solutions Manual C GENERAL FALL PROTECTION RECOMMENDATIONS The following items are highly recommended to provide maximum protection of workers and ensure compliance with governmental regulations and Company policies All of our work environments are different so the following are guidelines 1 2 10 11 12 13 Always wear and attach fall arrest equipment before exposure to any fall hazard Steel cable lifeline devices including retracting steel lifelines and steel shock absorbing lanyards are an alternative for heat producing work such as welding Only use equipment from a reputable manufacturer of fall arresters Bacou Dalloz MSA DBI Sala Separate emergency descent devices are recommended on suspended scaffolds and tower cranes All fall arrest systems must have a separate emergency rescue procedure in place in the case of an accidental fall from an elevation All positioning and fall arrest equipment must be inspected daily Body supports lanyards grabs and lifelines should be discarded when signs of wear appear Contaminants such as oversprayed chemicals acids concrete paints an
273. rotection equipment being used for the 127777 operation Are employees tied off when working over 671 i O Proper calculations for Fall Distance TI Are all impalement hazards protected x C Anchorages and Connectors rated for 5 000 pounds 01 58 Handrails Guardrails Are top rails 42 inches 3 inches inc UTR Are top mid rails made out of adequate material to withstand DJ required forces Handrails constructed to withstand a 200 pound load NER If made of wire rope is rope flagged every 6 feet y Are posts seated properly and spaced not more than 8 feet MEE on center Are rails in good condition and free of snags or damage m riz gt gt gt Horizontal Lifelines Has system been designed and is copy of design available for review Is the cable free of_any wear abrasions or debris Po Has the SPLAT factor been checked Po Are the anchorages been designed and checked for the lifeline Are the wire rope clamps spaced 3 1 2 inches apart Br E REVISED June 2007 Section A Policy 7 3 Page 1 of 2 Fall Protection Audit Form Are the clamps saddled properly and the nuts tightened to 40 pounds or 3 threads Is the lifeline a minimum of 36 inches off the ground ly ul Vertical Lifelines Has system been designed and is copy of design available for review Is the cable free of any wear abrasions or debris Are the anchorages been designed and checked for the lifeline
274. ry operations REVISED June 2007 Section A Policy 6 0 Page 9 of 30 Kiewit Companies Fall Solutions Manual Should Fall Protection Always Be Provided If we start with the objective of 100 percent and then work toward that goal it will be achieved The effectiveness of protection is usually dependent on the degree of planning that occurs before the job begins Fall incidents should decrease in proportion to the planning commitment Over time and through discipline and accountability fall protection ultimately becomes as simple as hooking up What is 100 Percent Fall Protection If 100 percent fall protection is the goal it means that no exposure to an elevated fall hazard is permitted without backup protection It means a trigger height of 6 feet and less if protection of hazards cannot be achieved It means continuous protection Exposure can be prevented by 1 eliminating the circumstances that expose the employee to a fall 2 performing the work at grade 3 establishing walls floors and guardrails 4 using work platforms and aerial lifts 5 instituting an operational change or 6 restricting worker travel Hazardous areas can be identified by installing warning lines six feet or more from an exposed edge When the prevention of fall hazard exposure is not practical to the work method personnel nets or personal fall protection equipment can be designed to mitigate the effects of elevated falls Each work method
275. ryoeodde sue u yey see o duie usem eoeuins Buppiow Bun eM y OI wo 7 901 Seyoul Zy uey ou 51 jurod auf sy 0 eoeyins eu AOQE seupul Gr O pe p lleysul eq w Q seuour eg uey ou 51 jurod 1 s uBiu sj pue pue eogyins zoos y WO W0 t 6 sayu gE UY sse 1205 sjeAJejut 100J 9 Ajeyeuurxoudde ye soul eui eoeyuns y woy w 6 seuour pg uey ou s Bes Buipnjoui jurod samo s yey Aem e uons ur wo BuiBueu jeuayew ejqisi AjuBru yim p bbel jeuejeul ssaj ou si Bes Buipnjour jurod 1sewo Su yey Aem e yons peuoddns pue eq jeys ureuo Jo as m ado eu L Jejus JO edoi jo Bunsisuoo s uli BurujeM z ur peuoddns pue eq peys ureu Jo asm ados eu Un e u zos 9z6er 0c 0 z07 9Z617 yeueyew A uBIU YUM sjeAjejur ui 871 100 9 uey Jou je papey eq eys uleyo Jo asm ados eu L MEIGS 926r TSMO O SE pajoa1e suoigouejs Burioddns pue suieuo Jo S dO1 jo 1sisuoo 205 seul BUILIPAA azos 9eer UO OU OJUT AED YEN jouug2 uos1ed Jey uons yesyo eq 25 yed u 10 ease eu punolE au Bujusem y 51095 ujed y eJeuw 100 y je yed eui 550 peoeld eq ileus aul Bulusem v 0 1uBi u pue ulBu ns ul juejeAmnbe epeorueq 1940 JO ureuo ai edoJ e asn ul JOU SI ss 22e Jo Julod e oj ujed y ueuw AN U u eo
276. s 9261 D Seui BUIUJEM OM Aq paullo Ed sseooe Ue Aq AU O pejoeuuoo aq eys seeue Bunsiou pue seaje seeje Buipueu sjeuejeui sseooe JO sjulod MO s Sv2 Ss 1 962 Ov M HH 1 G Z0S 9Z6T Se DuIUJEM Ul9js s Joyuouu Ajajes e esn o 12 f eui 7294 0G UY sse Sjoo4 peuoiid o uo ui see ojduu3 q 5 SIU 10 y uono sqns ul se aq eys seeJe eDeiojs sjeuayew pue sease Buijpueu sjeuejeui yoox suonipuoo 4001 ejeuunse Jo je6ns Au edu O UO Joos u uo eie see ojduie U UM Jo sdwes pue sjeppe s eMurejs se uons ss o2e Jo sjulod je Ajdde jou op uonoes siu amp L uonoesqns jo suoisi oud eu e suondeoxa 2 1se41y ez s 14122159 uono loid Z291 6991 uonoe104d y Hj HOM L O Med IVM 5591 962 491deuO W uoisiAIpqns uononnsuoo AIG reg SHO Hej ve G091 7091 suoniuieq z EES uoyulysem BIUOWIED Sp Epue1S uono loid 23 VHSO 2121S uonongsuo2 AO UO D9 O1d 12 9261 HAD 62 VHSO 9t JO 9 eBeg 01 ollod O uonoes 2002 eunf 03841 4 ev Jo z abed spiepuels 3481S YM PUE HO V o p seduloo uon2eloJd 1124 0099261 VHSO Ie19p 4 Pamasay sluBiti IIV 977 suonnios Ajayeg 124 5113 5002 Bp jo01 u Je
277. s and rough or sharp edges The D ring bar should be 90 angle with the long axis of the belt and should pivot freely b Attachments of buckles Attachment of buckles and D rings should be given special attention Note any unusual wear frayed or cut fibers or distortion of the buckles or D rings Rivets should be tight and unmovable with fingers Body side rivet base and outside rivet burr should be flat against the material Bent rivets will fail under stress REVISED June 2007 Section A Policy 6 0 Page 24 of 30 Kiewit Companies Fall Solutions Manual c Inspect for Frayed or Broken Strands Broken webbing strands generally appear as tufts in the webbing surface Any broken cut or burned stitches will be readily seen d The Tongue or Billet The tongue or billet of a belt or strap receives heavy wear from repeated buckling and unbuckling Inspect for loose distorted or broken grommets Belts and straps should NOT have additional punched holes 2 TONGUE BUCKLES Buckle tongues should be free of distortion in shape and motion They should overlap the buckle frame and move freely back and forth in their socket The roller should turn freely on the frame Check the roller for distortion or sharp edges 3 FRICTION AND MATING BUCKLES Inspect the buckle for distortion The outer bars and center bars must be straight Pay special attention to corners and attachment points of the center bar Look for burrs and cracks
278. s 8121S YM PUP HO VO o uor2ejoJd 24 00919261 VHSO 2 Siy IY 977 suonnios Ajajes 124 silla 5002 C661 1 69 Z ISNV 40 L66L VL OLV ISNV JO slu uu uinb i Buneeui vldinb peyoeye SI 10j2euuoo O SJ9J91 nq Siy Aes jou seop piepuejg Su Jayjo 10 yooudeus Jeujoue UO oj Buu eep e 0 um 8 e zos 926r 209 9261 C661 1 69 Z ISNV 1661 9 L OLV ISNV JO slu uu uinb i Buneeui jueudinbe O SJ9J91 nq siu Aes jou seop piepuejg eu uoee 18 19 9261 C66L L 6SEZ ISNV 10 1661 0 ISNV JO slu uu uinb i Buneeui jueudinbe 0 9 114 siu Aes jou s op piepuejS 9u tadou aim Jo ado Buiqq A o Apoeuip 1718 1097206 9261 G661 16S Z ISNV 40 1661 01 ISNV JO slu uu uinb i vldinb 9q jou 2 5 syooudeus suonoeuuoo eui o SJ9J9J 114 siu Aes jou seop piepue S 9u do peuBisep pue od e s yooydeus y ss lun 1819 209 9261 pesn oq eus Syooydeus d Supyool luo 661 1 Avenuer jo sy p yo uuo y Aq s d y yooydeus eui jo 12ejuoo eui Aq xooudeus y jo jueureBeBuesip jue aJd o pesn pue peuBisep yooudeus d4 Supyool e eq ieys 10 Jequieui peyoeuuoo p yo uuo y Aq s d y yooydeus eui uorsseudep au q s d y xoou deus eu Jo 12ejuoo eui Aq oou Aq
279. s Fall Protection Plan with all approved changes is to be maintained at the Work Location the Job Office and a copy provided to the District Safety Manager Any changes must be approved by the Job Sponsor A copy of the plan revisions must be provided to the District Safety Manager Note This example fall protection plan was used for an application where foot level tieoff was required REVISED June 2007 Section A Policy 5 0 Page of 6 Kiewit Companies Fall Solutions Manual POLICY The Kiewit Companies is dedicated to the protection of all personnel at Kiewit job sites All employees of the Kiewit Companies have a responsibility to work safely and to stop any work considered to be unsafe A supervisor shall be notified immediately when an unsafe act or condition is observed PURPOSE The purpose of this Plan is to A Supplement our standard safety policies by providing specifically designed procedures to cover fall protection at this workplace and B Ensure that each employee is trained and made aware of the provisions to be implemented by this Plan prior to the start of work at bridge C List or attach the specific material being called out as it relates to the equipment being used and include documents of inspection and training FALL PROTECTION PLAN This Fall Protection Plan addresses the use of other than conventional fall protection for column forms for bridge as well as identifying specific activities t
280. s Jo seues e ed eu Jo asodind y 104 sjenpiwpur 2yioeds Aq Aj euorseo2o luo s olduu q A jeunnoi Jo A snonunuoo SS l JO pesn zey jueuidinbe 1eujo pue syue Aueurgoeui punoie JO SJeAOSSOJO SLUOOI syd suuopeld o Buipee 10 1 U OUE O 10044 JO euo wo Buipee sdejs jo seues e sueeul SAeMUIE S S lE S IEIDUELL e eq osje Aew Uess penes P Jo eoeyns do aU S A JAMO O wou see ojduie 1u A 1d oj ewurejs e jo pue sepis pejoejoudun eui S eMIE S pue sJrejs uo suoneInB i Buoje Jeuueq JEYA e sueeui uiejs s 40 S1oppe1 X Hedqns 1501926 pue OSOL 9ZEL 5615 jo uni snonuguoo e BunjeeJq Dupug days pepuejxe ue sue w es Peiqiuojd si suiejsAs lA p Buiuonisod pue sulejs s 5 2 jeuosJed yo ped se yooydeus Supyool UOU jo esn eui 661 Menuer jo sy uonoeuuoosip JO uono uuo2o JO uedo pesseud Inun pesojo suieuu i UoIuM 1edee Bursojo jjes e yym d Burjoo uou eu L Z 4 00S 9Z6T 1S911V e4 3 iurejseu uonoe101d Z291 6991 uonoe104d 0S 0006 9201 H4961 112 340A UON ONYSUOD 1 2 Wed OVA 951 962 4 1deuo 12 IN uoisiAIpqnS uononnisuo2 AIG rS9 SHO Iled pz au 60S1 7091 suoniugea z uoyulysem uob 10 euopep Spiepuelg uonoejod 23 VHSO 9815 uononusuoo 40 uono2
281. s and work must be performed out of an aerial lift on the form or by ladder 1 Use of a 3 8 inch vertical lifeline and LCSD to provide protection during the climb to work areas over 6 feet above the ground See Use of LCSD for further requirements The bottom of the cable is attached to the form keeping the cable taut 2 In addition to using the LCSD as primary protection a secondary anchorage for positioning should be utilized once in a working position 3 If it is necessary to unhook from the LCSD a system of 100 tie off procedures is to be followed Employees shall be instructed to connect to the alternative anchorage point before disconnecting from the LCSD REVISED June 2007 Section B Policy 2 0 Page 1 of 1 Kiewit Companies Fall Solutions Manual 3 0 BOTTOM DECK AND LEADING EDGE WORK Bottom deck placement fall hazards are basically restricted to two areas 1 The sides of the deck work and 2 The leading edge under construction A Fall hazards presented on the sides of the deck can be virtually eliminated by keeping the guardrail completed at least to the point where the rear tie off cable is attached to the joists B Below is a step by step procedure that will be used to place bottom deck 1 Equipment Required a Retractable lanyard with a full body harness and SofStop device b Two 2 manufactured anchorage devices or engineered anchorage points could be used 2 Material Required a Two 2
282. s siojo uuoo 9 e0s 9261 1S 44V ez s 14122159 uono loid Z291 6991 uono loid 3 S Hj MOM UOIJONAYSUOD L O Med IVM GS1 96z JeYdeu2 y uoisiAIpqns uononnsuoo AIG reg SHO Hej pz G091 7091 suoniuieq z ejna BUS WER UCR GL uoyulysem uob 10 BIUOWIED Sp4epue1S uonoejoJd 1124 VHSO 2381S uononnsuoo 40 uono9joJd Il 3 9261 4 62 VHSO IeJoped 9t JO eBed 01 ollod O uonoes 2002 eunf QASIASY Zt 1o 62 Bed spiepuels lels YM PUE HO V o p seduloo uon2eloJd 112 0099261 VHSO Ie19p 4 p m s y 51461 977 suonnios Ajayeg 124 5113 5002 OU oluo Ile Aew uoiuM Syoalgo Aue Aq uonen usd 1ue aud oj pue esdejjoo 1ue aJd o uBnoue Buoiis eq eys uonoejoud 1o qo Hule se p sn uaym seidoue 9 PepioJd ale seDeo ssejun yeys eui jo sepis y JO LUD S 0 JOO euo UIYIM o Buiuedo y epnjooo jou seop BB Jo dijs ay u ym smaio Aq syeys ui pesn suuoneld pue sdiys uo yoM 9 Suoneoo pepsenbun Jeuyo JO spjoyjeos w g xis uey SUOHEA T 1e seyo SulEMS EOQ wouy 10 sejod uo Busom sjeu Ajejes Buipueuusip s dols snopiezey uo yoM q IN Hed OVM 29 962 1e1deuo ur pequosep SE seJynpeooJd y Mojo eys seoeds peujuoo 1eujo pue seoeds juued u yoM 6 pepi oJd JOU S uorpejoud dZ juejeAmbe
283. s to the accuracy of this document after this date When using the attached guideline the employer should contact EFSS for a formal assessment of site specific needs to insure compliance Assessments Engineering Training Litigation Support REVISED June 2007 Section C Policy 1 0 Page 4 of 46 9 Jo eBed 071 food 3 uonoes Zv Jo abeq spiepueis ejeiS YM PUE HO Y3 0 pareduiog 184 009 9261 VHSO Ie19pe 2002 eunf q3SIA33q 51461 977 suonnios Ajayeg 124 5113 5002 Jo ped jo jueuoduuoo feu ue eq Aew y Jo Jauiqeeo e se yons uiejs s y jueuoduioo juepuedepul ue eq Aew 3 494 960 suiejs s lA p Buruonisod pue uu ls s 5 WEI jeuosjed eu jo sued 19euuoo ldno2 oj pesn si qoluM eor ep e sueeui 10129uu02 suiejs s pue jueuudinbe uonoejoud ile Jo eoueuejureui pue uonoedsul asn uonoeJe y uonoes siy u peurejuoo s mi eur si oym pue spiezeu esouj o 9Z61 Woy eueu uonoe zdwosd aye o Ajuouine y seu oym pue SI U hl H P SIU jepeai au jo esee au JOY ALON spyezey je jenuejod pue Buysixe Bu jnu pi ejqedeo Uleuj o s inse uu 1duuoid SI pue eoueuejureui
284. sassembling and inspecting fall protection systems Use and operation of all forms of fall protection to be used including guardrail systems Manufacturer s recommendations restrictions instructions and warnings Location of appropriate anchorage points and attachment techniques Limitations of mechanical fall protection equipment Q O 6 Are training records certifications available O T Are all regular inspections performed by trained inspectors O 8 Are written reports of inspections maintained REVISED June 2007 Section A Policy 7 2 Page 4 of 4 Fall Protection Audit Form FALL PROTECTION Date CHECKLIST Project lis there a Written Fall Protection Plan 0000188887 Affected Employees Completed Fall Protection Training Fall Protection Training Documentation le Specific Operation Fall Protection Work Plans Written Scaffold Falsework Program j Falsework Work Plan Documentation j Is there a list of Specific Fall Hazard Recognition Document Wearning Maintenance Storage PFAS Training y 0 d Corrective Measures _ FIELD INSPECTIONS Equipment ave body harnesses been inspected UE ser inspect PFAS before during and after d re harnesses in serviceable condition V quipment Inspection Training Corrective Measures Ac Are retractables being used properly 0000185808 Is the right fall p
285. se BUDHOAV A Buom u WO seupul 6 uey sse jou s Bes Buipnjour juiod ysamo S 181 Aem e yons ui 5 pue eq ileus eui uoe3 g svens bubpoN bUbI e eu uiojj peuuogjed buieq eje suone1edo Bur epiouq U UM w CU seuoul og uu CU seuour Gp uey Jou s 1100 1s uBlu Sj pue eoeyuns Bupom Bburyjem y wouy w sayu 66 uey sse jou jurod S 121 Aem e yons ul peuoddns pue eq eys eui uoe3 qne b zos 9zer 6 209 9261 s l dde z09Z 00 2 7 ul l u pue 6 209 92618 31ON Jeuejeu ISIA YBIY uy sjeA19jut LU 9 300j 9 uey jou je Ayeep asinueyjo Jo pebbey eq eys ull uoe3 1 05 1C0S 9ZC6T Kee TSMO O seijdde 2092 200 6 se suoiupuejs Buiuoddns pue sjeuejeui juajeainba se suo youe s Buruoddns pue sjenazew juejeAinbe uoBeJQ ul pajeadas alam pue Gene 92618 3LON Jo sade s do1 jo jsisuoo 245 SOUT ouo 9 Jo s de S H sedoi JO SISUOD 25 SOUT 0 140 2 J D COS 9261 KS uoBeiQ ul 818 u pue 6 s lidde zosc c00 ev Ze 926 8 LON Ssoooe pejjojjuoo au ui Dead eq 25 YOM Jo Buikepiouq pueuie o ul peBeBue see ojduie Ajuo A z b ezos 926r Sel dde zosz 00 v uoDeiQ ul pejeede
286. se conditions is evidence of a serious exposure to chemicals or corrosives and indicates that the strength of the element has been impaired Excessive Wear Excessive wear exists if the plating has been worn through or the thickness dimensions of a piece of hardware have been visibly reduced Again this is evidence that the strength of the element has been reduced Remember that some kinds of plating will change color gradually this is a normal condition Care must be taken to distinguish between normal wear such as a lightening of the plating and excessive wear that may have reduced strength Sharp Edges All hardware elements are tumbled before plating in order to remove sharp edges that might cause damage to other elements Sharp edges can result from misuse improper plating or abnormal wear All pieces of hardware should have a sufficient radius at the edges to prevent a sharp edge from causing damage REVISED June 2007 Section C Policy 3 0 Page 15 of 34 Competent Person Equipment Inspection SPECIFIC EQUIPMENT INSPECTION SPECIFIC EQUIPMENT INSPECTION Inspecting and Maintaining Snaphooks Press on the gate face to make sure it will not open under pressure before it is unlocked Open and release the gate several times The gate should seat firmly into the nose without binding and should not be distorted or obstructed There should not be more than 1 8 of play between the gate and nose of the hook body The spring s should exert
287. should be engineered out at the planning stage whenever possible Remaining hazards deserve a backup system for when the employee forgets or momentarily loses control Eventually conditions will combine to produce the scene for a dangerous fall one that is entirely preventable in almost every case if workers follow proper procedures WHEN DO FALLS OCCUR Industrial falls can take place during a variety of elevated work The Bureau of Labor Statistics BLS determined that loading and unloading material was the most common activity at the time of the fall 17 Ten percent were performing carpentry tasks Other reported activities mainly consisted of work tasks associated with construction activities Participants in the study were asked to describe their specific movements at the time of the fall Twenty eight 28 percent said they were climbing up or down from an elevated position or location Thirteen 13 percent said they were walking eleven 11 percent were stepping from one surface to another and ten 10 percent were moving backwards The primary structures from which the victims fell were ladders roofs or decking and scaffolds ANALYSIS OF ALL CONSTRUCTION FATALITIES Fall from elevation 33 2 Struck by 22 3 Caught in between 18 4 Electrical shock 17 5 Other 10 REVISED June 2007 Section A Policy 6 0 Page 5 of 30 Kiewit Companies Fall Solutions Manual HOW TO START A FALL PROTECTION PROGRAM Fall protec
288. spection for individual components will be discussed in detail later in this manual The MSA FP Technical Brief on formal inspection explains Technical Brief TB9601 Frequency of Formal Inspection of MSA FP Fall Protection Equipment The two most widely used ANSI standards for fall protection A10 14 199 and Z359 1 1992 both address the captioned subject but differ with respect to the specified time interval between formal inspections Most products of MSA FP Manufacturing Company Rose comply with both of these standards In order to meet or exceed the requirements of both standards which are applicable to frequency of inspection it is necessary for MSA FP to instruct the user and the user s organization to apply the most stringent requirement The ANSI Z359 1 standard applies to fall protection equipment used in operations other than construction and sports related activities and does not apply to window cleaning belts It requires that users inspect their fall protection equipment before each use Additionally the equipment must be formally inspected by a competent person at intervals of no more than one year If the equipment manufacturer specifies more frequent formal inspections by a competent person than does the standard the manufacturer s required frequency is to be applied The ANSI A10 14 standard applies to fall protection equipment used in construction and demolition operations It requires that fall protection equipment be insp
289. spends the girder shall employees anchor to it or stand below it 4 Crossbracing During girder setting operations it may be necessary to access varying points along the girder for such activities such as crossbracing gut wrapping and installing diaphragm steel Access to these areas shall be provided by the use of aerial lifts or scaffolding independent of the girder Where access along the top of the girder is necessary the use of an engineered horizontal lifeline is required Girder Cross Bracing 5 Disconnecting Rigging Disconnecting the rigging on the girder presents the same exposure as in 4 above and will require similar protective measures C Placing and Stripping Girder Deck Formwork Prestressed girder deck formwork presents fall hazards associated with each of the following operations Installing deck formwork Placing pouring and stripping diaphragms Installing overhang formwork Stripping deck formwork Stripping overhang formwork Dry finishing overhangs The primary fall protection measure for prestressed decks is to have the entire deck formed and a perimeter guardrail installed However a significant portion of the work in this area includes installing or removing the forms necessitating fall protection in accordance with this Manual REVISED June 2007 Section B Policy 9 0 Page 3 of 5 Kiewit Companies Fall Solutions Manual Three separate procedures for placing formwork that incorporates fa
290. st form of protection or prevention consistent with good work practices The information contained in this section is provided as a reference The methods described are those that have been used by superintendents to provide fall prevention protection for employees engaged in work where the hazard of falling exists In many cases different types of prevention protection may be used in lieu of those described Consult with your District Safety Manager and Job Sponsor before conducting any work where the hazard of falling exists REVISED June 2007 Section B Policy 1 0 Page 1 of 1 Kiewit Companies Fall Solutions Manual 2 0 WALL FORM SYSTEMS Planning for fall prevention and fall protection on wall form systems shall address the following two areas 1 Access to the top of the form to pour and wet finish and 2 Access to set align bolt up and strip the forms Pour Access Scaffolding with guardrails Side rails extend 36 inches minimum above landing A Access to the top of the form to pour and wet finish concrete 1 A minimum 20 inch wide scaffold with fully enclosed guardrails and toe boards will be installed at or near the top of one side of the wall form The outside form shall project high enough 42 to 45 from walkway to provide a proper guardrail for adequate fall protection A properly installed ladder will be used to access the work platform B Access to set align bolt up and strip the form
291. stem REVISED June 2007 Section A Policy 6 1 Page 16 of 19 Do Not Hook Lanyards to Retractables This worker is hooked to a retractable lifeline with his lanyard This can cause hook failures and affect the locking capability of the retractable The retractable should be attached directly to the D ring e This worker is tied off using a retractable lifeline There is a major swing fall potential if he fell to either side REVISED June 2007 Section A Policy 6 1 Page 17 of 19 Horizontal Line Engineering 2 DEGREE SAG ANGLE moby o Ib 5 000 LB DYNAMIC LOAD Anchor stress depends on the sag angle of the line Beam Clamps Beam clamps can make an effective anchorage when used properly and with the correct lanyard Be sure pin is inserted full length and clamp is tight REVISED June 2007 Section A Policy 6 1 Page 18 of 19 Girder Grip Anchorage Rings These attachments can be mounted through bolt holes on steel members They are rated at 5 000 Ibs in all directions REVISED June 2007 Section A Policy 6 1 Page 19 of 19 JO e8eg VZ Kojog v uonoes 1002 eunf qasiA3H TAG S UI S1E9 JO umurxeui e 193je poa amp o jsop aq juaurdmbo iv G PIu ul ojeq Jo 3A elas PPOW sjuouoduio 40 sur9js S JSIATY HEM 40 8071 uon dsuy oouenss 24q Kiewit FALL PROTECTION PROGRAM SELF ASSESSMENT CHECKLIST Yes No PLANNING O O 1
292. suo2 AIG reg SHO 112 pz au 60S1 7091 suoniuea z AHY uojBuiusea EIUJOJIIE 2 Sp Epue1S uono loid II e3 VHSO 2281S uononnsuoo 10 uonoejoJd 2 9261 HAD 62 VHSO Ie19ped gp Jo 21 eed 071 ollod O uonoes 1002 eunr 0313 Zv Jo EL abed spiepuels ALIS YM PUE HO V o p seduloo uon2eloJd 112 0099261 VHSO Ie19p 4 p us s u siufig Ily O17 suonnios Ajayes Ile 5113 5002 5 159 Ej 2005 Jo suiejs s jou Ajayes spueoqao uy suiejs s repyen Aq Woy eq 25 sje e Jamo e oqe s lidde L0GL 00 JO uu 9 199J 9 s p pue sepis pejoejoudun 1 uoB iO ul pejeedei se q L0S 9261 JO IIV ALON UNA Joos deejs e uo uoe3 sjoo1 deejs LLM LOS 9261 Dome S UIS SAS SUT Bulusem y 1nouliA euoje uiejs s Buliolluouu Ajayes e jo esn y ed siu JO IN uedqns o y xipueddy ees UIpIM Ul ss 10 LU Z S 1994 09 5 uo O uiejs s Duuouuou Ajayes pue uiejs s oul Buluew Jo uejs s jseur UEL jeuosjed pue uiejs s au Buruew 10 uiejs s jeu Ajejes pue uijejs s eui uu ls s pue ujejs s eui Burusem jo uoneulquioo e Jo suiejs s ysouse ISL jeuosJed suiejs s jeu Ajayes suiejs s jreupjenB Aq Bue Woy p lo loid eq 25 sje e Jamo e oqe JO uu 97 199J 9 s p pue s pis pejoejou
293. t Inspection INDEX abrasion 27 adjuster 12 Alteration 30 attachment element 10 Birdcaging 28 Broken wires 26 buckle 11 buckles 16 x carabiner 10 16 Cleaning 18 Connectors 9 Corrosion 14 28 crack 14 crushed or flattened strands 27 Damage 29 davit 22 Defect 29 deficiency 29 Distortion 14 double pass friction buckle 12 D rings 10 electric arc strikes 28 energy absorber 20 Excessive wear 15 Exposure to high temperature 14 fall arrester 23 field inspection 13 formal inspection 5 friction buckle 11 full body harness 17 REVISED June 2007 heat damage 28 hoist 22 inspecting the line 26 Inspection and Maintenance Log 8 Lanyards 18 Maintenance and Service 18 Maintenance of lanyards 20 O ring 12 performance specification 30 Self Retracting Lanyard SRL 25 sharp edges 15 single pass friction b 11 snaphook 9 16 Storage 18 tongue buckle 11 torch burns 28 tripod 22 unlaying 28 utility snap 12 Wear 27 Section C Policy 3 0 Page 34 of 34 OPERATION amp MAINTENANCE MANUAL FOR THE MILLER FALL PROTECTION SYSTEM The Miller Edge and related equipment is designed to provide portable fall protection for workers subjected to fall hazards during leading edge construction WARNING ALL PERSONS USING THIS EQUIPMENT MUST READ UNDERSTAND AND FOLLOW ALL INSTRUCTIONS FAILURE TO DO SO MAY R
294. t of the way during the actual threading and driving after he she has threaded the interlocks b If the threading frame is located 6 feet or more above the ground or water a safe walkway with guardrails or a horizontal lifeline must be provided at the frame location to provide fall protection H The sheet threading worker may not be positioned on top of the sheets An excellent form of fall prevention around a cofferdam is to leave the top of sheets elevated between 42 and 45 as below This avoids having to maintain a wood or cable guardrail system Cofferdam Sheet Sheets elevated between 42 to 45 REVISED Tune 2007 Section B Policy 10 0 Page 2 of 2 Kiewit Companies Fall Solutions Manual 11 0 WOOD FALSEWORK AND DRIVEN PILE Planning for fall prevention and protection for driven pile falsework should include B Pile driving operations Access to cut off setting caps and blocking Setting stringers Stripping falsework Pile Driving Operations 1 A Ladder Climbing Safety Device LCSD or retractable lanyard is mandatory when climbing leads LCSD on Leads 2 After climbing to the work area a secondary anchorage is required in addition to the LCSD or retractable lanyard 3 If necessary to unhook from the LCSD or retractable lanyard to perform work then a system of 100 connection procedures will be used 4 Do not jump off the leads or tracks of the crane Access to Cut of
295. te slot The ring provides a means for connecting compatibly matched connectors such as snaphooks or carabiners The slot provides a means of connecting the D ring to the component of which it is a part e g the harness The term D ring is used because it describes the shape of the connector Figure 3 There are two main types of D ring full circle and half circle A full circle D ring provides a circular attachment means when you look at the interior of the ring and it is the most common type They are commonly integrated into full body harnesses at the hips back and chest They are also used to provide a connector that is integral to some anchorage connectors REVISED June 2007 Section C Policy 3 0 Page 10 of 34 Competent Person Equipment Inspection A half circle D ring has an interior attachment that is a semi circle The use of half circle D rings is limited and connecting to snaphooks is discouraged because they are often incompatibly matched in relation to some snaphooks with which they are commonly used Buckles Grommets and Strap Collars A buckle is a connector that is integral to harnesses and is used to attach strap or webbing segments together or to themselves Buckles are always used as integral parts of a component never as an independent component They must have a corrosion resistant surface finish that is free of burrs pits sharp edges and roughness that would damage materials that interface with them Th
296. tected side or edge When portable ladders are used for access to an upper landing surface the ladder side rails shall extend at least 3 feet above the upper landing surface to which the ladder is used to gain access e Ladders shall be used only for the purpose for which they were designed The top three steps of a stepladder Kiewit stepladder policy shall not be used e The employer shall provide a training program for each employee using ladders and stairways as necessary Every effort should be made to use alternate means of access egress e g manlift scaffold REVISED June 2007 Section C Policy 2 0 Page 2 of 2 CFP Fall Prevention and Protection Training Competent Person Equipment Inspection MSA FP REFERENCE MANUAL Competent Person Equipment Inspection MSA FP 2002 2250 South Tejon Englewood CO 80110 1000 Phone 303 922 6246 Fax 303 922 9960 http www msanet com REVISED June 2007 Section C Policy 3 0 Page 2 of 34 Competent Person Equipment Inspection TABLE OF CONTENTS Table of Contents 3 INTRODUCTION 5 INSPECTION 5 Inspection and Maintenance Logs 8 COMPONENTS 9 Connectors 9 Snaphook 9 Carabiner 10 D Ring 10 Buckles Grommets and Strap Collars 11 Adjusters 12 Miscellaneous Connectors 12 Inspection Maintenance and Storage of Connectors 13 General Inspection Rules
297. ted to the cam and slide the fall arrester down and up It should ride easily along the lifeline without catching Pull sharply down with a follow through motion to REVISED June 2007 Section C Policy 3 0 Page 23 of 34 Competent Person Equipment Inspection lock the fall arrester on the lifeline The fall arrester s downward motion should be quickly arrested with the rope seated into the sheave and the cam pinched against the rope and roller to the lower side of the fall arrester To reset the fall arrester after this check push the cam to a central position again and slide the fall arrester up and down until it rides along the lifeline again To inspect the lifeline examine short incremental sections of line while rotating the line to make sure you inspect it thoroughly Inspect for cut frayed burnt melted and worn or abraded fibers Also inspect it for signs of exposure to chemical attack or aging Chemical attack will be evidenced by brittle fibers or localized areas of stiff bonded fibers Extreme fading and general stiffness are signs of weakness due to aging Pay particular attention to the area around the formed eye at the top of the life line Inspect the lifeline for signs of abrasion or cutting around the metal thimble The thimble at the formed eye should be securely captured and should not flex at all where it adjoins the ferrule The two labels at the other end of the swaged ferrule should be legible and intact REVISED June 2
298. tes the arresting forces over at least the thighs waist chest shoulders and pelvis with provision for attaching a lanyard lifeline or deceleration device Competent Person a person capable of identifying existing and predictable hazards in the surroundings or working conditions which are unsanitary hazardous or dangerous to employees and who has authorization to take prompt corrective measures to eliminate them Connector device used to couple connect parts of the personal fall arrest system and positioning device systems together For example it may be an independent component of the system such as a carabineer or it may be an integral component or part of the system such as a buckle or D ring sewn into a body belt or body harness or a snap hook spliced or sewn to a lanyard or self retracting lanyard Controlled Access Zone CAZ an area in which certain work e g overhand bricklaying may take place without the use of guardrail systems personal fall arrest systems or safety net systems and access to the zone is controlled Not authorized for use on Kiewit jobsites Deceleration Device any mechanism such as a rope grab rip stitch lanyard specially woven lanyard tearing or deforming lanyards automatic self retracting lifelines lanyards etc which serves to dissipate a substantial amount of energy during a fall arrest or otherwise limit the energy imposed on an employee during fall arrest Deceleration
299. tion REVISED June 2007 Section A Policy 6 0 Page 23 of 30 Kiewit Companies Fall Solutions Manual INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE To maintain their service life and ensure performance capabilities fall protection systems must be inspected before and after each use Regular inspection for wear damage or corrosion should be part of the project safety plan Inspect your equipment daily and replace it if any of the defective conditions are found A FULL BODY HARNESSES 1 BELTS AND HARNESSES BELTS Beginning at one end holding the body side of the belt toward you grasp the belt with your hands 6 to 8 inches apart Bend the belt in an inverted U The resulting surface tension makes damaged fibers or cuts easier to see Follow this procedure the entire length of the belt Watch for frayed edges broken fibers pulled stitches cuts or chemical damage HARNESSES Starting at the top of the harness hold harness by back D ring grasp on strap and run your hand along the entire length While running your hand along the strap bend the webbing over your index fingers The resulting surface tension makes damaged fibers or cuts easier to see Follow this same procedure for all shoulder straps back straps leg straps and chest and butt straps Watch for frayed edges broken fibers pulled stitches cuts or chemical damage a Check D rings Check D rings and their metal or plastic wear pads if any for distortion cracks break
300. tion equipment specified in the design of the Fall Arrest System REVISED June 2007 Section B Policy 11 0 Page 2 of 2 Kiewit Companies Fall Solutions Manual 12 0 SAFETY NETS Safety nets should be a last resort in any of our operations If nets are required for fall protection in any of our operations the District Safety Manager will be contacted to help plan the operation REVISED June 2007 Section B Policy 12 0 Page 1 of 1 SC 306 Country Club Drive Wilmington DE 19803 2920 EL LI S Phone 302 571 8470 Fax 302 571 0756 Nol FALL Website www FallSafety com SAFETY Email efss FallSafety com SOLUTIONS LLC A DSC Company October 3 2005 Federal OSHA Fall Protection Construction Regulations Compared With California Oregon and Washington State Standards Executive Summary Although the Federal Occupational Safety and Health Administration OSHA has primary jurisdiction over all States the OSHA Act allows States to have their own equivalent OSHA safety regulations Twenty nine states currently have their own safety regulations with varying degrees of independence Because of variations between state and federal standards and varying interpretations too employers working throughout the United States and trying to follow Federal OSHA regulations can find themselves in violation of state standards and or state case law Example In Ohio West Virginia Texas New Mexico and Montana the employer can b
301. tion requires a Total Systems Approach In order to be effective all parts of the system must be in place and working together The following factors must be addressed when developing a successful fall protection program The superintendent is responsible to ensure the operation is adequately planned well in advance of the operation start and includes all requirements listed below Hazard Identification A well conceived fall protection program begins with identification of all potential fall hazards in the workplace As a rule any time a worker is at Kiewit s trigger height of 6 feet or greater a potential fall hazard exists and appropriate Personnel Fall Protection System implemented Where a fall hazard exists there are two acceptable options 1 eliminate the hazard or 2 provide protection against it Ideally it is best to eliminate the hazard Since elimination is often not feasible other measures such as the wearing of personal protection equipment PPE may be required Written Fall Protection Program Following hazard identification a written program should be developed specifying how to deal with each hazard If standardized safe work practices and operating procedures can eliminate the hazard then such procedures should be specified Where hazard elimination is impossible the program should state what fall protection measures are to be used how they are to be used and who is responsible for overall supervision and training T
302. u l u pue 6 209 92618 31ON uOZ SS E paj ojuoo eu esoppue O pue Yoke poej29Je eus Soul j ouoo euonippv qme b eos 9zer ebpe buipeej eur pue eui DUTUJEM y peo y u wq q uom s old l 199 01d oj pejueuiejduir eq ILYS L7SPZ SG1L 96Z OVA u pequosep se uiejs s 1oyuoui Ajayes e pezijnn you ase 9 u6nouu 2 01 572 991 962 OYM ut pequosep se jsaue ile Jo p u6nouu e 01 572 991 962 OYM ui pequosep se uesa ile Jo sue uu 1500 ueuM 2 seidde zosz 00 v uoDeiQ ul l u pue 6 209 92618 31ON Huom au o jojjeyed Ajeyeuurxoudde eq ileus pue y ye 410 pue BuiAepjouq s oldul UE esojoue o euoz sseooe pejjojuoo eui JOJ juejoyjns eouejsip e 10 puejxe eys eui jojjuoo eu L W Z p Z0S 9Z6T 1S9 11V uonoe101d Z291 6991 uonoe104d SE H49 6L 112 30A UON ONYSUOD 1 2 Hed OVA 951 962 4 1deuS 12 IN uoisiAIpqnS uononisuo2 AIG reg SHO 112 pz au 60S1 7091 suoniugea z AHY uoyulysem BIUOWIED sp4epuels uono loid HE WHSO 2321S uononnsuoo 10 uonoejoJd 12 9461 H49 62 VHSO Ie19ped 9t JO 6 ABE 01 ollod O uonoes ev Jo c aed spiepueis ejeiS YM PUE HO Y3 0 uonoelo4d 184 009 9261 VHSO 8
303. u ns eu sileipien5 uir p ddinb s 12 seo sie e doze eje see o duie uyoq AEMSIOU OU Ul ull ji eures eui peyoeye eq Aew see o duie om syeys 1ojeA eje Jo uoronujsuoo y Buung Ur OT P zos 9Z6r euijeji ejeJedes e 0 p qoene aq IIeus olduu uoee Deen ase s ull Ji eoe U UA uonoes siu Jo II OL pP ul p piAoid se d ox3 or p zos 92er 01 P C0S 9C61 01 209 9261 NY 222 spunod 00076 jo ulbu ns lisu uuu e eneu ieys spueAue 11x NA 6161 spunod 00046 Jo ujBueuis ejisue tuunuululuu e 1245 SS JO LU 197 3 OM O eouejsip e 11011 j eoneuiojne yoium spie ue pue s ull ni 6unoen i y s yev 1deoxe NJ 2 22 spunod o00 s Jo ulBu ns risu NA 222 spunod 0004 jo ujBueuis Dupjeeuq unulluiul e sey 245 seurdoup sauljayi j eonJeA x E BABY EUS seut ojl E HH A pue spie ue 6 p Z0S 9Z6T 1SE Je JO 10198 Aj9jes e Suiejureul ulejs s jseur le euosjed ejejduioo e JO ped se uosi d peyijenb e jo uolsiAjadns y jepun p sn pue pauBbisap eq 25 s ull lil jejuozioH 1810 209 9261 Seel eur uo suorpeiJlp ujoq l Bunjoj jo lqede eq EJUOZIJOU 0j j2euuoo oj pesn eui E9ni8A euio2eq eul uoIuM S ull Ji jeyuozuou UUM swooped xJo Jejus Jo Spjoyeos pepuedsns uo 1S 44V 112 s 14122159
304. ugJe9 o YOU uey JOU eAeu pue eoejd ui peuejsej Ajaunoas eq ileus 3 dure Jo Aemuns uuogejd 1001 3y JO I A eui do s Woy 1uBreu eonie ul LUNWIUILU seuoul p eq IIeus peoq 90 piepue s y 1 SDUIUSUO Heys pue 1001 JOOY Z H U 2 ye pue Pjoyeos v sapun SSEd JO JOM O peuinbe1 ase suosjed eJeuM suoreoo je Spjoyeos Jo spue pue sepis uedo UE uo papiaoid aq ieys spieoq o uorsueuuip 1sejeoJD u YOU euo jou sBuiuedo uy Jo pijos Joe enuejsqns Aue jo epeui eq Aew j 9 9 1001 AOQE Uour p uey eoui JOU pue eoeld Ul peuejsej jenoes eq jeus 3 dure Jo Aemuns uuogeld 10044 eui au o do sy Woy Weu Ul unum jeulwou seuour p eq IIeus puepueis v q uoisueuuip 1s e 6 ui uio ez You Jou sBuiuedo AEU 10 pios eq jeus eu avens Bupyom Bupyjem y AOQE eouejeop uo 970 You p L uey jou aney j eus Adu avens Buppow Bunjew y Jo I A eui do say WOY juBreu jeorue ul uio 6 seuour z jo uinuuului e eq eys speoqeo L U zos 9zet ys say IE3 3 uonoejo1d Z291 6991 uonoe104d 209 0099701 EEN Hezi 30A UON ONYSUOD L O Wed OVA 951 962 JaIdeYyD 12 IN uoisiAipgns uononnsuo2 Ad reg SHO 1123 pz au 60S1 7091 suoniugea z uojbuiusem uo
305. ui Buung z zos 9zer SIPAJ uI enba ye Aq Bale 30 y WO 1e9 o d y eq ileus sugep pue sjen yewu Jeujo Ile pue spun uuoseui Daags Jo uexoJq jeyoui sseox3 7197 202 9261 1 9 209 92617 Spe eu jo ul Z 1 188 y UIUNA peJojs eq 245 Jepow pue Aiuosew 3deoxe jueuudinbe Jo sjeuejeul ON 17 910 17c0S 9C6T DOM pue Buikepjoruq pueujeAo eoueuuoged y Buung 9 zos 9zet spelqo Bulle jenuejod jo eDessed juanold o ews sBuiuedo E e eu eys uono loid yoolqo se pesn u uA suiejs s s zos 9zet p niuuo eq Aew jredoj 9u puejxe Jo Buljaued yons eieuM p piAoid WEI do Jo UE ejerpeuuejul o WOJ BurueeJos Jo Buljaued epi oud jou s op pieoq o psepuejs e eu 1uBi u uons o paid uojeui eJouM 9 MOIS s oldul 1o loid oj jueroyjns eouejsip e 10 EPIL JO jies do s uejs s jre1pjenB e jo do eui oj pieoq o Jo eoeuns Bupom Bunyjem ay Woy p331 eq ileus 10 Buljaued e jo do out uey JeuBiu p lid eue sjeuejeuu Jo qu uudinb sjoo 7 206 926 Uoisueuuip 1sejeoJf ul You 1340 jou sBuiuedo uy 10 pijos enau jenuejsqns Aue jo epeui eq Aew 3 T A 10044 AOQE eo
306. uiejs s uonoejoud UEL 91 Jo A quiessesip pue uonoedsur eoueuejureui jquiesse y seunpeoo Jd 3128109 eui equoseg 9 EL 00 2 y uoBeuo ul p leede sem 4 209 92618 ALON uosjed peyijenb eui Ajuepi ou jueumoop eys uejd eu dn peurejureui eq jsnuu uejd ay pue Bureq 51 x04 uoronujsuoo e 49u SYS y 104 Ajpeoyioads pedoje ep pue uosJed peyijenb e Aq eq eys uejd uonoejoud ile eu oj dn peurejureui oq jsnui uejd y pue Bureq si uononiisuoo ehu pis l Jo sede yom Buipee y as Bu 10 5 p doy A p pue uosJed peurjenb e Aq eq ileus uejd uome d je eu L pepi oud 9q o ure gSa 10 15 UEL Jo y equoseq q Base JOM U Ul SpJezeu Ile WE App e 1701 c0S 9ZC6T eys ued YOA uonoejoJd ile eu Z JSIXO JO OL JO spiezeu UEL alain pue peuBisse ase s olduu y sved ay Jo uoee upnou ue d yom uonoejoJd e uou e jueuieduir pue eys 1e Aojduue eu EL E00 Z v uoBe1o ul pejeedei sem 4 Z0G 92618 ALON pyezeu e sojeaJo Jo eonoeJduii si uoroejoud ie jeuonueAuoo jo esn y jeu UMOUS q ULI ji UBYM suoneJedo uonon nsuo ile o seijdde uomoes siu e SUOIS
307. uld be selected based on the employees work environment and the type of work he she will be performing Connecting Devices The second system component is the connecting device This device can be a web lanyard rope grab or retractable lifeline However Kiewit s policy dictates the use of shock absorbing web lanyards because they significantly reduce the forces generated in a fall Anchorage Connectors and Anchor Points The final component of the system is the anchorage connector and anchor point This component must be capable of supporting 5 000 pounds per worker or designed installed and used under the supervision of a qualified person as part of a complete PFAS which maintains a safety factor of at least two Examples are eyebolts support beams cross arm straps beam trolleys beam clamps etc Individually none of these three components will provide total protection from a fall Used properly in conjunction with each other they form a personal fall arrest system and become a critically important part of the total fall protection system REVISED June 2007 Section A Policy 6 0 Page 20 of 30 Kiewit Companies Fall Solutions Manual B Four Functional Equipment Categories Fall protection equipment may be broken down into four functional categories which are identified by the following symbols 1 Fall Arrest 2 Positioning 3 Suspension 4 Retrieval FALL ARREST A personal fall arrest system is required if any r
308. um recommended fall clearance D SELECTING PROPER ANCHORAGE POINTS It is important to remember that fall protection is only as good as its anchorage It doesn t matter how well trained personnel are how good the equipment is or whether or not the employee is attached correctly If the anchor point fails nothing in the system will work REVISED June 2007 Section A Policy 6 0 Page 16 of 30 Kiewit Companies Fall Solutions Manual STRUCTURAL REQUIREMENTS All anchor points for personal fall arrest and positioning systems must meet minimum structural requirements There are different requirements depending on the approach taken in selecting anchor points The following are the minimum structural requirements for anchorage points 1 All anchorage s must be capable of supporting without failure an impact load of 5 000 pounds person or 2 The anchorage must be capable of supporting two 2 times the maximum intended impact load this must be determined by a qualified person 3 For positioning and restraint systems all anchor points must be capable of supporting 3 000 pounds person without failure ENGINEERED ANCHOR POINTS To determine twice the intended impact load for an anchorage a professional engineer or qualified person must determine the impact load of a falling employee and ensure the anchor will support twice this load For example if it is determined that the maximum impact load of a fall will generate 1 400 poun
309. unit by using the Pushing handle located at the rear of the unit Steering the unit is accomplished by using the steering handles located on the vertical boom located at the front of the unit Never expose a worker s to a fall hazard by pulling the unit from the handles located on the vertical boom or from the anchorage points while connected to the unit NOTE Care should be taken when moving the unit on sloped surfaces 5 Once the unit has been successfully moved lower each of the brake jacks completely by rotating the brake jack handle clockwise until each stops rotating Warning Be sure to lower each brake jack completely Failing to do so could hinder the performance of the unit in the event of a fall and may cause serious or fatal injury 6 Connect to the system by using one of the anchorage points located on the horizontal boom Connectors used within the system must be able to support a minimum of 5 000 Ibs 22 kN Non approved non compatible components may cause disengagement roll out Only self locking self closing connectors are recommended by Dalloz Fall Protection WARNING Do not connect to any part of the unit that is not marked for use as an approved anchorage IV TRAINING It is the responsibility of the user to ensure that they read understand and follow all instructions and are trained in the care and operation of this system Training should be repeated periodically and any time there is a change of components withi
310. uono loid Z291 6991 uono loid x Hj MOM uollonialsuo2 1 9 Med IVM 551 962 491deuO 2 W uoisiAIpqns uononnsuoo AIG reg SHO Hed yZ I HV 9091 70S1 suoniulj edq z AUY EE uoyulysem uoDe1o eIUJ0JI e 2 Spsepuejs uonoejoJd 124 VHSO 2121S uonongsuoj3 40 uonoejoJd 112 9261 HAD 62 VHSO Kiewit Companies Fall Solutions Manual 2 0 ANSWERS TO FALL PROTECTION CLIFFNOTES Scaffold Aerial Lift Each platform on all working levels of scaffolds shall be fully planked with less than a 2 inch gap or decked between the front uprights and the guardrail supports e Supported scaffold poles legs posts frames and uprights shall bear on base plates mud sills or other adequate firm foundation e Footings shall be level sound rigid and capable of supporting the loaded scaffold without settling or displacement t is never permitted to work outside of the basket while still tied off to an aerial lift Scaffolds shall be erected moved dismantled or altered only under the supervision and direction of a competent person qualified in scaffold erection moving dismantling or alteration Each employee on a scaffold more than 6 feet above a lower level shall be protected from falling to that lower level e Guardrail systems shall be installed along all open sides and ends of platforms n addition to wearing hardhats each employee on a scaffold shall be provided with additional protection
311. upuow Bupbjew e uo ee o duie uoe3 s p pue sepis p lo loidun Ss lldde LOL COU JEE uobeio uj pejeedei sem q LOS 9261 JO IN 31ON T 4 TOS 9Z6T 1se41y ez s 14122159 1124 30A UONONAYSUOD L 9 Hed OWM 951 962 Jeideu u01 99 01q Ile IN uoisiAIpqnS uononajsuo AIG Feg SHO 2294 6994 uonoejo1d We pz G091 7091 suoniuieq z l9IHV 809 0089201 HAD 61 uoyulysem uob 10 2 spjepuejs uonoejoid VHSO 0119 uon nusuo2 AO uono loid 12 9261 4 62 VHSO IEs p q 9t JO S eBegd 0 ollod O uonoes Zv Jo LL spiepueis ejeiS YM PUE HO Y3 0 pareduiog 184 009 9261 VHSO Ie19pe 2002 eunf 0381 4 51461 Uu 017 suonnios Ajayeg 112 5113 5002 SUI8 SAS IEJpJenb JO SUIG SAS JOU SUIS SAS jurejjseJ UEL jeuosjed suiejs s 189 ile Ieuosi d Jo esn eui q Buijej Woy payoajoid eq j eus e JO uu 9 199 9 Jo epis pejoejyoudun ue UA skemyjem pue seiuoojeq seuiuezzeul s100JJ peusi qejse uo oldui uoe3 s emyjem pue seiuoo eq seuiuezzeui sJoojj peusi qejs3 SUIS SAS IEJpJEriD JO SUIS SAS you Ajayes suiejs s julesjsa e jeuosjed suiejs s jseur jeuosJed yo esn out Aq Bule Woy eq 1245 eoeuns Bupnuow Buryew ay e oqe w
312. ures when ordering materials or items such as a Stair systems ramps or walkways with guardrails pre installed b Structural steel members with adequate anchor points for personal fall arrest systems c Ensure equipment and work platforms have fall protection engineered into the design 6 For personal fall arrest systems evaluate the following a Anchor points identified and capable of supporting 5 000 Ibs per employee or two times the intended impact load b Swing hazards being addressed when choosing anchor point locations Anchor heights adequate for systems in use d Shock absorbing lanyards or retractable lifelines being used so employees will not be exposed to forces greater than 1 800 165 7 Are employees selected and trained to work at heights safely 8 Have rescue methods and procedures been established in the event of a fall B WRITING THE FALL PROTECTION PROGRAM How to Organize a 100 Percent Fall Protection Program Should fall protection always be provided What is 100 percent protection Can 100 percent fall protection be achieved Develop an effective fall protection program Establish policy and develop rules Conduct a fall hazard analysis Determine appropriate hazard control measures Selecting orienting and training personnel Emergency and self rescue issues Inspection and maintenance of equipment Program audit and feedback V Vv V V V Vv v Additional considerations for confined ent
313. usly under construction Lifeline horizontal vertical a component consisting of a flexible line for connection to an anchorage at one end to hang vertically vertical lifeline or for connection to anchorages at both ends to stretch horizontally horizontal lifeline and which serves as a means for connecting other components of a personal fall arrest system to the anchorage Low slope Roof a roof having a slope less than or equal to 4 in 12 vertical to horizontal Opening a gap or void 30 inches 76 cm or more high and 18 inches 48 cm or more wide in a wall or partition through which employees can fall to a lower level Overhand Bricklaying and Related Work the process of laying bricks and masonry units such that the surface of the wall to be jointed is on the opposite side of the wall from the mason requiring the mason to lean over the wall to complete the work Related work includes mason tending and electrical installation incorporated into the brick or masonry wall during the overhand bricklaying process REVISED June 2007 Section A Policy 8 0 Page 2 of 3 Kiewit Companies Fall Solutions Manual Personal Fall Arrest System PFAS a system used to arrest an employee in a fall from a working level It consists of an anchorage connector and a body harness and may include a lanyard deceleration device lifeline or suitable combinations of these Positioning Device System a body harness system rigged t
314. utions Manual HANDRAIL DETAILS For 9x4 Posts 7 Posts 6 87 07 o c max Use 6 7 0 o c for Optimum 2x4x16 Rai lacs DD_NDT USE 2x4 DOUBLE HEAD NAILS Use 2 10d box nails 2x4 posts 2 r73 2x4 Post Anchorage Shall Be Engineereo By A Qualified Individual SPLICE CONN DETAILS Note Center of splice should be no more than 1 3 away from post 23 168 common 1 3 Mox necis per conn Min bent over 8 10d box ndils 12 min ex4 Post REVISED October 2010 Section A Policy 3 0 Page 4 of 13 Kiewit Companies Fall Solutions Manual 3 2 MANUFACTURED PRE MADE GUARDRAIL SYSTEMS AND COMPONENTS There are many manufacturers of guardrail systems and components If these systems are utilized ensure the manufacturer data is readily available and their use instructions are being followed Examples of such systems and components Railguard 200 Verishield Guardrail Clamping System Garlock Equipment www safetyboot com versishield html www railguard net 800 804 4741 800 328 9522 Job Built per Engineer Design Safety Boot Self Closing Gate Required www safetyboot com 800 804 4741 REVISED October 2010 Section A Policy 3 0 Page 5 of 13 Kiewit Companies Fall Solutions Manual 3 3 3 4 RESTRAINT SYSTEMS Restraint systems often referred to as dog leash eliminate the risk of a fall by physically restraining an employee from reach
315. uuojuoo eus esn 134 pue 5 8 5 jurejse ile ure s8H 2 euosioci z0S0 00 Z v c0S0 00 ZEr pejueuinoop eq eus uonoedsur jo eur Suonepueulujooei s eJnjoejnueui eui YM eouepJoooe ul uosjed 1uejeduioo e Aq Ajjenuue avm uey sse jou pejoedsur eq eys uiejs s 189 UEL 406 uoe3 eoepuns DBUDHOAVDUD EAN OU JO Bp se Jey se Ajuo ojdw eui Jo JUBWAAOWW y MOIE pebBu eq 245 1 seaue 1slou je pesn si 5 5 159 ej jeuosied e ve P eos 9zer pe Si jo suedqns jeujo ui peyioeds se 1deoxe Sjsiou o peyoeye eq feu Jeus Jou suiejs s o peuoene eq jou 25 suu s s jse ue ej jeuosieg zZ P ZOS 9Z6T say ez s 1u e11s u Hezi UONDNAYSUOD L 9 Hed OWM SSL 962 Ja deyD uon35 loid WSA IN uoisiAIpqnS uononnsuoo AIG 599 SHO Z291 6991 uono loid Wed Pc ejonav SOS L pOS I suouuueg z 0S 0089201 H49 61 uojBuiusea uoDe1o 2 sp4epuels 19 10 HE VHSO 2321S Domp Deg AO uono loid 112 9261 HAD 62 VHSO IEJoped 9t JO Z OBE 01 ollod O uonoes 2002 eunf 0341 4 Zv Jo 8z spiepuel
316. vice from use if any of these conditions are found Birdcaging and Unlaying of Wire Rope Birdcaging Figure 17 and unlaying of wire rope are indicated by gaps loops or clearance between strands and among wires in a strand Remove the device from use if these are found Figure 17 REVISED June 2007 Section C Policy 3 0 Page 28 of 34 Competent Person Equipment Inspection INSPECTING AND MAINTAINING FIXED PERMANENT CLIMBING SYSTEMS INSPECTING AND MAINTAINING FIXED PERMANENT CLIMBING SYSTEMS As with any piece of safety equipment the two stage inspection process is adhered to Formal inspection is performed at regular intervals by a competent person Informal inspection is normally performed before each use Since it is not possible to complete informal inspection of a climbing system before use informal inspection is performed during use A deficiency is a generic term used to describe a condition that is abnormal A deficient component is not in good working order and must be maintained or repaired to return it to that condition REMEMBER Remember that you are ultimately responsible for your safety aloft so you should never rely on someone else to inspect the equipment on which you are depending You can never inspect too often or too carefully When you inspect a fixed permanent climbing system you are looking for three types of deficiency a Damage Damage is a general term used to describe deficiencies th
317. wing information should be obtained from the supplier test data such as force measurements elongation measurements deceleration distance etc comprehensive instructions for use and installation application limits and inspection and maintenance requirements as well as details of connection components e g bolts pins shackles Note All users of Horizontal lifelines Authorized Competent or Qualified Persons shall inspect systems before during and after each use 3 Anchorage Points The attachment points for horizontal lifelines must be carefully planned to ensure continuous and complete protection during the performance of the work This includes travel to and from the work station All anchorage points must be designed under the supervision of a Qualified Person as defined in this policy however anchorage points for a horizontal lifeline must be designed by a Registered Professional Engineer Horizontal lifelines shall not pass over or around rough or sharp edges such as the edge of an I beam or torch hole in a plate The use of thimbles or softeners is required in these applications Extreme care should be taken when considering horizontal lifelines for multiple tie offs The number of employees using a horizontal lifeline at the same time should be limited to 2 people REVISED October 2010 Section A Policy 3 0 Page 9 of 13 Kiewit Companies Fall Solutions Manual 4 Self Retracting Equipment When self r
318. would place the employee at a greater risk when placing concrete or hoisting materials 2 A safety net system is infeasible as there is no room to place one inside the column form The use of a safety net would also interfere with the placement of column reinforcing steel and concrete 3 Conventional fall arrest systems can be utilized where the column reinforcing steel is between 39 and 45 inches above the top of the form However there are more cases where this is not the situation and a system that provides an anchorage at waist height 36 inches would place employees in a pinch point and interfere with the reinforcing steel installation SYSTEM COMPONENTS A horizontal 3 8 inch diameter horizontal lifeline cable Bridon 6x19 IWRC EIP 15 100 pound minimum breaking strength wire rope will be threaded through and secured to the top flange of the column form Three 3 properly sized and spaced cable clips will be used to secure the end of the lifeline REVISED June 2007 Section A Policy 5 0 Page 3 of 6 Kiewit Companies Fall Solutions Manual Lifeline on Column Form 3 8 Cable Lifeline Continuous Around Form Thread Thru Existing Slotted Holes 3 8 Form Flange with 13 16 x 1 1 4 Slotted Holes Attach Lanyard to Limit One 1 Lanyard Cable t Top of Flange 1 Attacnment Per e e se mme Segment Between Holes Personnel will use a full body harness with either a retractable lanyard or a 4 foot s
319. y Woy uBnoue Jey syoalgo Ile jenuejod d y pue eunjonujs doueo e 12913 IONOS 9261 2 2 109 9261 10 SI A 1euBiu W01 DOS wo sjoelqo jue eJd oj suiejs s 10 suas sp1eoqeo 12813 r ros 9zer TSOINSCOW DUIMO O y JO euo jueuje duir eus pue jeu e eam ee ojduie yoes IlEUS 1eAojduie au Sip lqo Bule o p sodx SI oldul ue ueuM s1lo qo uono loiq ros 926t 1051515 1S LE E EUOSJed 10 UJ SAS jeu Ajayes uiejs s jrespuenB6 e Aq Bue wos payajoid 9q IIEUS sje 9 JAMO JO W g 199 9 eoeuns Bupyom buryjem e uo olduu uoee seidde L0GL 00 L 4 Los 9z61 u so z e 00g 9z61 u pepinoud se 1deox3 AER uoBeJo ul sem q LOS geet JO IY LON Pesseuppe siwu ulo jou seoeyns Bupuow BunyeA 12 101009261 Su Ied 9 1urensod uono3101d 2291 6991 uono lo1d mm ej 10A uononisuo2 1 2 Med DYM SS1 962 194deyI 24 uorsiupqns uon nnsuo2 AIG teg SHO Ie4 tz ta SOSL FOSI suoniuueq Z tg 209 009 970 H49 8I uoybulysem uoba10 eIUJOJIIe 2 Spiepuejs uonostoid EI VHSO SFIS uononzisuo 40 uonoejoJd 12 9261 HAD 62 VHSO 9t JO 02 eBed 01 ollod O uonoes v Jo 91 abed spiepueis ejeis YM PUE HO Y3 0 pareduiog suoneinbeg 184 009 9261 VHSO Ie
320. y at the location shown in fig 2 Step 2 Install the Push Pin through the main body of the unit and ensure that the pin goes through both sides of the Vertical Boom and exits out the other side of the main body Install the Hitch Pin WARNING Ensure that the Hitch Pin has been installed through the Push Pin DO NOT USE UNIT IF HITCH PIN IS MISSING Disassembly Reverse above procedures Horizontal Boom Installation Refer to fig 3 for typical installation Step 1 With the anchorage points facing the front of the unit place the Horizontal Boom over the top of the vertical boom as shown in fig 3 Step 2 Install the Push Pin through the horizontal boom and ensure that the pin goes through both sides of the Vertical Boom and exits out the other side of the horizontal boom Install the Hitch Pin WARNING Ensure that the Hitch Pin has been installed through the Push Pin DO NOT USE UNIT IF HITCH PIN IS MISSING Disassembly Reverse above procedures REVISED June 2007 Section C Policy 4 0 Page 5 of 11 B SYSTEM COMPONENT INSTALLATION cont 9081MRMB Installation Step 1 Locate the Installation marks stamped into the main frame rails located in the center of the unit Ref fig 4 Step 2 Align and center the back of the bracket with the installation marks Ref figs 4 amp 5 Step 3 Install a flat washer on the bolt feed the bolt through both holes of the bracket along each side of the frame rails Ref

Fall Solutions Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents